专题01 名词、主谓一致和冠词
易错点1 望词生义
1. —Could you tell me the____ of making such tasty cakes?
— Well, I just follow the directions in the cookbook.
A. feature B. plan C. cost D. trick
【错因分析】本题侧重考查在特定的语境中辨析名词词义的能力。由后文的回答可以推断本题答案,"我只是按照食谱上说明书(做蛋糕)",那么前面问的肯定是"你做蛋糕有啥技巧呀?"再根据初步判断去看选项,B、C可以排除,A和D可能拿捏不准,尤其是D,考生可能会想到play tricks,认为是"把戏"的意思,就错选成A了。但是A仅仅有"特征"之意,D在此由"把戏"被转化为"技巧",类似于tips。
【试题解析】这里表示"你能告诉我做如此美味蛋糕的诀窍吗"。feature特征;plan计划;cost花费;trick
诀窍,所以选D。句意:上文,你能告诉我做如此美味蛋糕的诀窍吗?下文,好吧,我就是按照烹饪书上的说明做的。
【参考答案】 D
同义词、近义词甚至是形近词有着不同的含义和适用场合,要特别注意在特定语境中准确运用词汇和语法知识的能力。平时要努力扩大词汇量,做题时要深入理解语境,整体把握,结合句意作出最佳选择。
名词词义辨析是高考的热点,主要考查考生结合语境区分词义的能力,因而在记忆单词时,一定要结合语境体会其意义。如近几年高考中常出现的:
(1)expectation(期望);reputation(声誉);contribution(贡献);civilization(文明)
(2)accommodation(住宿);occupation(职业);adaptation(适应,改编);appreciation(欣赏)
1. Her_____ for writing was a desire for women to get the right to higher education.
A. motivation B. qualification
C. talent D. technique
【解析】 A项表示"动力,激励";B项为"资格";C项是"才能,天赋";D项表示"技巧"。句意上"她写作的动力源自为女性获得更高教育的权利"。故选A。
【答案】 A
【名师点睛】A、B形式相近,容易让考生迷惑,不知意思。C、D读音较为相近,又让考生犯疑惑了。此时就分析题目,抓住题干中的"desire",把题干简化为Her_____ for writing was a desire,这样看来,其实就在考查desire的近义词,下面哪个选项意为"渴望、心愿"就是正确答案。多角度解题是考生致胜的关键。
易错点2 主谓一致错误
2. It is important to remember that success ________ a sum of small efforts made each day and often ________ years of achieve.
A. is; takes B. are; takes
C. are; take D. is; take
【错因分析】 此题易错选D,关键是第二空的主语容易弄混,因此误选答案D。
【试题解析】主谓一致指"人称"和"数"方面的一致关系。根据分析,第一空的谓语要填一个单数,因为此宾语从句:…that success a sum of…day.的主语是success,一个单数名词,故谓语要用is;后面的句子:often years to achieve.的主语也是success,故第二空的谓语也是一个单数形式。句意:成功是将每天一小点努力积累起来,是需要多年的努力去达到,记住这些很重要。
【参考答案】A
1.如果主语有more?than?one很多?非常,或many?a许多,构成,one?and?a?half与单数名词组成的短语。尽管从意义上看是复数内容,但它的谓语动词仍用单数形式。
2.each作主语或修饰主语时?
1)单独用作主语(或修饰主语),谓语用单数:
Each?student?has?his?own?desk.?每个学生都有自己的课桌。?
Two?boys?entered.?Each?was?carrying?a?suitcase.?两个男孩进来,每人提着一只箱子。?
【注意】?
(1)?两个或多个"each+单数名词"结构并列作主语时,谓语用单数。?(2)?"each?of+复数名词或代词"用作主语,谓语一般要用单数?Each?of?them?was?deeply?frightened.?他们个个都惊恐万分。?
但是在非正式文体中(尤其是当?each?of之后的名词较长时)偶尔也可用复数谓语,但很少见,学生宜慎用。?
2)each?用于复数名词后作同位语?此时谓语动词用复数:?
They?each?have?an?English-Chinese?dictionary.?他们每人都有一本英汉词典。?
4.?有些名词的单数和复数形式一样,作主语的时候,?其谓语动词单复数由上下文决定(尤其注意其前的修饰语),这一类名词有:?means,?works,?deer,?fish,?sheep,?Chinese, Japanese等。
5.?kind"种类"作主语?
6.?在主谓倒装的句子中,谓语动词的数应与其后的主语一致。例如:
Between?the?two?windows?hangs?a?picture.?
7."分数或百分数+名词"构成的短语以及由"?a?lot?of,?lots?of,?plenty?of,?a?large?quantity?of,?a?heap?of,?heaps?of,?half?of?+?名词"构成的短语作主语时,其谓语动词要与短语中of?后面的名词的数保持一致,这是因为短语中后面的名词是中心词,而短语中前面的量词是修饰语。
8.?表时间长度、钱数、速度等的词组作主语,此时通常将其视为整体,谓语用单数。
2. All we need ________a small piece of land where we can plant various kinds of fruit trees throughout the growing seasons of the year.
A. are B. was C. is D. were
【解析】考查主谓一致及时态用法。句中的主语为代词all,代指的是物,故谓语动词用单数形式。再根据从句中的can可以判断用一般现在时。句意:我们所需要的是一小块土地,在整个一年的生长季节,我们能够种各种不同的水果树。故C正确。
【答案】C
易错点3 误用冠词
3. I couldn’t remember the exact date of the storm, but I knew it was ______ Sunday because everybody was at ______ church.
A. a;the B. a;/
C. /;a D. /;/
【错因分析】容易误选 D,因为星期名词前不加冠词;而at church表示在教堂里做礼拜,其中也不用冠词。
【试题解析】最佳答案为 B。确实,在通常情况下星期名词前不用冠词,但在某些特殊情况下还是可以用冠词的,如表示特指,其前可用定冠词;表示"某一个"或受描绘性定语修饰表示"某种"这样的意义等,其前可用不定冠词。此处的Sunday就特指一个Sunday。
【参考答案】B
冠词的考查一直以来是一个易错点,虽然冠词只有3个(a , an, the) 但是麻雀虽小五脏俱全,考查起来往往会弄错。名词第一次出现或泛指时,冠词用a/an,,但名词的首字母是(A、E、I、O、U)发音时,用an, 如:apple, English, important, operation, unusual, 特殊的有umbrella, hour, honest用an, university, unique, usual 用 a。
名词第二次出现用the;①强调特指时用the;②the + 最高级,③ the + 形容词(rich 富人, poor穷人, wounded伤者, dead死者, elderly长者)表某一类人 ④the+比较级(the more .. the better)⑤the +序数词 (表顺序);?a+ 序数词 (表"又,再"),⑥固定搭配 (in the way 挡道)
另外也需要注意零冠词的情况。零冠词用法归纳:独一职位在某地,用作表/补/同位语;独立主格作状语,用by短语表方式;man字一词指人类,对比含义两名词;系词turn+名单数,街/路/期刊与杂志;具体意义变抽象,as/though之倒装句;人名/地名/国一词,抽象/物质不特指;桥名/单岛/单山峰,一专加一普专用词;月份/星期/节假日,学科/语言/称呼语;颜色/病名/五感觉,棋类/球类/三餐词;复数名词系泛指,固定词组惯用语;以上情况请记住,其前均用零冠词。
3. more learned a man is, more modest be usually become.
A. The; the B. A; a
C. The; a D. A; the
【解析】句意:一个人越有学识,他就越可能更谦虚。使用the +比较级+主谓, the +比较级+主谓的句型,所以选A。
【答案】A
【名师点睛】冠词的考查集中在the表示特指;a/an表示泛指。另外要注意冠词的一些固定搭配中冠词的使用。这里用的是:the +比较级+主谓, the +比较级+主谓的句型,学生在平时应该多积累这些包含冠词的短语和句型。
易错点4序数词、比较级、最高级前误用定冠词
4. His English is ________ second to none. And he is going to learn ________ second language in ________ second grade.
A./;a;the B.the;the;a
C./;the;a D.a;the;the
【错因分析】 此题涉及序数词,很多学生误以为序数词a前都要用定冠词the,因此易错选答案。
【试题解析】 second to none"首屈一指"是固定短语,所以second前不加冠词;second前加不定冠词,表示"又一,再一";the second grade表示"在二年级"。由此可以判断答案为A。
【参考答案】 A
序数词前用不定冠词而不用定冠词the的情况:
1.泛指某一类人或物中的任何一个。
A teacher shouldn't talk like that.教师不应当那样讲话。
2.用于序数词前表示"又一""再一"。用于形容词最高级前意为"很,非常"。
We'll have to do it a second time.我们得再做一次。
He is a most wise man.他是一个十分明智的人。
3.用于具体化了的抽象名词前。
He was a success in business.他是事业成功人士。
4.在专有名词前表示"某一个""类似的一个"。
A Mr. Smith wants to see you.一位史密斯先生想见你。
5.用于of短语中表示"同一"(=the same)。
Tom and Kate are of an age.汤姆与凯特同岁。
4. more learned a man is, more modest be usually become.
A. The; the B. A; a
C. The; a D. A; the
【解析】句意:一个人越有学识,他就越可能更谦虚。使用the +比较级+主谓,the +比较级+主谓的句型,所以选A。
【答案】A
易错点5 名词的一词多义与熟词新义
5. —Why do you choose to work in an international travel agency?
—Well, you know, English is my ________. So it is my best choice.
A. strength B. talent
B. ability C. skill
【错因分析】 很多考生不知道此题该选择哪一个,关健问题是弄不清楚strength的词义。
【试题解析】考查名词词义辨析。句意:"你为什么选择在国际旅行社工作?""噢,你知道,英语是我的强项,因此这是我的最佳选择。"strength"强项;长处";talent"天资;才能";ability"能力;力量";skill"技能;擅长"。题中strength的常见词义为"力气",但此处表示"长处,优势"。
【参考答案】A
名词的一词多义与熟词新义是考查的重点和难点,因此在复习过程中,要注意学会在语境中掌握同义词的细微差别,全面掌握词汇的多层含义。如interest既要知道它有"兴趣,趣味"的意思,又要知道它的另一层意思:"利益;好处"。
The weather forecast says it will be cloudy with a slight _____ of rain later tonight.
A. effect B. sense C. change D. chance
【解析】试题分析:句意:天气预报说今天会是多云,后半夜可能有雨。A.影响;B.感觉;C.改变;D.机会,可能性。故选D。
【答案】D
一、疑难名词比较与辨析
1.force; energy; strength; power
force表示"力、力量"的意思。指为做或实现某事而实际运用的力量。
He overcame his bad habits by force of will.毅力使他克服了自己身上的不良习惯。
Those people are the progressive forces in the society. 这些人是社会的进步力量。
energy主要强调"精力",指用来做某事或完成某事的能力。还可以指"能源"。
Young people usually have more energy than the old. 青年人通常此老年人精力充沛。
Many countries are increasing their use of natural gas, wind and other forms of energy. 很多国家正在提高天然气、风以及其他能源形式的利用。
strength表示"力"的意思。指做事情的--种内在能力。就人而育,着重指力气;就物而言,着重指强度潜力等。
He lifted the stone with all his strength.他使出全身力气举起了那块石头。
The side man hasn’t got enough strength to get out of bed. 那位病人还没有足够的力气下床。
power 表示 "能力、能量、动力"的意思。指身体上、心理上和道德上的能力(不管是否发挥出)。
Knowledge is power.知识就是力 量。
I shall do everything in my power to help you.我将尽我的能力帮助你。
2.manner; means; method; way
manner表示"方式、方法"的意思。指个人喜欢采用的方式。
The manner of their meeting makes a good story. 他们相见的方式似乎有些传奇色彩。
He has developed his own manner of acting. 它形成了自己独特的演出风格。
means表示"方法、手段 、工具"的意思。
Students sometimes support themselves by means of evening job. 学生有时通过晚上打工的方法来养活自己。
The quickest means of travel is by plane.最快的旅行工具是飞机。
Have you the means to support a family? 你有维持家的方法没有?
method指做某事的具体步骤或程序,也指系统的、抽象概念的原理。
His idea is all right, but he lacks method.他的想法不错,但是缺少方法。
He is a man of method.他是个有条理的人。
method of teaching 教学方法 method of study 学习方法
Roasting is one method of cooking meat. 烤是做肉的一种方法。
way是最通用的词,也是最不正式的词,本义是"通道、通路",引申作"方式、方法"讲,含义很广。
In this way over several days, the artist and his mice became friends. 就这样过了几天,这位艺术家和他的老鼠成了好朋友。
Look! Work on it in this way. 看!像这样搞它。
My parents always let me have my own way of living.
3.cost; price; value; worth; expense
cost表示"成本、费用"的意思。 原指生产某种物品的成本 ,包括生产中所支付的原料和劳动。一般要低于售价,有时也可用来泛指价格。也可用于借喻,指所付出的代价,甚至生命。
As a result, costs will be reduced by as much as 90%. 因此,成本将会降低90% 之多。
China Daily has plenty of advertisements, which help to cut the costs of making the newspaper. 《中国日报》刊登大量广告有助于降低报纸生产的成本。
price表示"价格、价钱、定价"的意思。 指经营商品出售的单价,通常要高于商品的出厂成本。也用于借喻,指做某事所付出的代价。
Can you try to get them to bring down the price? 你能把价格讲下来吗?
They can sell their beef at a high price in the capital. 他们可以在首都以高价出售他们的牛肉。
value表示"价值、价格"。指我们所估计一件东西的价值,因此是不能 以金钱估价的。
Instead, they are writing once more about things that are common for everyone: feeling alone in the modern world, the value of having good friends and so on. 他们现在再一次写常人常事——现代世界中的孤独感及交好朋友的价值等等。
The park is good value for the money.公园花这么多钱值得。
worth意思是价值。指东西本身的真正价值,是经久不变的,是可贵的。
It was worth five hundred francs at the most.它最多值500法郎。
He asked me how much this computer was worth. 他问我这台计算机值多少钱。
expense意思是"费用、支出、开销",指花费金钱、时间和精力。
We travelled to France at our own expense. 我们自费去法国旅行了。
Do you know at whose expense your visit to Japan will be?你 知道谁将担负你访问日本的费用吗?
4.land; ground; soil; earth
land表示"陆地、土地、地",是河流和海洋的相对用语。用于指土地或土壤时,着重指它的性质、用途等。有时泛指大地,也可作"国家、地产"讲。
The rocky soil has been turned into rich land.岩石地已变成了沃土。
But some people don’t want good farm land to be built on. 但是有些人不愿意把好的农田用来修建厂房。
To the sea captain’s surprise, he found that land travel could also be quite pleasant. 使那位船长吃惊的是,他发现陆地旅行也很愉快。
ground(n. )表示"地、土地"的意思。主要指大地表面,也可以指土壤、场地。也可用于借喻指"根据、理由"。
He learnt how to clean rough ground before planting crops. 他学会了在种植作物之前如何拾掇毛糙的土地。
Then the Class 2 runner dropped his stick on the ground when he was passing it on to the fourth runner.然而,当二班运动员传给第四棒时,接力棒掉在地上了。
soil表示"土壤、土地",指可以生长植物且富有有机物的沃土,宜于农耕。
When the plants are in the ground, I’ll put some powder on the soil.当植物种到地里时,我将给地里撒些粉剂。
He studied how to improve soil conditions.他研究如何改善土壤环境。
earth表示"地、地球、泥土",着重指"大地",以别于天空。作"泥土"解时,常用于以别于坚硬的岩石。
Later, in a few weeks’ time I’ll put the little plants in the earth. 几星期后,我将把小植物埋在泥土里。
5.practice; exercise; training; drill
practice; exercise; training; drill都表示"练习、训练"的意思。
training表示"训练、培养、教练、锻炼"的意思。一般指对于身体的锻炼、对动物的训练、对士兵的训练等。
These football players had no strict training until they joined our club.这些足球队员直到加入我们俱乐部才受到严格的训练。
The athlete is in training.这个运动员锻炼得好。
The home training of children is the first class social problem. 儿童的家庭教育是社会的头等问题。
exercise主要指为提高技巧或业务水平而规定的"练习或体格锻炼"。
The book contains a series of graded exercises adapted to the use of beginners. 书中有一系列按难易排列的练习适于初学者应用。
You need more outdoor exercise.你需要多进行户外运动。
practice主要指正规的、有条理的、不断反复的 "练习"或把理论道理贯彻在行动中的 "实践"。
More practice will make you speak with greater fluency. 多练习会使你口语更流利。
The integration of theory and practice is one of the basic points of Marxism. 理论和实践的统一是马克思主义的基本论点之一。
drill表示"操练、训练"的意思。一般指严格的训练或反反复复练习或军事上的练兵。
Let’s do some pattern drills.咱们做些句型练习吧。
The soldiers were at drill in the barrack yard.士兵们在营场上操练。
6.sign; signal; mark; symbol
sign表示 "符号、记号、招牌"等意思。是最普通的用语,指一个具有公认意义的、简单的、随意制定的代表物。
Letters are signs used to represent sounds.字母是用来代表声音的符号。
You’ll see the sign for the rest rooms.你将看到休息室的指示牌。
signal表示 "暗号、信号"的意思。有时是有意的;有时是无意的。有意的,如强风讯号、求救信号等。
There the electrical signal is changed back into sound. 在那儿电信号又变成声音。
mark表示 "痕迹、记号、商标、特征、分数"的意思。指印在物品上的记号,可用在好坏两个方面。作动词时,表示"标明、作记号"的意思。
He got full marks in his maths test. 他在数学测试中得了满分。
Each stone was marked with a number. 每个石头上都标明号码。
symbol表示 "象征"的意思,特别强调故意用来包含某一特定意义的东西,或故意构成的传达某一特定意义的事物。
a good luck symbol 好运气的象征
The lion is considered the king of the forest as it is a symbol of courage and power. 狮子被看作百兽之王,是因为它是勇气与权利的象征。
二、学习冠词的难点
1.在特殊情况下混用a和an
关于a和an的一般区别,同学们可能比较清楚,也不易搞错,但是对于数字和字母前用该用不定冠词a还是an,则是许多考生可能忽略的问题。如:
They have an 8-year-old daughter. 他们有一个8岁大的女儿。(数字8在英语中读音与eight同,故其前用an,不用a;类似地,我们要说an 11-year-old child,不能说a 11-year-old boy。)
Our daughter sent us an SOS for some more money. 我们的女儿给我们发来了再要点钱的求救信号。(字母s的读音为[es],它的第一个音为元音,故其前要用an。)
2."星期"名词前冠词的使用问题
表示"星期"的名词(如Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday等)一般不与冠词连用,但有时为了表示"特指"可以带定冠词;若表示不确定的"某一个",其前可用不定冠词。如:
"When can I have my birthday party?" "On the Saturday nearest to it." "我的生日庆祝会在哪天举行?""就在离你生日最近的那个星期六吧。"
Christmas Day falls on a Monday. 今年的圣诞节是星期一。
You won’t catch me working on a Sunday! 你绝对见不到我在星期日工作!
He never opens up shop on a Sunday. 星期日他的商店从不营业。
We had a card from her on the Friday after she got back. 在她回去后的那个星期五我们收到了她的明信片。
"When can I have my birthday party?" "On the Saturday nearest to it." "我的生日庆祝会能在哪天举行?""在离你生日最近的那个星期六吧。"
3."三餐饭"前冠词的使用问题
一般说来,表示一日三餐的 breakfast, lunch, supper前不用冠词。如:
Breakfast is served until 9 a.m. 早餐一直供应到上午9点。
Can you manage lunch on Tuesday? 你星期二能来吃午饭吗?
但是,若要特指某一顿早餐、中餐或晚餐,则可在其前加定冠词。如:
The supper is well cooked. 晚饭做得很好。
Thank you for the breakfast. 谢谢你的这顿早餐。
另外,若 breakfast, lunch, supper 受到描绘性定语的修饰,则其前通常要用不定冠词。如:
We make a good breakfast before leaving. 我们动身前好好吃顿早饭。
I’ve got out of the habit of having a cooked breakfast. 我已不再保持早餐吃热食的习惯。
After a quick breakfast, he hurried to the station. 匆匆忙忙吃完早餐,他就赶到车站去了。
We were well primed for the journey with a large breakfast. 为了去旅行, 我们早餐都吃得饱饱的。
4.冠词的非前位用法
限定语与所修饰的中心名词的关系一般顺序是:冠词+表示大小尺寸的限定词+表示颜色的限定词+表示原材料的限定词+中心名词。但在某些固定结构中,冠词放在了形容词之后。
【锦囊妙计】 1.不定冠词用在quite,rather,many,half,what,much等词之后。例如: He is rather a fool. —What did you think of the concert? —Oh,it was quite a success. 2.不定冠词用在so(as,too,how)+形容词之后。 例如:She is as clever a girl as you can wish to meet. It’s too difficult a book for us to read. 注意:以元音音素开头的名词前加不定冠词时用"an"。例如:an apple。 即使单词拼写以辅音字母开头,但该词的读音是元音音素开头,加不定冠词时也要用"an",例如:an hour,an honest boy;反之,拼写以元音字母开头,但读音是辅音,加不定冠词时要用"a",例如:a university。 3.so…that与such…that:①so…that和such…that都作"如此……以致"解,that引导结果状语从句。常见句型如下:so②such…that和so…that有时可以换用,条件是such所修饰的名词必须是一个单数可数名词,且该名词还带有表性质的形容词。转变公式如下:such a/an+形容词+名词→so+形容词+a/an+名词。 例如:He is such a good student that we all like him. →He is so good a student that we all like him。 但是,如果是不可数名词或复数可数名词,则只能用such,不能用so修饰。 例如:It was such bad weather that he had to stay at home。③如果复数名词前有many,few,不可数名词前有much,little等表示量的形容词时,应该用so而不用such。 如:I’ve had so many falls that I’m black and blue all over. Mr White got so little money a month that he could hardly keep body and soul together(维持生活)。 但little不表示数量而表示"小"的意思时,仍用such。 例如:They are such little children that they cannot clean the house by themselves.
三、高考主谓一致的知识结构
一致原则 考点详解 例句
语法一致 1. 以单数名词或代词、动词不定式短语、动名词短语或从句作主语时,谓语动词一般用单数形式;主语为复数时,谓语动词用复数形式。 His father is working on the farm. To study English well is not easy. What he said is very important for us all. The children were in the classroom two hours ago. Reading in the sun is bad for your eyes.
2. 由连接词and或both …… and连接起来的合成主语后面,要用复数形式的谓语动词。 Lucy and Lily are twins. She and I are classmates. The boy and the girl were surprised when they heard the news. Both she and he are Young Pioneers.
3. 主语为单数名词或代词,尽管后面跟有with,together with,except,but,like,as well as,rather than,more than,no less than, besides,including等引起的短语,谓语动词仍用单数形式;若主语为复数,谓语用复数形式。 Mr. Green,together with his wife and children,has come to China. Nobody but Jim and Mike was on the playground. She,like you and Tom,is very tall.
4. either,neither,each,every 或no +单数名词和由some,any,no,every构成的复合不定代词,都作单数看待。 Each of us has a new book. Everything around us is matter.
5. 在定语从句中,关系代词that,who, which等作主语时,其谓语动词的数应与句中先行词的数一致。 He is one of my friends who are working hard. He is the only one of my friends who is working hard.
一致原则 考点详解 例句
语法一致 6. 如果集体名词指的是整个集体,它的谓语动词用单数;如果它指集体的成员,其谓语动词就用复数形式。 这些词有family, class, crowd, committee, population, audience等。 Class Four is on the third floor. Class Four are unable to agree upon a monitor. 注:people,police,cattle等名词一般都用作复数。如:The police are looking for the lost child.
7. 由"a lot of,lots of,plenty of,the rest of,the majority of +名词"构成的短语以及由"分数或百分数+名词"构成的短语作主语,其谓语动词的数要根据短语中后面名词的数而定。 There are a lot of people in the classroom. The rest of the lecture is wonderful. 50% of the students in our class are girls. 注:a number of 与the number of的区别
8. 在倒装句中,谓语动词的数应与其后的主语一致。 There comes the bus. On the wall are many pictures. Such is the result. Such are the facts.
逻辑一致 1. what, who, which, any, more, all等代词可以是单数,也可是复数,主要靠意思来决定。 Which is your bag?Which are your bags? All is going well. All have gone to Beijing.
2. 表示"时间、重量、长度、价值"等的名词的复数作主语时,谓语动词通常用单数形式,这是由于作主语的名词在概念上是一个整体。 Thirty minutes is enough for the work. Ten miles is too long.
3. 若主语是书名、片名、格言、剧名、报名、国名等的复数形式,其谓语动词通常用单数形式。 "The Arabian Nights" is an interesting story-book.
4. 表数量的短语"one and a half"后接复数名词作主语时,其谓语动词可用单数形式。 One and a half apples is left on the table.
一致原则 考点详解 例句
逻辑一致 5. 算式中表示数目(字)的主语通常作单数看待,其谓语动词采用单数形式。 Twelve plus eight is twenty. Fifty-six divided by eight is seven.
6. 一些学科名词是以 –ics 结尾,如:mathematics,politics,physics 以及news, works等,都属于形式上是复数的名词,实际意义为单数名词,它们作主语时,其谓语动词要用单数形式。 The paper works was built in 1990. I think physics isn‘t easy to study.
7. trousers, glasses, clothes, shoes,jeans 等词作主语时,谓语用复数,但如果这些名词前有a(the) pair of等量词修饰时,谓语动词用单数。 My glasses are broken. The pair of shoes under the bed is his.?
8. "定冠词the + 形容词或分词",表示某一类人时,动词用复数。 The old are taken good care of.
9. a (large) quantity of 修饰可数或不可数名词, 作主语时,谓语动词用单数。 A large quantity of people is needed here. 注意:quantities一般用复数。 Quantities of food (nuts) were on the table.
10. a great deal of, a large amount of 修饰不可数名词,作主语时, 谓语动词通常用单数;large amounts of 修饰不可数名词, 作主语时, 谓语动词通常用复数。 A large amount of (A great deal of) damage was done in a very short time. Large amounts of money were spent on the bridge.
就近一致 1. 当两个主语由either … or, neither … nor,whether … or …,not only …but also连接时,谓语动词和邻近的主语一致。 Either the teacher or the students are our friends. Neither they nor he is wholly right.
2. there be句型的be动词单复数取决于其后的主语。如果其后是由and连接的两个主语,则应与靠近的那个主语保持一致。 There are two chairs and a desk in the room. Here引导的句子用法同上。 如:Here is a map and a handbook for you.
【巧学妙记】
主谓一致记忆口诀单单复复最常见,集体名词谓用单。 如若强调其成员,复数谓语记心间。 有些名词谓常复,people, police即这般。 主语单数后接介,谓语单数介无关。 many a作主语也如此,谓语动词应用单。 or、nor、but also、there be,近主原则挂嘴边。 关系代词定主语,谓语根据先行词判。 不定式短语、动名词,主语从句谓全单。 时间、货币与距离,谓语多单复少见, rest,means,following等,意义决定其复、单。 none,all,half of等,of之宾语定答案。 还有分数、百分数,仍据of之宾定复、单。 代词all指人谓复数,all指事情谓用单。 量词用法请注意,谓语要随量词变。 and连接两名词,身兼两职一定冠。 no,each,every后单名,两种事物一概念。 以上情况请记清,谓语动词全用单。 形容词带the一类人,姓氏复数加定冠, -s结尾的海峡、山脉与群岛,谓语用复勿用单。 代词neither,either,each,用作主语谓全单。
1.(2019·江苏卷·单项填空) Nowadays the ___________ for travelling is shifted from shopping to food and scenery.
A. priority B. potential C. proportion D. pension
【答案】A
【解析】考查名词辨析。句意:当今,旅行的重点从购物转变成了品尝美食和欣赏风景。A. priority优先;优先权;B. potential潜在的,可能的;C. proportion比例,占比;D. pension退休金,抚恤金。故选A。
2.(2019·天津卷·单项填空)We can observe that artificial intelligence has already made a(n) ___________on our lives in many ways.
A. statement B. impact C. impression D. judgment
【答案】B
【解析】考查名词词义辨析。句意:我们能够看到人工智能在许多方面已经对我们的生活产生了强烈的影响。statement“陈述说明”;impact“强烈的影响,冲击力”;impression“印象,感想”;judgement“判断力判断”。故选B。
3.(2019·新课标I卷·语法填空)Of ___69___ nineteen recognized polar bear subpopulations, three are declining, six are (be) stable, one is increasing, and nine lack enough data.
【答案】the
【解析】考查定冠词。此处为特指,意为“在已知的19个北极熊亚种群中”,故填the。
4.(2019·浙江卷·语法填空)Everybody wears___57___ same style of clothes.
【答案】the
【解析】考查冠词。句意:每个人都穿相同风格的衣服。same是形容词,意思是“相同的”,常与the连用修饰名词。故填the。
5.(2019·新课标I卷·短文改错)Suddenly football fell just in front of me but almost hit me.
【答案】 Suddenly football fell just in front of me almost hit me.
【解析】考查冠词。名词football为可数名词,前边需要有限定词。这里football第一次出现,故在football前加a。
6.(2019·新课标II卷·短文改错)Since I was a kid, I’ve considered different job I would like to do.
【答案】Since I was a kid, I’ve considered different I would like to do.
【解析】考查名词的数。“job(工作;职业)”为可数名词,用different(不同的)修饰时意思为不同种类的工作,应该用名词的复数形式。故将job改为jobs。
7.(2018·全国新课标卷I·语法填空)Two of the authors of the review also made a study published in 2014 66that/which showed a mere five to 10 minutes a day of running reduced the risk of heart disease and early deaths from all 67 (cause).
【答案】causes
【解析】考查单复数。一项研究表明,仅仅每天5到10分钟的跑步,就能减少各种原因的心脏病和早亡。根据句意用复数形式。故填causes。
8.(2018·全国新课标卷I·短文改错)Last winter when I went here(改为there) again, they had a big separate house to raise dozens of chicken.
【答案】chicken改为chickens
【解析】考查名词复数。他们拥有一个大的独立住宅,还养了许多只鸡。根据前文的dozens of可知,其后用名词复数形式。
9. (2018·全国新课标卷II·短文改错)When I was little, Friday’s night was our family game night.
【答案】Friday’s改为Friday。
【解析】考查名词的格。名词作定语,往往表明被修饰名词的时间、地点、类别、目的或用途、材料或来源等。名词所有格作定语则强调与被修饰的词的所有关系或表示逻辑上的谓语关系。此处表示“星期五晚上”,并不是所有关系,故把Friday’s改为Friday。
10.(2018·新课标II卷·短文改错)As the kid, I loved to watch cartoons, but no matter how many times I asked to watching them, my parents would not to let me.
【答案】the改为a
【解析】考查冠词。这里表示“作为一个孩子”,a用在表示泛指的单数名词前,the表示特指。故把the改为a。
11.(2018·新课标卷I·语法填空)While running regularly can’t make you live forever, the review says it 64 (be) more effective at lengthening life 65than walking, cycling or swimming.
【答案】is
【解析】考查主谓一致和时态。医学报告显示:跑步比散步、骑车和游泳更能有效地延长寿命。这里叙述的是一个事实,故用一般现在时,且主语是it,表示单数概念。故填is。
12. (2017·全国新课标卷I·语法填空)This trend, which was started by the medical community(医学界) as a method of fighting heart disease, has had some unintended side 62 (effect) such as overweight and heart disease — the very thing the medical community was trying to fight.
【答案】effects
【解析】考查单复数。分析语境可知作者表达的意思是"一些不为人知的副作用",根据前文的some可知"side effect"(副作用)有很多,故填effects。
13.(2017·新课标I卷·语法填空)As 65 result, people will eat more food to try to make up for that something missing.
【答案】a
【解析】考查冠词。固定短语as a result表示"结果"。句意:结果,人们将吃更多的食物去弥补损失的东西。故填a。
14. (2017·天津·单项填空)Nowadays, cycling, along with jogging and swimming, ___________ as one of the best all-round forms of exercise.
A. regard B. is regarded
C. are regarded D. regards
【答案】B
【解析】句意:现在骑自行车、慢跑和游泳被认为是最全面的锻炼方式之一。根据动词短语regard...as… (把……看做……)和句意确定应该用被动语态,排除A和D;由介词短语along with连接的三个名词作主语,谓语动词应该就前一致,即用单数,排除C。故选B。
15.(2017·江苏·单项填空)The publication of Great Expectations, which ____________ both widely reviewed and highly praised, strengthened Dickens, status as a leading novelist.
A. is B. are C. was D. were
【答案】C
【解析】考查主谓一致。本句是包含定语从句的复合句,先行词是Great Expectations是书名,是单数意义,所以定语从句的谓语也要使用单数形式;根据"strengthened"可知,"被广泛阅读和得到高度评价"发生在过去,故选C。
16.(2016·全国新课标卷II·语法填空)Give your body and brain a rest by stepping outside for 48 while, exercising, or doing something you enjoy.
【答案】a
【解析】介词短语for a while意为"一会儿",本句是指通过锻炼或做一些你喜欢的事情,让你的身体和大脑休息一会儿。
17.(2016·浙江)______prize for the winner of the competition is ______two-week holiday in Paris.
A. The ; 不填 B. A ; 不填 C. A ; the D. The ; a
【答案】D
【解析】句意:这个比赛获胜者的奖品是一个巴黎的两个星期的假期。第一空填the,是特指"获胜者的奖品",用定冠词,第二空是泛指"一个两周的假期",用不定冠词a。故选D。
18.(2016·江苏卷·单项填空)— Can you tell us your for happiness and a long life?
— Living every day to the full, definitely.
A. recipe B. record C. range D. receipt
【答案】A
【解析】考查名词词义辨析。recipe秘诀,食谱,药方;record记录;range范围;receipt收据,收条;句意:—你能告诉我你对幸福长寿的秘密吗?—当然是尽情享受每一天。根据句意可知A项意为"秘诀",与上下文相符。
19.?At the meeting they discussed three different _______ to the study of mathematics。
A. approaches B. means C. methods D. ways
【答案】D
【解析】在会议上他们讨论了三种不同的学习数学的方法。way意为"方式,方法",可指具体的方法,也可指抽象的方法,多指一般的思想、行动、办事的方法,也可指个人特殊的方式、方法。approach意为"接近,靠近,方式,方法",指接近某人或某事,也可指对待或处理事情的方式或方法。mean意为"方式,方法",用于抽象意义,可指为达到某一目的而采用的方法、计划、政策、策略等,尤指整套方法;用于具体意义,常指为达到某一目的所使用的工具、材料、机器、 用具、车船等。method意为"方式,方法",指具体的、系统的、有步骤的方法,强调条理性及高效率。
20. The school advisers help you talk through your problems but they don’t give you any direct________.
A. solution????????? B. target C. measure????????? D. function
【答案】A
【解析】 句意:学校顾问会帮你梳理一下你的问题,但是他们不会给你任何直接的解决办法。本题考查名词辨析。solution 解决问题的办法;target目标,靶子;measure措施;function功能,作用。根据句意可知选A。
21.Dr.Peter?Spence,??___________headmaster?of?the?school,?told?us,?________?fifth?of?pupils?here?go?on?to?study?at?Oxford?and?Cambridge.??
A.?不填;A????????? ??B.不填;The?????? C.?the;?The??????? D.?a;?A??
【答案】A??
【解析】句意为"校长Peter?Spence告诉我们说,我校的五分之一学生将到牛津大学和剑桥大学去学习。"headmaster校长,职务前面不加冠词;a?fifth表示五分之一。选A。
22. more learned a man is, more modest be usually become.
A. The ; the B. A; a C. The ; a D. A; the
【答案】A
【解析】句意:一个人越有学识,他就越可能更谦虚。使用"the +比较级…, the +比较级…"句型,所以选A。
【名师点睛】冠词的考查集中在the表示特指;a/an表示泛指。另外要注意冠词的一些固定搭配中冠词的使用。这里用的是:"the +比较级…, the +比较级…"句型,学生在平时应该多积累这些包含冠词的短语和句型。
23.So far as I know, a number of the students in our school ___________ from the suburb and the number of them ___________ 500.
A. come;is B. comes;are C. comes;is D. come;are
【答案】 A
【解析】考查主谓一致。第一空的主语是"a number of the students in our school",指"许多学生",谓语用复数形式;第二空的主语是"the number of them",指"学生的数量",谓语用单数形式。故选A。
24.The teacher along with her students ___________ the Palace Museum when we came across her.
A. were visiting B. was visiting
C. has visited D. have visited
【答案】B
【解析】考查主谓一致和时态。句意:当我们遇见那位老师的时候,她正在和她的学生们参观故宫。名词+介词短语作主语时,谓语动词要和介词前面的名词保持一致,即遵循"就远原则"。该题中,谓语动词要和the teacher保持一致。该句时间状语为"when we came across her",表示过去的时间,且根据句意可知,该空表示我们遇见老师时老师正在做的事情,要用过去进行时态。故选B。
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
PAGE
1
专题02 介词、代词
1 介词
易错点1 单个介词的误用
1.(2017·北京)Many people who live along the coast make a living ___________ fishing industry.
A. at B. in C. on D. by
【错因分析】本题学生易误选C项或D项。很多学生不仔细看题,就认为本题是考查make a living on (doing) sth. 以……为生/谋生,直接选C项;也有学生会误以为本题考查by(以……方式,借助……手段)而误选D。
【试题解析】句意:许多住在海边上的人都是靠渔业来谋生的。此处用介词in,不用by,因为by后面通常接做什么事情来谋生,此处是指在捕鱼这个行业里谋生,用in,故选B。
【正确答案】B
常见介词的基本用法
介词在英语中的使用很广泛,也是高考中的重点,正确使用介词是很重要的,下面归类讲述一些重点介词的用法:
一、表示时间的介词
1. in,on,at,over
(1)in表示在一段时间之内。通常时间较长,如世纪、朝代、时代、年、季节、月及一般(非特指)的早、中、晚等。如:
in the 1950s,in 1989,in summer,in January,in one’s thirties,in the morning等。
(2)on表示具体的某一天及其早、中、晚。如:
on May 1st,on Monday,on a cold night in January, on a fine morning等。
(3)at表示在一个时间点上。指某一时刻或较短暂的时间,也泛指圣诞节,复活节等。如:at 3:20,at this time of year,at Christmas,at night,at this moment等。
(4)over后面接一段时间,表示"超过……"或"在……期间"。
(5)在last,next,this,that,some,every等词之前通常不用介词。
2. in,after
(1)"in+一段时间"表示将来的一段时间之后。
(2)"after+一段时间"表示过去的一段时间之后。
(3)"after+具体时间"表示将来或过去的某一时刻之后。
3. from,since,for
(1)from后接具体时间,说明从什么时候开始,不说明某动作或情况持续多久。
(2)since后接具体过去时间,表示某动作或情况持续至说话时刻,通常与完成时连用。
(3)for后接一段时间,通常与完成时连用。
二、表示地点、方位的介词
1. at,in,on,to
(1)at表示在小地方或"在……附近;在……旁边"。
(2)in表示在大地方或"在……范围之内,在……方面"。
(3)on表示毗邻或接壤。
(4)to表示"在……范围外",不强调是否接壤。
2. above,over,on
(1)above意为"在……上方",只表示位置高于某物,但不强调是否垂直,与below相对。
(2)over意为"在……之上",表示垂直高于,与under相对。over强调与物体有一定的空间,不直接接触。
(3)on意为"在……之上",表示在某物体上面并与之接触。
1.(2019·新课标I卷·语法填空)Modem methods ___63___ tracking polar bear populations have been employed only since the mid-1980s, and are expensive to perform (perform) consistently over a large area.
【解析】考查介词用法。此处tracking polar bear populations作Modern methods的定语,用of 连接,“methods of doing sth.”,意为“……的方法”,构成固定结构。或者意为“对于跟踪北极熊的方法”用for。故填of/for。
【答案】of/for
2.(2018·北京卷·单项填空) —Good morning, Mr. Lee’s office.
—Good morning. I’d like to make an appointment _________ next Wednesday afternoon.
A. for B. on C. in D. at
【解析】考查介词。句意:——早上好,Lee先生办公室。——早上好。我想预约下周三下午(和Mr. Lee见面)。make an appointment for意为“为……预约”,是固定搭配,故A选项正确。
【答案】A
3. The Great Wall travels ___________deep valleys, ___________deserts and ___________ mountains.
【解析】through穿过;across从表面横过;over从上方越过。句意:长城穿过深深的峡谷,横过沙漠,越过高山。
【答案】through; across; over
4. —Why not buy this type of car, sir?
—But ________ the high price, I could have chosen one.
【解析】句意:——为什么不买这种汽车,先生?——要不是价格高,我可能已经选了一辆了。but for要不是。
【答案】for
易错点2 介词短语及语境混淆
2.(2019·江苏卷·单项填空)Favorable policies are ___________ to encourage employees' professional development.
A. in effect B. in command
C. in turn D. in shape
【错因分析】学生容易因搞不清楚句子要表达的意思和混淆介词短语的含义而误选选项。
【试题解析】考查介词短语。句意:好的制度政策实际上都会激发员工的专业水平的提升。A. in effect实际上;B. in command指挥;C. in turn轮流,依次;D. in shape在外形上,处于良好的状态。故选A。
【正确答案】A
常见介词短语:
表示的概念 构成 举例
动作(表进行概念、表被动的关系) at+名词 at dinner/table在吃饭 at work在工作 at war交战 at church在做礼拜 at work 在办公 at play?在玩耍 ???? at rest在休息??????? school在上学
beyond+名词 beyond?belief难以置信 ? beyond?control不听管教,无法掌控 beyond?compare无可比拟 beyond?description难以形容 beyond?expression无法表达 beyond?suspicion无可怀疑,毫无疑问
in+名词 或in?+名词+of+名词 in the army在当兵 in?(good)?repair维修良好的 in progress在进行 in operation在运行中 in?sight看得见 in?store贮藏着 in action在运转 in?use?开始使用 in?course?of?construction正在兴建当中 in need of需要 in?course?of?shipment正在运输途中 in?charge?of?负责????????????????????????????? in?the?charge?of?由……负责 in?possession?of?拥有????????????????????? ?in?the?possession?of?被……拥有
on+名词 on business办事/出差 on holiday/vacation/leave在休假 on watch值班 on duty值勤/日 on guard在值勤 on strike在罢工 on sale出售 on loan借贷 on the air在广播 on?fire在燃烧 on?show/display/ exhibition在展出
under+名词 under control在控制之中 under discussion在讨论中 under development在发展中 under observation在观察中 under test在被测试 under construction在建设中 under fire在炮火中??????? under examination在检查/调查中 under consideration在考虑中 under repair在修理中 under?arrest被逮捕 under?attack受到袭击 under?medical?treatment在治疗中 under?study在研究中
其他 against one’s opinion反对某人的见解 for one’s opinion同意某人的见解 for?sale供出售at the mercy of在……支配下;任由……摆布
1.(2018·江苏卷·单项填空)China’s soft?power?grows?_______ the?increasing?appreciation?and?understanding of China globally.
A. in line with B. in reply to
C. in return for D. in honour of
【解析】考查介词短语词义辨析及语境理解。句意:中国的软实力增长与日俱增全球对中国的赏识和理解相一致。A. in line with按照;与...一致;B. in reply to答复;C. in return for作为 ... 的报酬;D. in honour of为纪念。故选A。
【答案】A
2. (2015·新课标全国卷Ⅰ·语法填空) For those who fly to Guilin, it’s only an hour away car and offers all the scenery of the better-known city.?
【解析】by car是固定表达,意为"坐汽车"。by后接交通工具时,表示交通工具的名词前不加冠词。
【答案】by
3. (2015·新课标全国卷Ⅱ·语法填空)When a new day breaks, the walls have given up their heat and are now cold enough to cool the house during the hot day; the same time, they warm up again for the night.?
【解析】at the same time意为"同时",为固定短语。由空前的分号可知,此处的at的首字母应用小写。
【答案】at
4. I got a place next the window, so I had a good view of the sidewalk.?
【解析】根据句子结构可知此空应填介词。next to"挨着,仅次于",是固定短语。故填介词to。
【答案】to
易错点3 介词搭配错误或缺失、多余
3.(2017·新课标全国卷II短文改错)They have also bought for some gardening tools.
【错因分析】考生容易一看句子就觉得buy for是为某人买东西,是正确的,从而遗漏本处或将for错改成其他介词。
【试题解析】考查搭配。bought是及物动词,后无需跟介词,故将for去掉。
【正确答案】将for去掉
高考主要考查学生对固定短语的掌握程度、对短语意义的了解以及介词在固定搭配中的应用。常见的介词搭配有:
1. 名词词组:如solution/approach/way to……的方法;name of……的名字;entrance to/of……的入口等。
2. 动词词组:如remind sb. of sth.提醒某人某事;rob sb. of sth.抢劫某人的……;result from由……引起;call at访问(某地);lead to导致等。
3. 形容词词组:如be curious about对……好奇;be proud of因……而自豪;be popular with受到……的欢迎等。
4. 介词短语:如apart from除……之外;in addition to除……之外(还);because of因为;instead of代替;in fear of为……提心吊胆;for fear of以免;in case of防备,万一;thanks to由于;in the middle of在……中间according to根据;in front of在……前面;in return for作为对……的回报;in charge of负责;as a result of作为……的结果;in exchange for与……交换;on the contrary相反;in turn依次;in one’s opinion根据某人的看法;on time准时;out of reach够不着等。
Lady Gaga has been struck ___________the head by a pole while performing a concert ___________New Zealand, which is part of a world tour.
A. in; on B. in; at
C. with; at D. on; in
【解析】考查固定结构中的介词搭配。strike sb. on the head是固定用法,意为"打在某人头上",New Zealand是国家名,故其前应用介词in。故选D。?
【答案】D
2 代词
易错点1 人称代词、物主代词和反身代词的误用
1. Tom felt that he knew everybody’s business better than they knew it .
A. themselves B. oneself
C. itself D. himself
【错因分析】考生容易因对反身代词理解错误而误选D。如果把注意力放在everybody上,就会误选D。
【试题分析】句意:汤姆感觉他比每个人自己都清楚每个人的职责。这里是强调than后的句子中的主语they,it指代的是business,此处表示的是每个人知道自己的职责,故选A。
【正确答案】 A
【特别提醒】
形容词性物主代词(my, your, his, her, its, our, their)只能在名词前作定语。如果名词前有形容词性物主代词,则不能再使用冠词(a, an, the)或指示代词(this, that, these, those)来修饰此名词。
名词性物主代词(mine, yours, his, hers, its, ours, theirs)相当于"形容词性物主代词+名词",在句中可作主语、宾语、表语,而不作定语。
在使用反身代词时,要注意其所在句子的主语。如果主语是I就用myself,是you就用yourself,he用himself,she用herself,it用itself,we用ourself,they用themselves。
1. 人称代词
形式 句法功能
主格 I,we,you,he,she,it,they 主要用作主语,有时用作表语
宾格 me,us,you,him,her,it,them 作动词或介词的宾语;口语中常用宾格作表语
2. 物主代词
形式 句法功能
形容词性物主代词 my, our, your, his, her, its, their 作定语
名词性物主代词 mine, ours, yours, his, hers, its, theirs 作主语、宾语或表语
【特别提醒】
1. 英汉差异。英语中必须有形容词性物主代词,而汉语中往往省略不翻译。
Jack took off his coat and went go bed.(his不能省略)
2."of+名词性物主代词"用作定语。
Some friends of mine will attend my birthday party.
That car of hers is a1ways breaking down.
3."形容词性物主代词+own+名词"表示强调,在own前还可加very表示进一步的强调。
It’s nice if a man can have his own car.
I want to have my very own car.
4."a(an,some,any) +名词+ of one’s own"表示"某人自己的……"的意思。名词前可以用this, that, these, four, those, several, another, no等修饰,但不能用定冠词the。
5. 含有反身代词的习惯用语:
by oneslf( =alone) 独自地,亲自 to oneself 暗自
for oneself 为自己 of oneself 自动地,自发地
be oneself 玩得愉快 dress oneself in 穿着……
help oneslf to 随便吃……,自行取用 come to oneself 苏醒
make oneself at home 不要客气 devote oneself to 专心于;献身于……
find oneself in/at发觉自己来到…… teach oneself 自学
dress oneself 自己穿衣 lose oneself 迷路
1.(2019·天津卷·单项填空)A study shows the students who are engaged in after-school activities are happier than _________who are not.
A. ones B. those C. these D. them
【解析】考查代词。句意:一项研究表明,参加课外活动的学生比不参加课外活动的学生更开心。空格处代词与the students是对应关系,可以用the ones或者those替代。“them”指代的是前边提到的复数名词,不能与the students形成对应关系。“these”一般不用定语从句修饰。故选B。
【答案】B
2. (2018·新课标卷III·短文改错)Some of us were confident and eager take part in the class activity, others were nervous and anxious. I had done homework but I was shy.
【解析】句意:我已经完成了自己的作业。表示“我的”用my不用myself,或改为定冠词the也可以。
【答案】myself改为my/the
3.(2017·浙江卷·语法填空)Paulson screamed so loudly that her daughter came running from the house. "She thought I had hurt (I),"says Paulson.
【解析】考查代词。主语为I,横线处为宾语,根据语境可知这里指她以为"我"弄伤了自己。故填myself。
【答案】myself
易错点2 不定代词的误用
(2015·重庆)The meeting will be held in September, but knows the date for sure.
【错因分析】考生容易因为没有理解but而误填其他复合不定代词。
【试题解析】句意:会议将在九月召开,但是没人知道具体日期。句中的关键词为but,表转折,故填nobody(没有人),符合句意。
【正确答案】nobody
不定代词有all, both, every, each, either, neither, more, little, few, much, many, another, other, some, any , one, no 以及some, something, anything, everything, somebody, someone, anybody, anyone, nothing, nobody, no one, none, everybody, everyone等。
(一)不定代词的基本用法:
不定代词用法 用法
each/both/all each指"(两者或两者以上物或人中的)每个";both表示"两者都";all指"(三者或三者以上物或人中的)所有,全部"。
either/neither either表示"(两者中的)任何一个";neither表示"两者都不"。
none/nothing none表示"(三者或三者以上)全无,没有一点";nothing表示"没有任何东西,没有事"。
another another泛指"(三者或三者以上中的)另一,又一"。
other/others other泛指"其余的,另外的",只作定语。other+可数名词复数=others。
the other/ the others the other特指"(两者之中的)另一个"。the other+可数名词复数=the others。
(二)复合不定代词的用法
某…… 任何…… 每个……,所有…… 没有……
人 someone/somebody anyone/anybody everyone/everybody no one/nobody
物 something anything everything nothing
【特别注意】
all,both,everyone,everybody,everything以及"every+名词"都表示全部肯定。
none,no one,nobody,nothing,neither,not any 以及"no+名词"均表示全部否定;但当not 与表示全部肯定的不定代词连用时,不管not的位置在其前还是其后,都表示部分否定。
?None of them smoke. (全部否定)
他们都不吸烟。
?Such a person can’t be found everywhere.(部分否定)
这种人并非随处可见。
(三)指示代词
指示代词 用法
this/these 指在时间或空间上较近的人或事物;this可指下文将要谈到的人或物。
that/those 指在时间或空间上较远的人或事物;that可指上文提到过的人或物。
such 指代前面所叙述的人或事物。作主语时,谓语动词的单复数取决于后面的名词或代词的数。
so 代替一个句子或短语所表达的事情,意思是"如此,这样"。在believe,think,expect,suppose,imagine,guess等词后用so代替前文提出的观点。
几组相似的不定代词:
1. all, both, either, neither, each和none
(1)both(两者都),either(两者中的任何一个),neither(两者都不)。以上这些词使用范围为两者。
?John and Mary have both won the prizes. 约翰和玛丽都得了奖。
?The research group produced two reports based on the survey, but neither contained any useful suggestions. 这个调查组在调查的基础上提供了两份报告,但是没有一份包含有用的建议。
?I’ve lived in New York and Chicago,but don’t like either of them very much. 我曾经在纽约和芝加哥居住过,但是这两个城市我都不是很喜欢。
(2)both与复数名词连用,either与单数名词连用。
?There are flowers on both sides of the street. 街道两旁都有花。
?There are flowers on either side of the street. 街道的每一边都有花。
(3)all(所有的,全部的人或物),any(任何一个),none(都不)。以上词使用范围为三者或三者以上。
?All the students in my class like our teachers. 我们班的所有学生都喜欢我们的老师。
?Although Rosemary had suffered from a serious illness for years,she lost none of her enthusiasm for life. 虽然罗斯玛丽患上这种严重的疾病多年,但是她一点儿也没有失去对生活的热情。
(4)each可指两者,也可指两者以上。
?They each have a car. 他们都有车。
2. no,none,nobody和nothing
(1)no不能单独使用,相当于not a或not any,作定语修饰可数名词或不可数名词。
?He has no worry about safety. 他一点也不为安全担心。
(2)none既可以指人,也可以指物,侧重指三者或三者以上的人或物,可与介词of连用,用于回答how many/much引出的疑问句。
?—How many people are there in the room? 房间里有多少人?
—None. 没有人。
(3)nobody指人,用于回答who引导的疑问句;nothing指物,用于回答what引出的疑问句。
?The meeting will be held in September, but nobody knows the date for sure. 这次会议将在9月举行,但没人知道确切的日期。
?—What are you doing? 你正在做什么?
—Nothing.没干什么。
1. (2018·新课标卷I·短文改错) The first time I went there, they were living in a small house with dogs, ducks, and another animals.
【解析】他们住在一个小房子里,院子里有狗、鸭子和其他牲畜。根据句意可知,将another改成other。
【答案】another改为other
2.(2017·新课标全国卷II短文改错)Mr. and Mrs. Zhang all work in our school.
【解析】考查both和all的用法。both的主语是两个,而all是三个或者三个以上,句子中只有两个人Mr. and Mrs. Zhang,故将all改为both。
【答案】all改为both
3.—One week’s time has been wasted.
—I can’t believe we did all that work for .
A. something B. nothing
C. everything D. anything
【解析】句意:——一周的时间已被浪费掉了。——我无法相信我们所做的一切毫无结果。前面说"浪费",那么应该是没有什么结果,因此用nothing,for nothing毫无结果。
【答案】B
易错点3 指示代词的误用
3.(2016·浙江·单项填空)In many ways, the education system in the US is not very different from _________ in the UK.
A. that B. this C. one D. it
【错因分析】考生容易因没有弄清楚that,this,it的区别而误选答案。
【试题解析】句意:在很多方面,美国的教育体系和英国的教育体系不太相同。指代上文的名词education system,是同类不同物,用that,而且后面有介词短语作后置定语。this表示近指,one泛指可数名词单数,it特指上文提到的名词。故选A。
【正确答案】A
指示代词是用来指代或标记人或事物的代词,有this,that,these,those。this,that是单数,these,those是复数。指示代词可以在句中作主语、宾语、表语和定语等。
几组常见的指示代词的辨析:
1. it,one,ones,that,those
(1)it特指上文所提到的同一事物,它所代替的名词常由the,this,that等修饰。
(2)one泛指上文提到的同类事物中的一个,不特指,相当于"a/an+单数名词";the one特指前面的可数名词单数,有时可以用that来代替(尤其是后面有后置定语时);
(3)ones泛指上文提到的同类事物的复数名词;the ones特指上文提到的复数名词,有时可以用those代替,尤其在有后置定语的情况下。
(4)that特指前面出现的单数名词或不可数名词,相当于"the+可数名词单数/不可数名词";that 的复数形式为those,替代可数名词复数,既可指人也可指物。
?Yesterday I lost my pen and I couldn’t find it. So I had to buy one.(it指代my pen;one替代a pen) 昨天我丢了钢笔而且没找到。所以我不得不再买一支。
?The books on the desk are better than those/the ones under the desk.(those/the ones替代the books) 桌子上的书要比桌子下面的好。
?Few pleasure can equal that of a cool drink on a hot day. 没有什么能比得上在炎热的天气里喝上一杯冷饮那样快乐。(that替代pleasure)
【特别注意】
that既可替代可数名词单数,也可替代不可数名词,常有后置定语,一般不指人,复数形式为those;one只能替代可数名词单数,复数形式为ones。当可数名词前有形容词修饰时,只能用one,不用that。当of短语做可数名词单数的后置定语时,用that,不用one。
2. another,other,the other和others
(1)another既可以单独使用,也可以用于单数名词前,泛指三者或三者以上中的"另外一个人或物"。还可以用于"another+数词+复数名词"中,表示"再,又"。
?Recycling is one way to protect the environment; reusing is another. 循环利用是保护环境的一种方式,重新利用是另一种方式。
?You have to wait for another three weeks. 你还得等待三周。
(2)other 可用作形容词,意思为"别的,其他的",泛指"其他的(人或物)"。
?You can ask other people to help you. 你可以让其他人帮你。
(3)the other指两个人或物中的一个,不能用another,此时other为代词。
?The old man has two sons.One is a teacher; the other is a doctor. 这位老人有两个儿子。一个是老师,另一个是医生。
(4)the other 后可接可数名词单数,也可接可数名词复数,不接不可数名词。此时other为形容词。
?On the other side of the street, there is a tall tree. 在街道的另一边,有一棵高大的树。
?He is taller than the other students in his class. 他比班里其他学生都高。
(5)others 是other的复数形式,泛指"另外几个;其他的"。others不能作定语,表示复数意义,相当于"other+复数名词";the others相当于"the other+复数名词",指剩下的全部。
?In some countries,people eat with chopsticks,while in others,knives and forks. 在一些国家里,人们用筷子吃饭,而在另一些国家里,,人们用刀子和叉子。
?Two students in our class failed,but all the others passed the exam. 班里两个学生没及格,但其他学生全部通过了考试。
Cars do cause as us some health problems — in fact far more serious than mobile phones do.
A. one B. ones C. it D. those
【解析】句意:汽车确实给我们造成了一些健康问题,事实上远比手机造成的健康问题严重。这里ones用来替代前面的problems,由于有修饰语serious,故不能填those。
【答案】B
易错点4 代词it的误用
4. How would you like if you were watching your favorite TV program and someone came into the room and just shut it off without asking you?
【错因分析】学生容易因不清楚it的用法而误填其他答案。
【试题解析】句意:如果你正在看最喜爱的电视节目,这时有人进来没有征求你的意见就把电视关了,你会怎么想?固定表达how would you like it if...,在此结构中it为形式宾语,代替后面if从句的内容。
【正确答案】it
it的用法考点透析:
(一)it作为代词,与one,that的辨析
1. it
特指,代替单数可数名词,一般代替一个具体的事物,不带修饰成分。
(1)用作人称代词,代替前文提到的事物。
?—What’s this?这是什么?
—It’s a pen. 钢笔。
(2)代替指示代词this,that。
(3)表示时间、天气、距离、季节、明暗等。
?—How far is it to New York? 纽约有多远?
—It’s 400 kilometers. 400公里。
2. one
(1)泛指,代替前面出现过的名词单数,避免重复(用ones代替前面出现过的复数名词)。可用this/that/each/which及形容词修饰,也可与冠词连用,或带后置定语。
?He has no child, and he wants to adopt one. 他没有孩子,想认养一个。
(2)作不定代词时,可以泛指人,意为"一个人,一种人"。
?One should do one’s duty. 人人应该尽责。
比较:
?There was a piano in the shop, so I decided to buy it at once.
店里有一架钢琴,我决定立刻买下来。(it 特指上文出现的piano, 与piano是同一事物)
?I wanted to buy a house and I’d like one with a garden.
我想买个带花园的房子。(one=a house)
?There are many good flats for you to choose.Would you like to buy one?
有许多好的公寓让你选择,你要买一套吗?(one=a flat, one 指many good flats中的一个)
3. that
代替单数可数名词或代替不可数名词,只可带后置定语。只能代替物,不能代替人。those可指人,也可指物;在比较状语从句中,特指前面提到的同一类东西。
?The population of Shanghai is larger than that of Beijing. 上海的人口多于北京。
(二)it作形式主语时的常见句型:
1. It is (high) time (that) 主语+should do/did sth.
?It is (high) time that this problem was solved. 是时候解决这个问题了。
2. It is...since...
?It is two years since he came to work in this city. 自从他来到这个城市工作已经两年了。
3. It be...before...
?It will be three years before we can meet again. 我们要三年才能相见。
4. It is/was+adj.+for/of sb.to do sth.
?It was difficult for her to move so heavy a box. 叫他搬这么重的箱子有点难。
5. It is/was+adj.+that...
?It was clear that he was lying to us. 很明显他在对我们说谎。
6. It is+v?ed+that...
?It is reported that our team has won the gold medal. 据报道我们队获得了金牌。
7. It seems/appears/happens that...
?It seemed that he had known the truth. 看来他已经知道了真相。
8. It matters/doesn’t matter that...
?It matters a lot whether he will agree to our plan. 他是否同意我们的计划关系重大。
9. It is no use/no good/no harm doing sth.
?It’s no good arguing with him. 与他争吵没好处。
(三)it作形式宾语的常用句型(S代替主语,V代替谓语动词)
1. S+V+it+adj./n.+to do sth.
?We consider it a great honor to be able to host the 2020 Olympic Games. 我们认为能举办2020奥运会是极大的荣幸。
2. S+V+it+adj./n.+doing sth.
?They find it no use searching the empty house. 他们发觉搜寻这座空房子没用。
?Do you consider it any good trying again? 你认为再试一次没有任何好处?
3. 主语+谓语+it+that/when...
?I don’t like it when you shout at me. 我不喜欢你对我大喊大叫。
4. 强调句:It is/was+被强调成分+who/that...
如:可对下列句子中四处画线部分进行强调。
?We saw Tom in_the_park yesterday. 我们昨天在公园看见汤姆。
→It was we who/that saw Tom in the park yesterday.
(强调主语,为人,可用who或that) 是我们昨天在公园看见汤姆的。
→It was Tom who/that we saw in the park yesterday. (强调宾语) 昨天我们在公园看见的是汤姆。
→It was in_the_park that we saw Tom yesterday. (强调地点状语) 我们昨天是在公园看见汤姆的。
→It was yesterday that we saw Tom in the park. (强调时间状语) 我们是昨天在公园看见汤姆的。
【温馨提示】
1. It is...that … 不能用来强调谓语动词,强调动词要用"do+动词原形"。
?Do come early tomorrow. 明天一定要早点来。
?The little boy did work out the problem. 小男孩的确做出了那个题目。
2. 强调时间、地点、某个事物时都要用that,而不能用when,where,which。
1.(2018年·浙江卷·语法填空)Many westerners 57 who/that come to China cook much less than in their own countries once they realize how cheap 58 can be to eat out.
【解析】考查it用法。句子为感叹句,正常语序应该是it can be cheap to eat out.其中不定式to eat out是真正主语,用it 是形式主语。故填it。
【答案】it
2. I’d appreciate __________ if you could let me know in advance whether or not you will come.
A. it B. you C. one D. this
【解析】句意:如果你能让我提前知道你是否能来,我会很感激的。I would appreciate it if… "如果……我会很感激的",it是形式宾语,真正的宾语是if引导的从句。
【答案】A
1 介词
常考介词辨析
介词是英语中最活跃的词类之一,使用频率相当高,其用法跟冠词一样复杂。介词按其词义可分为下列几种:
1. 表示方向、地点。如:about,across,after,among,around,behind,below,beside,beyond,down,from,into,off,over,throughout,towards,up,within,without 等。
2. 表示时间。如:about,after,around,as,at,before,behind,between,by,during,for,from,in,into,of,on,over,past,since,through,till(until),to,towards,within 等。
3. 表示除去。如:besides,but,except 等。
4. 表示比较。如:as,like,above,over 等。
5. 表示赞同、反对。如:for,against 等。
6. 表示原因、目的。如:for,with,from 等。
7. 表示结果。如:to,with,without 等。
8. 表示手段、方式。如:by,in,with 等。
9. 表示所属。如:of,with 等。
10. 表示条件。如:on,without,considering 等。
11. 表示让步。如:despite,in spite of等。
12. 表示关于。如:about,concerning,regarding,with regard to,as for,as to 等。
13. 表示对于。如:to,for,over,at,with 等。
14. 表示根据。如:on,according to 等。
但根据近年来高考命题的情况来看,考生需要掌握以下内容:
1. 表示相同或相似概念的介词(短语)的区别
表示的概念 介词(短语) 区 别
时间 in on at at在一个时间点上; in在一段的时间之内; on在具体日子。
since from since 指从过去到现在的一段时间,和完成时连用; from指从时间的某一点开始。
in after in指在一段时间之后,也可以指一段时间之内(=within); after表示某一具体时间点之后或用在过去时的一段时间中。
in the end at the end of by the end of in the end作"最后""终于"解,单独作句子成分,后不接介词of; at the end of 表示"在……末梢""到……尽头",既可指时间,也可以指地上或物体,不可单独使用; by the end of 作"在……结束时""到……末为止"解,只能指时间。不可单独使用。
位置 between among between表示两者之间; among用于三者或三者以上的中间。注意:有时说的虽然是三个以上的人或东西,强调的是两两相互间接关系时、在谈到一些事物或一组事物,而把它们视为两组时以及在谈事物间的差别时,就用between。
in on to in表示在某范围内; on指与什么毗邻; to指在某环境范围之外。
on in on只表示在某物的表面上; in表示占去某物一部分。
in into in通常表示位置(静态); into表示动向,不表示目的地或位置。
through across through表示从内部通过,与in 有关; across则表示从一端至另一端在表面上的通过,与on有关。
除了 besides except but except for besides指"除了……还有,再加上"; except指"除了,减去什么",不能放在句首; but与except意思近似,表示"除了……外"经常用在no, all, nobody, anywhere, everything等和其他疑问词后面; except for表示"如无……就,只是"表明理由细节。
2. 常见同一形容词与不同介词搭配时意义上的差别
常见形容词 搭配 意义
absent (be) absent from 缺席
(be) absent in 不在……(而在……)
afraid (be) afraid of 担心……
(be) afraid for 为……而担心
angry (be) angry with sb. 对某人生气
(be) angry at/about sth. 因某事而生气
anxious (be)anxious for sth. 急于想得到
(be)anxious about sth./sb. 对某事/某人担心
different (be) different from 与……不同
(be) different to 不关心
familiar (be) familiar with 精通,熟悉
(be) familiar to 为……熟知(悉)
good (be) good at 擅长于
(be) good for 对……有益
(be) good to 对……友好/态度好
popular (be) popular with sb. 受……欢迎
(be) popular for 因……而流行
strict (be) strict with sb. 对某人要求严格
(be) strict in sth. 对某事要求严格
3. 容易混淆的含有介词固定搭配的词组
类 型 举 例
差一冠词,大相径庭 in front of(在……前面)——in the front of(在……前部) in charge of(负责)——in the charge of(由……负责) out of question(毫无疑问)——out of the question(不可能) at table(在吃饭;在吃饭时)——at the table(在桌子旁边)
有无介词,意义不同 know sb.认识某人——know about sb.了解某人 shoot sb.击中某人——shoot at sb.向某人射击
search sb.搜身——search for sb.搜寻某人 believe sb.相信某人的话——believe in sb.信任某人的人格
benefit sb.使某人受益——benefit from sb.从某人那里得到益处
画蛇添足,误加介词 serve the people为人民服务(容易在serve后加for) enter the room进入房间(容易在enter后加into)
follow me跟在我后面(容易在follow后加behind) marry sb.与某人结婚(容易在marry后加with) go abroad出国(容易在go后面加to) live upstairs住在楼上(容易在live后面加 in)
2 代词
几组易混不定代词的用法区别:
1. some和any
二者都可用作名词(作主语或宾语),也可用作形容词(作定语)来修饰可数名词或不可数名词。
(1)some一般用于肯定句中。当some用于单数可数名词前时,表示"某一(个)",与数字连用则有"大概,大约"的意思;用于疑问句时,表示说话人希望得到肯定的回答,或表示请求、建议。
?I’ve read the story in some book. (某一本)
?Some girl. is waiting for you at the school gate.(某个)
?The country has exported some two million bikes this year. ( 大约 )
?May I have some water? (表示请求)
?Would you like some apples? (邀请)
(2)any多用于疑问句,否定句和条件句中。在肯定句中,any表示"任何的",修饰单数可数名词。也可用作状语,表示程度。
2. much和many
(1)both两者都,all三者或三者以上,全体;在句中可作主语、宾语、定语和同位语。
(2)all指人,作主语时,谓语动词用复数;指物,表示"所有,一切",作主语时,谓语动词用单数,也可用来作定语,修饰不可数名词。
?All but one are present.(作主语,指人,谓语动词用复数)
?All is over with him.(作主语,指物,谓语动词用单数)
?I have forgotten all about it(作宾语)
?All hope has gone.(修饰不可数名词)
?They all agree to stay here.(作同位语)
3. much和many
两个词都有"许多"的意思,much表示或修饰不可数名词,many表示或修饰可数名词。在口语中,much或many多用于疑问句或否定句,在肯定句中常用a lot of,lots of,plenty of,a large quantity of,quantities of代替。much还可以用a great deal of代替,many可以用a (1arge) number of代替。
(1)much可用作副词,作状语,表程度。be not much意为"不怎么样",much还可与too连用构成"too much+不可数名词"短语,意为"太多的……","much too+形容词或副词",意为"太……,非常……",是副词词组,修饰形容词、副词,但不修饰动词。
?The city is much larger than that one.
?I’ve visited the country and it is not much.
?There is too much noise in the classroom.
?I’m much too busy to see visitors.
(2)many a + 可数名词单数,表示"许多"。在名词前如果有冠词或指示代词等词时,要用many of或much of结构。
?Many a student has gone to the cinema.
?Many of the/my books are English.
4. each和every
(1)each强调个体,在句子中充当定语、主语、宾语和同位语,指两者或两者以上的人或事物中的每一个。
?Each room can seat at least fifty people.
?Each of the students will get a new book.
?Each student will get a new book
?The students each will get a new book.
?There are trees and flowers on each side of the street. (街道只有两边,不能用every)
(2)every强调整体,在句中只能作定语,指三者或三者以上的人或事物中的每一个。还可以构成"every+数词+复数名词","every + few + 复数名词""every + other + 单数名词""every +序数词 + 单数名词"表示"每隔……"。
?Every one has strong and weak points.
?Every student has told a story.
?every three weeks 每隔三个星期,每隔两个星期
?every other week = every second week 每隔一星期
?every few weeks(不能说evesy a few weeks) 每隔几个星期
4. either 和neither
either指"两个人或物中的任何一个",表示肯定意义;neither指"两个人或物一个也不",表示否定意义。这两个词作主语时,谓语动词要用单数。
①either可放在否定句的句尾,表示"也"。
?I don’t know either. 我也不知道。
②either可用作连词,"或者,要么"的意思,一般与。or连用,构成"either... or"短语,意为"不是……而是……","或者……或者……"。当这一短语连接两个名词或代词作主语时,谓语动词在人称和数上要同最近的主语保持一致。
?Either he or I am to blame.
?Is either he or you going to the cinema?
?Are either you or he going to the cinema?
③either修饰名词时,前面不用物主代词,指示代词或定冠词,可以说"either pen",但不能说"the either pen或either my pen"。
④either用作代词时,可以单独使用,也可和of连用,of后接复数名词,名词前要用一个物主代词,指示代词或定冠词。
?He doesn’t like either of the two places.
⑤当either of作主语时,动词一般用单数形式,但在否定句和疑问句中,动词也常用复数,特别在口语中。
?Either of them is good enough.
?I don’t think either of them are at home.
6. no和 none
(1)no表示"不""无",只能作定语,修饰不可数名词或可数名词单复数,相当于not any或not a。
?There is no water in the bottle.
(2)none表示"没有人,任何人也不",用作名词,相当于no one或not any,常同of连用,构成"None of..."结构,none作可数名词用时,指三者或三者以上。作主语时谓语动词用单数或复数均可,none作不可数名词时,谓语动词用单数。none在句中作主语或宾语,不作定语,不与名词连用。
?None of the books are (is) interesting.
【特别注意】
1. "none but+复数名词"作主语时,谓语动词要用复数。
?None but wolves walk like that.除非狼才会那么走。
2. none和noone的区别:
none回答以howmany/much引出的特殊疑问句或"any of + 限定词 + 名词"或表一定范围的一般疑问句,no one回答以who引出的特殊疑问句及含有anybody或无限定范围的一般问句,简言之,none表示数量,no one表示没有人。
?— How many students are there in the classroom now?
—None.
?—How any of you ever been to the Great Wall?
—None.
?—Who can answer the question?
—No one.
7. other,another, others,any other和the other
(1)other表示泛指,意为"另外的,其他的",常与复数名词或不可数名词连用。如果其前有the,this,some,any,each,every,no以及形容词性物主代词时,其后就可接单数名词。
?I have no other place to go.
(2)another常用于指三者或三者以上中的"另外一个",泛指单数。可以单独使用,也可以接名词。如果其后接复数名词,则表示"又,再,还"。
?This cap is too small for me. Show me another (one).
?We need another three assistants in our company.
(3)others是other的复数形式,表示泛指,意为"别的人或物",但不指全部。特指时在其前加定冠词;前面可加任何限定词以及数量词。
?He has more concern for others than for himself.
(4)any other表示一个之外的其他任何一个,而不是两个之中的另一个。
?China is larger than any other country in Asia.
(5)the other表示两者中的另外一个。可以单独使用,也可接单数名词。
?No agreement was reached in the discussion as neither side would give away to the other.
【巧学妙记】
英语人称代词用法口诀:人称代词主宾格,作用不同莫用错。 主格动词前作主,动词介词后宾格。 You和it主宾同,其他主宾须分清。 人称代词并列现,尊重他人礼当先。 单数人称二三一,复数人称一二三。 若把错误责任担,第一人称我靠前。英语物主代词用法口诀:物主代词分两种,形容词性名词性。 形容词性能力差,自己不能来当家。 句子当中作定语,身后定把名词加。 物主代词名词性,相当名词可单用。 句中充当主宾表,身后没有名词影。 两种代词形不同,添个 s 形变名。 his, its不用变,my变mine要记清。
高考真题
题组一 介词
I. 单项填空
1.(2019·新课标III卷·语法填空)We were first greeted with the barking by a pack ___63___ dogs,seven to be exact.
【答案】of
【解析】考查介词。“a pack of”意为“一群”。故填of。
2.(2019·浙江卷·语法填空)But can uniforms help improve school standards? The answer ___61___ this question is not clear.
【答案】to
【解析】考查介词。句意:这个问题的答案不清楚。the key/answer to ...这是固定搭配,“……的答案是……”。故填to。
3.(2018·天津卷·单项填空) Bob thought he couldn't go to the party because he had to write a report, but he went ___________.
A. at first B. after all
C. above all D. at random
【答案】B
【解析】考查介词短语辨析及语境理解。句意:鲍勃认为他不能去参加聚会,因为他不得不写一份报告,但他终究去了。A. at first起初;B. after all毕竟,终究。C. above all首先;D. at random随便地。根据前面的转折连词可知,与前面情况相反,故选B。
4. (2018·新课标卷II·完形填空)I still can’t believe what a coincidence it was. I’m just so glad I was there ___60___ to help my son.
A. on board B. in time C. for sure D. on purpose
【答案】B
【解析】考查介词词组词义辨析。我高兴的是我在那儿及时帮助了我的儿子。A. on board在船上;B. in time及时;C. for sure肯定;D. on purpose目的。故选B项切题。
5.(2017·北京·完形填空)For example, she received the 2007 BRICK Award recognizing the efforts of young people to change the world. But all this, Hannah still has the normal life of a Winnipeg schoolgirl, except that she pays regular visits to homeless people.
A. for B. through C. besides D. along
【答案】B
【解析】考查介词。A. for为了;B. through通过;C. besides此外;D. along沿着。语境是"但是经过所有这些之后,Hannah依然过着Winnipeg学校一名女生的普通的生活",根据语境可知选B。介词through表示"经历"。
6.(2017· 天津卷·单项填空)When you drive through the Redwood Forests in California, you will be ___________ trees that are over 1,000 years old.
A. among B. against C. behind D. below
【答案】A
【解析】句意:当你开车穿过加利福尼亚的红木森林时,你将会穿梭于超过千年历史的树木之间。be among 位于……之间;be against 反对;be behind 在……后面;be below在……之下。根据句意,故选A。
考点:考查介词辨析。
【名师点睛】
对于介词辨析题目,首先可以从句意着手,看懂句意是解答此类题目的关键,其次对选项的意思及介词的常见搭配也要了如指掌。这是对平时学生的基本知识进行考查,学生在平时的学习中要多记忆,多多积累,以便在考试时能够迅速准确地解答试题。
7.(2017·天津卷·完形填空)My goal was to lose 150 pounds in one year and raise $50,000 _ a movement founded 30 years ago to end hunger.
A. in search of B. in need of
C. in place of D. in support of
【答案】D
【解析】根据上文raise $50,000可知,此处表示"为了支持三十年前为了结束饥饿而创办的一项活动"。A. 为了寻找;B. 需要;C. 代替;D. 为了支持。故选D。
8.(2016·天津卷·单项填空)The dictionary is _____________: many words have been added to the language since it was published.
A. out of control B. out of date
C. out of sight D. out of reach
【答案】B
【解析】句意:这本字典过时了:自从它被出版,很多单词被增加到这个语言中。A.失去控制;B.过时的;C看不见的;D.够不着的。根据句意可知选B。
9.(2016·浙江卷·单项填空)That young man is honest, cooperative, always there when you need his help. ___________, he’s reliable.
A. Or else B. In short
C. By the way D. For one thing
【答案】B
【解析】句意:这个年轻人是诚实的,有合作精神的,当你需要他的帮助的时候,他总是在那里。简言之,他是可靠的。A.否则;B.简言之;C.顺便说一下;D.首先。故选B。
10.(2016·浙江卷·单项填空)The study suggests that the cultures we grow up ___________influence the basic processes by which we see world around us.
A. on B. in C. at D. about
【答案】B
【解析】句意:研究表明我们成长的文化影响我们看周围世界的基本过程。the cultures后面是定语从句,省略that,定语从句中cultures作宾语,那么还缺少一个介词,和cultures搭配用介词in,故选B。
11.(2015·福建卷·单项填空)A common memory they all have ____________ their school days is the school uniform.
A. of B. on C. to D. with
【答案】A
【解析】考查介词辨析。of关于,表示从属关系;on表示在……之上;to表示对于;with表示和……在一起。句意:他们共有的关于他们学校的记忆是校服。have a memory of对……有记忆,是固定短语,故选A。
12.(2015·福建卷·单项填空)Human life is regarded as part of nature and, as such, the only way for us to survive is to live _____________ nature.
A. in view of B. in need of
C. in touch with D. in harmony with
【答案】D
【解析】考查短语辨析。in view of在……眼里,在……看来;in need of需要;in touch with和……接触;in harmony with与……和谐相处。这四个短语后面都应该接名词,该句意思为:人的生活是自然的一部分,因此,我们生存下来的唯一的方法就是与自然和谐相处。根据句意,故选D。
II. 语法填空
1.(2017·新课标全国卷I语法填空)This trend, which was started by the medical community(医学界) _____________ a method of fighting heart disease, has had some unintended side effects such as overweight and heart disease — the very thing the medical community was trying to fight.
【答案】as
【解析】考查介词。句意:这一趋势最初始于医学界作为一种对抗心脏病的方法。as表示"作为,以……身份",故填as。
2.(2017·新课标全国卷II语法填空)In 1863 the first underground passenger railway in the world opened in London. It ran for just under seven kilometers and allowed people to avoid terrible crowds on the roads above as they travelled to and work.
【答案】from
【解析】考查介词。to and from来回,故填from。
3.(2017·新课标全国卷III语法填空)After school she plans to take a year off to model full-time before going to university to get a degree engineering or architecture.
【答案】in
【解析】考查介词。in表示"在某方面",获得某项学位"get a degree in…"。
4. (2016·新课标全国卷I语法填空)Most of us are more focused our tasks in the morning than we are later in the day.?
【答案】on
【解析】focus on "关注,聚焦",为固定短语,因此填on。
5. (2016·新课标全国卷III语法填空)In India,for example,most people traditionally eat their hands.?
【答案】with
【解析】句意:例如,在印度,大部分人传统上用手吃饭。介词with表示"用……"之意,表达方式。
6. (2016·四川语法填空)The mother continued to care for the young panda more than two years.?
【答案】for
【解析】"for+一段时间",表示持续一段时间。
III. 改错
1. (2018·新课标卷II·短文改错)They would say to me that playing card games would help my brain. Still I was unwilling to play the games for them sometimes.
【答案】for改为with
【解析】考查介词。play the games with sb.表示“和某人一块玩游戏”,故把for改为with。
2.(2017·新课标全国卷III·短文改错)When I look at this picture of myself, I realize of how fast time flies.
【答案】删除of
【解析】考查介词。realize是及物动词,后面接宾语时不需要介词。
3.(2017·新课标全国卷I·短文改错)It was a relief and I came to a suddenly stop just in the middle on the road.
(1)【答案】suddenly改为sudden
【解析】考查形容词。句意:我来了个紧急刹车。suddenly是副词,表示"意外地,忽然地"。sudden为形容词,表示"突然的;迅速的",修饰名词stop用形容词,故将suddenly改为sudden。a sudden stop表示"急刹车"。
(2)【答案】on改为of
【解析】考查介词。分析语境可知此处表示"在路中间急刹车",on the road表示"在路上",the middle of the road表示"路的中央",强调的是"the middle",故将on改为of。
【应试点拨】
高考短文改错中关于介词的错误主要是:
1. 词组中的介词误用;
2. 介词意思理解偏差;
3. 介词的多用或少用。
题组二 代词
I. 改错
1.(2017·新课标全国卷I·短文改错)I still remember how hard first day was.
【答案】first前加the/my
【解析】句意:我依然记得第一天是多么艰难。句中特指开始学驾照的第一天,所以在first前加上the。也可以加上my,my first day表示"我(学驾照)的第一天",故在first前加the或my。
2.(2017·新课标全国卷III·短文改错)Around me in picture are the things they were very important in my life at that time: car magazines and musical instruments.
(1)【答案】they→that/which
【解析】they不能引导定语从句,因为指代things,所以把they改为that或者which。
(2)【答案】在picture前加the/ this
【解析】单数可数名词前应该有限定词,根据句意可知在picture前加the或者this。
3.(2017·新课标全国卷III·短文改错)This picture often brings back to me many happy memories of your high school days.
【答案】your→my
【解析】考查代词。根据句意可知此处是我高中时代生活的美好回忆,故把your改为my。
【应试点拨】
高考短文改错中关于代词的错误主要是:
1. 代词的主格和宾格(I/me; he/him; she/her; we/us; they/them)错误;
2. 反身代词(myself/yourself/himself/herself/themselves/ourselves)使用错误;
3. 代词的单数和复数使用错误;
4. 代词指代错误;
5. 多代词或少代词。
II. 语法填空
1.(2017·新课标全国II卷·语法填空)However, the railway quickly proved to be a great success and within six months, more than 25,000 people were using ____________ every day.
【答案】it
【解析】考查代词,这里用it指代前句的the railway,故填it。
2. (2016·新课标全国卷Ⅰ)On my recent visit, I held a lively three?month?old twin that had been rejected by ____________ (it) mother.
【答案】its
【解析】句意:在我最近的一次看望中,可爱的三个月大的双胞胎中的一只被它的母亲遗弃了。由后面的mother和句意可知,此处指代前面的twin,且应用形容词性物主代词表示所属关系,故用its。
3. (2016·四川)By that time, the panda no longer needed _____________(it) mother for food.
【答案】its
【解析】句意:到那时,这只熊猫不再需要从它的母亲那里获取食物了。此处主语是the panda,用形容词性物主代词its修饰mother。
4. (2016·浙江)In many ways, the education system in the US is not very different from ___________ in the UK.
【答案】that
【解析】句意:在很多方面,美国的教育体系和英国的教育体系很不一样。这里指代前面的名词education system,同类不同物,所以用that。
5. (2015·陕西)To warm himself, the sailor sat in front of the fire rubbing one bare foot against the ___ .
【答案】other
【解析】句意:为了让自己暖和起来,这个水手坐在火堆旁,光着脚,用一只脚搓另一只脚。表示两者中的一个……,另一个……,用one...the other...。
6. (2015·四川)Niki is always full of ideas,but ____ is useful to my knowledge.
【答案】none
【解析】句意:Niki总是有很多主意,但是没有一个主意对我的知识有用。三者或三者否定以上用none,可指人也可指物。
7. (2015·天津)The quality of education in this small school is better than ____ in some larger schools.
【答案】that
【解析】句意:这所规模较小的学校的教育质量比一些规模较大的学校的教育质量好得多。表示比较时,指代前面的quality of education要用that,为了避免重复,可以代替前面提到的不可数名词。
8. (2015·福建)The research group produced two reports based on the survey, but ____ contained any useful suggestions.
【答案】neither
【解析】考查代词。句意:这个研究组发布了以调查为基础的两个报道,但是都没有有用的建议。根据句意,两者都不用neither。
9. (2015?新课标全国卷Ⅰ) A few hours before/earlier, I’d been at home in Hong Kong, with ____ (it) choking smog.
【答案】its
【解析】此处用形容词性物主代词修饰choking smog。its的意思是"香港的"。
经典演练
题组一
I. 语法填空
1. Many of the things we now benefit from would not be around but Thomas Edison.
【答案】for
【解析】句意:如果没有托马斯·爱迪生的话,我们现在所受益的许多东西是不会出现的。but for如果没有……的话。
2. Have you ever heard of the trees that are homes animals both on land and sea?
【答案】to
【解析】句意:你听说过作为既可以生活在陆地上又可以生活在海里的动物的家的树木吗?home to是……的家园/故乡,为固定表达。
3. Most people work because it’s unavoidable. contrast, there are some people who actually enjoy work.
【答案】By
【解析】句意:大多数人工作是因为无法避免,相比之下,也有一些人真的喜欢工作。固定表达by contrast相比之下。
4. These comments came in response specific questions often asked by local newsmen.
【答案】to
【解析】句意:这些解释是对当地记者经常询问的特定问题的回应。固定表达in response to作为对……的回答,作为对……的反应。
5. This meeting room is a non-smoking area. I would like to warn you advance that if you smoked here you would be fined.
【答案】in
【解析】句意:这个会议室是禁烟区。我想提前警告你,如果你吸烟,你会被罚款的。固定表达in advance预先,提前。
6. Last year was the warmest year on record, with global temperature 0.68 ℃ the average.
【答案】above
【解析】句意:去年是有记录以来最热的一年,比全球平均气温高0.68度。above 高于,在……之上,符合句意。
II. 单项填空
1. Cambridge gave a positive answer inquiries on whether it recognizes scores.
A. in favor of B. in response to
C. in salute to D. in consequence of
【答案】B
【解析】考查介词短语辨析。句意:在回答是否承认高考分数的问题时,剑桥给出了积极的回答。A. in favor of支持;B. in response to回应;C. in salute to致敬;D. in consequence of由于……的缘故。表示“回应”in response to,故选B。
2. In some countries, people eat with chopsticks, while in ________, knives and forks.
A. another B. other
C. others D. the other
【答案】C
【解析】考查不定代词。句意:在一些国家,人们用筷子吃饭,而在另一些国家,人们用刀叉吃饭。固定搭配:some…, others…“一些……,另一些……”,others在此相当于other countries,故选C。
3. Some experts think, genes, intelligence also depends on an adequate diet, a good education and a nice home environment.
A. instead of B. except for
C. apart from D. far from
【答案】C
【解析】考查介词短语辨析。A. instead of代替;B. except for除了;C. apart from除……之外还;D. far from远非。句意:一些专家认为,除了基因,智力还取决于充足的饮食、良好的教育以及良好的家庭环境。根据“intelligence also depends on an adequate diet, a good education and a nice home environment.”可知此处表示“除……之外还”,故C项正确。
4. Nick, it’s good for you to read some books ____________ China before you start your trip there.
A. in? ?????? B. for C. of ? ????? D. on
【答案】D
【解析】on 表示"关于",some books on China意为"一些关于中国的书"。句意:Nick,你在去中国旅行之前最好读一些关于中国的书。故选D项。
5. I’m sorry I didn’t phone you, but I’ve been very busy ____________ the past couple of weeks.
A. beyond ? ???? B. with C. among? ????? D. over
【答案】D
【解析】前半句"I’ve been very busy"为现在完成时,由此可知搭配用的时间状语为"在过去的几周里",故选over。句意:很抱歉没给你打电话,可是在过去的几周里我一直很忙。
6. Having been treated in the hospital for as long as six months, the man injured in the car crash is now eventually back _______ his feet.
A. at B. in C. on D. to
【答案】C
【解析】考查介词辨析。句意:在医院接受了长达六个月的治疗后,在车祸中受伤的那个人现在终于恢复了健康。A. at 在……旁;B. in在……里;C. on在……上;D. to 往。be back on one's feet“恢复;完全复原”为固定短语。故C选项正确。
7. Music treatment involves a specialist playing an instrument or sing _______ the patient's mood.
A. by means of B. with regard to
C. in response to D. on account of
【答案】C
【解析】考查介词短语。句意:音乐疗法就是一位专家根据患者的心情来弹奏一门乐器或者唱歌。A. by means of通过,借助;B. with regard to关于;C. in response to回应;D. on account of由于。根据前文Music treatment可知,音乐疗法是对患者的心情做出回应,故选C。
8. —Oh, my God! What's wrong with you?
—I was going the normal speed limit when a truck appeared in front of me _______ and I didn't have time to stop.
A. between the lines B. around the clock
C. out of the blue D. over the moon
【答案】C
【解析】考查介词短语。句意:——天啊,你怎么了啊?——我以正常速度行驶,突然一辆卡车一下子冲到我的前面,我没有足够的时间踩刹车了。A. between the lines字里行间;B. around the clock全天24小时;C. out of the blue出其不意地;D. over the moon狂喜。根据后文I didn't have time to stop可知,卡车突然出现在前面,故选C。
9. After she became ill, I felt ______ with her—she was cheery while I felt gloomy.
A. out of tune B. out of breath
C. out of curiosity D. out of mind
【答案】A
【解析】考查介词短语辨析。句意:她病后,我觉得与她格格不入——她高兴而我沮丧。A. out of tune格格不入;B. out of breath上气不接下气;C. out of curiosity出于好奇心;D. out of mind心不在焉。根据he was cheery while I felt gloomy.可知这里的意思是我觉得与她格格不入,故选A。
10. The style of the campus is quite different from ______ of most Chinese universities where visitors were amazed by the complex architectural space and abundant building types.
A. that B. one C. the one D. those
【答案】A
【解析】考查代词的辨析。句意:校园的风格与大多数中国大学(的风格)大不相同,在那里,参观者对复杂的建筑空间和丰富的建筑类型感到惊奇。分析句子可知,本空特指前面的“风格”,但同类不同物,相当于the style。分析选项可知,A. that意为“那个”,指代前面的可数名词单数或不可数名词,具体指哪个取决于其后定语of短语,常与前面所指代的是同类但不同物,相当the +名词;B. one泛指,与前面所指代的名词属于同类但不是同一个,即同类中的一个,相当于a/an+可数名词的单数;C. the one特指前面的可数名词单数,意为“那个”;D. those指代前面的可数名词的复数,与前面指代的名词同类但不同物,相当于“the+名词复数”。根据语境可知,是特指大多数中国大学的风格,故选A。
11. ________ has greater potential than flammable ice being mined from underneath the South China Sea when it comes to a global energy revolution.
A. Nothing B. Neither C. No one D. None
【答案】D
【解析】考查代词。句意:在全球能源革命中,没有什么比从中国南海海底开采可燃冰更有潜力了。nothing 一般用来回答含anything的一般问句及what引起的特殊问句;neither是指两者之中一个都不,一般与nor连用;no one没有人;none指三者或三者以上中的一个都不,故选D。
12. The exchange student from Kenya often shares with us the news of his country and ____of his neighbouring countries.
A. those B. that C. it D. the one
【答案】B
【解析】考查代词。句意:来自肯尼亚的交换生经常与我们分享他的国家和邻国的新闻。the news为不可数名词,用that 来代指,不可以用the one。故选B。
题组二
Ⅰ. 单句填空
1. After what seemed to be a hundred years, I found my audience applauding — I made______________!
2. To be a competitor, _______________must be over 18.
3. All in all, we students should behave (we) and keep away from violence.
4. They are calmer and (they) mood improves.?
5. Taxis are certainly the most convenient means of transport, as requires little effort to raise your arm to call a cab.
6. I don’t like science fiction novels much. When you’ve read , you’ve read them all.?
7. —Would you like tea or coffee?
— .I really don’t mind.?
8. The couple had one biological child and adopted three .?
9. Mark whispered so softly that but Julie heard him.?
10. They had gone to a great deal of expense for .?
11. This result is only slightly different from obtained in the US.?
12. That first hot dog tasted so good that I’d like .?
13. The cells of the body, especially of the brain,can live only minutes without circulating blood.?
14. If you don’t build your dream, someone will hire you to build (they).?
15."One time I asked her, why is (me) listening comprehension so bad?"Mr. Zuckerberg said.?
【答案】
1. it 【解析】make it意为"获得成功",为固定搭配,故用代词it。
2. one/you 【解析】句子缺少主语,one或you都可以用于泛指人。句意:如果想成为参赛选手,你必须超过18岁。
3. ourselves 【解析】behave oneself为固定搭配,意为"举止规矩有礼,检点",故用反身代词。根据主语we可知,空处应用ourselves。
4. their 【解析】要用形容词性物主代词修饰名词mood,根据前面的代词They可知这里用their。
5. it 【解析】此处的it为形式主语,真正的主语是后面的to raise your arm to call a cab。
6. one 【解析】此处用one泛指前面提到的同类事物中的一个。
7. Either 【解析】句意:——你想喝茶还是喝咖啡?——什么都可以,我真的不介意。either表示两者中任意一个。注意首字母要大写。
8. others 【解析】others是other的复数形式,此处表示泛指。句意:这对夫妇有一个亲生孩子,领养了三个孩子。
9. none 【解析】此处none表示"没有人",强调数量为零。
10. nothing 【解析】根据句意"他们白白牺牲了很多东西"可知,应用nothing,意为"没有东西"。
11. that 【解析】that代替前面的this result,表示特指,为同类不同物。that往往用来指代上文提到的事物,this指下文要陈述的事物。
12. another 【解析】此处用another泛指同类的事物,指"再来一个热狗"。
13. those 【解析】those用来替代前面的the cells,特指那些细胞,因此用复数形式。
14. theirs 【解析】句意:如果你不构建自己的梦想,那么就会有人雇用你去构建他们的梦想。本空在句中作build的宾语,与前面的build your dream呼应,表示build their dreams,因此应用名词性物主代词theirs代替their dreams。
15. my 【解析】句意:扎克伯格先生说:"有一次,我问她,为什么我的听力理解如此差?"此处修饰listening comprehension,故用my。
Ⅱ. 改错
1. When I was in high school, most of my friends had a bicycle. I hoped I could also have it.
2. I’ve learnt from the notice that you’re looking for an English editor for us school paper.
3. Gradually, I found me back, giving my speech at last.
4. Once you get into a bad habit, you’ll find it hard to get rid of them.
5. I decided to tell my parents it was the fault of the cat for fear that she should punish me.
6. I’d like to introduce Sarah to you. She is a good friend of me.
7. That is known to us that respect for one’s parents is one of Chinese traditional moral values.
8. We often think of themselves as the centre of their family.
9. I got the news from the newspaper that you need an art editor for our magazine.
10. When none of his friends arrived, he asked them to sit at the table.
11. I think I liked those classes because I felt that it helped me understand what the world works.
12. For example, when he bought a chocolate cake, he put them in a secret place I couldn’t find.
13. One day I wrote a little story and showed to my teacher.
【答案】
1. it→one 【解析】此处指代a bicycle,所以用one。one用来代替上文提到的单数可数名词,表示泛指。
2. us→our 【解析】此处作定语修饰school paper,表示"我们的校报",应用our。
3. me→myself 【解析】宾语与主语为同一人,故用反身代词。
4. them→it 【解析】此处代指a bad habit,故用it。
5. she→they 【解析】本处代指"我父母",应用they。
6. me→mine 【解析】她是"我"的一个好朋友。此处应用名词性物主代词mine,相当于my friends。
7. That→It 【解析】It is known to us that...为固定句式,表示"我们都知道,众所周知",其中it为形式主语,that引导的从句为真正的主语,所以That改为It。
8. We→They 【解析】根据下文themselves和their的提示可知,We应改为They。
9. our→your 【解析】根据句意"你们的杂志需要一个美术编辑"可知此处指"你的"。故our改为your。
10. none→all 【解析】根据句意"当他所有的朋友都到了的时候"可知,此处指"三者或三者以上的所有人",故用不定代词all。
11. it→they 【解析】that从句中应该用they来作主语,指代前面的 those classes。
12. them→it 【解析】此处用it指代上文提到的a chocolate cake,作put的宾语。
13. showed→it 【解析】showed 在此作及物动词,后面缺少宾语,此处指代little story,故用it。
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
PAGE
1
专题03 形容词和副词
易错点1 形容词与副词的误用
1. We don’t care if a hunting dog smells _____, but we really don’t want him to smell ____.
A. well;well B. bad;bad
C. well;badly D. badly;bad
【错因分析】容易误选 B,认为两个 smell均为连系动词,后接形容词作表语。
【试题解析】句中的第一个 smell为实义动词,意为“闻气味”、“嗅觉”,smell badly意为“嗅觉差”;第二个 smell为连系动词,意为“闻起来(有某种气味)”,smell bad意为“闻起来气味难闻”。全句意为“我们并不介意一条猎狗的嗅觉不好,但我们的确不希望它的气味难闻”。
【参考答案】 D
2. A few days later, the missing girl was found ____________(death) in the house.
【错因分析】容易误填deadly。有的学生误以为是副词修饰动词found而填deadly。
【试题解析】分析这个句子的结构可知,形容词dead在句中作主语的补语,本句意为:几天后,那个失踪的女孩被发现死在那幢房子里。
【参考答案】dead
3. This proverb is saying we have to let things go in their (nature) course.
【错因分析】容易误填nature’s。有的学生认为应该用名词所有格而误填nature’s。
【试题解析】在名词course前作定语,要用形容词形式natural,表示“自然的过程”。
【参考答案】natural
4. He told me the news in an ______________ voice.
A. excite B. excited C. exciting D. excitedly
【错因分析】容易误填exciting。有的学生可能因为对-ed形容词与-ing形容词的用法分不清而误选C。
【试题解析】-ed形容词通常说明人,意为“(某人)感到……”,根据句意应该填excited。本句意为:他告诉我那个消息,声音很激动。
【参考答案】B
5. Mary is very clever and _____ worth teaching, but her brother is not. Look, he is now_____ asleep in class.
A. very, very B. much, very
C. well, very D. well, fast
【错因分析】容易误选 A,因为许多学生往往将汉语中的“很”与英语中的 very等同。
【试题解析】但是,许多汉语中的“很”是不能用英语中的 very来直译的。如汉语“我很喜欢英语”,在英语中就不能说成 I very like English,而应说成 I like English very much,因为副词very在英语中习惯上不用来修饰动词。上面一题不能选 A,是因为形容词 worth和asleep习惯上不能用副词very来修饰,而是分别用 well和fast修饰,即说成be well worth doing sth(很值得做某事),be fast (或 sound) asleep(熟睡),所以此题的最佳答案应选 D。
◆形容词作定语:
1. 单个形容词做定语,一般放在所修饰的名词之前,但修饰somebody, someone, something, anybody, anyone, anything, nobody, nothing等复合不定代词的形容词,则必须放在不定代词之后。如:?
?I would like something cheaper. 我想要点较为便宜的东西。?
?Do you know anyone [anybody] famous in this field? 你认识这个领域的名人吗??
2. 有时,一个名词前出现有多个形容词作定语,这时,它们的顺序一般须根据它们与被修饰的中心词之间关系的密切程度而定。在通常情况下,它们的顺序为大致遵循以下原则:
?描绘形容词—大小(长短高低)形容词—形状形容词—年龄(新旧)形容词—颜色形容词—国籍形容词—材料形容词—用途(类别)形容词—名词
?【巧学妙记】
限定描绘大长高
形状年龄和新老
颜色国籍出材料
作用类别往后靠
◆-ed形容词和-ing形容词
1. 以后缀–ed结尾的形容词(如ashamed, delighted, excited, frightened, interested, moved, pleased, surprised, worried等)通常用于说明人,不用于说明事物,即使它们所修饰的名词是事物,那它们指的也是与该事物相关的人。如:
?He had a pleased smile on his face. 他脸上露出了满意的微笑。
?He told me the news in a very excited voice. 他声音很激动地告诉了我这个消息。
第一句中的a pleased smile 意为“满意的微笑”,它指的是某人因感到满意发出的微笑; 第二句中的 a very excited voice 指的是“很激动的声音”,即指的是某人因很激动而发生那样的声音。
原则上,-ed 形容词通常直接用于说明人,若修饰事物,则多为 air(神态), appearance(外貌), cry(哭声), face(表情), voice(声音), mood(情绪), mood(等显示某人的情感状况的名词。
2. 以后缀 -ing 结尾的形容词(如delighting, exciting, frightening, interesting, moving, surprising, worrying 等)主要用于说明事物,表示事物的性质或特征,若用它们说明人,则表示此人具有此性质或特征。如:
?The story is very interesting. 这个故事很有趣。
?The man is very interesting. 这个人很有趣。
请再比较并体会以下句子:
?He is frightened. 他很害怕。
?He is frightening. 他很吓人。
?He has a frightened look on his face. 他脸上带有惊恐的神情
◆副词的用法:
主要用来修饰动词、形容词、其他副词或全句,说明时间、地点、程度、方式等概念的词。副词在句中主要作状语。
◆填形容词还是副词?
动词后面一般都跟副词,但不是所有动词后面都跟副词,实义动词后面跟副词,连系动词后面跟形容词。如:
?She sings beautifully. (sing是实义动词,beautiful用来说明唱得如何)
?Tom draws well.(draw是实义动词,well用来说明画得如何)
?My teacher is young and tall.(is是系动词,后面跟形容词)
?She looks sad. (look是连系动词,后面跟形容词)
还有一些不是连系动词的词,例如make和get,要根据句子的意思判断填形容词还是副词。区分: He is making a kite carefully.(carefully用来修饰make这个动词)
He made the teacher angry.(angry是指the teacher,而不是修饰make这个动词)
The student got quiet when the teacher came in.(quiet是指the student,而不是修饰got这个动词)
I get up early.(early修饰动词get up)
She leaves the room quickly.(quickly修饰leave这个动词)
Please leave the door open.(open是指the door,而不是修饰leave这个动词)
于是有词组:make sb+adj. leave sb+adj. get+adj. 因此,填形容词还是副词,首先要弄清楚句子的意思,判断所修饰的成分是名词/代词还是动词,修饰前者的用形容词,修饰后者的用副词。
1. Masha, a hostess on a Chinese TV program, could not forget those _________ moments when she first arrived in
China, _______ about Chinese culture.
A. embarrassing; confusing B. embarrassed;confusing
C. embarrassing; confused D. embarrassed;confused
【解析】考查非谓语(形容词)。“那些令人尴尬的时刻”,是指物,用-ing结尾的形容词作定语;“他对中国文化感到困惑”,是指人,用-ed的结尾的形容词作伴随状语。故选C。
【答案】 C
2. After ten days’ traveling, the couple arrived home, _________.
A. tired and delighted B. tired but delighted
C. tiredly and delightedly D. tiredly but delightedly
【解析】考查形容词作状语。A. tired and delighted又累又高兴;B. tired but delighted累但是很高兴;C. tiredly and delightedly又累又高兴;D. tiredly but delightedly累但是很高兴。句意:经过十天的旅行之后,这对夫妇到家了,很累但是很高兴。根据句意可知A、C项不符合句意,可排除;B项为形容词短语作状语,修饰主语所处的状态,与句意相符;而D项为副词短语作状语修饰动作arrived,与句意不符。故选B。
【答案】B
【名师点睛】
形容词作状语的用法归纳:
1. 形容词或形容词短语作状语,表示方式或伴随,说明谓语动作的方式,它在句子中有时像非限制性分句
一样,表示意义上的增补。其逻辑主语是句子的主语。在这种情况下,其位置比较灵活,可位于句首或
句末,有时也可位于句中。
?Crusoe stared at the footprint, full of fear.(= Crusoe, who was full of fear, stared at the footprint.)
克鲁索两眼盯着脚印看,满心恐惧。
?Flushed and breathless, she bounded in through the gate.
她满脸通红气喘吁吁从大门口跑了进来。
2. 形容词或形容词短语可以作原因状语,一般位于句首,有时也可位于句子中间。
?Afraid of being scolded, for a moment, little Franz thought of playing truant.(=As he was afraid of being scolded, for a moment, little Franz thought of playing truant.)
由于害怕挨骂,小弗朗兹一时起了逃学的念头。
?Eager to improve farming conditions, they tried out this new crop on a large area.
(=As they were eager to improve farming conditions, they tried out the new crop on a large area.)
由于急于改进耕作条件,就大面积地试种了这种新庄稼。
?Tom, very ill, sent for a doctor.(=As Tom was very ill, he sent for a doctor.)
因为汤姆病得很厉害,派人请医生去了。
3. 形容词或形容词短语可以作状语,表示时间和条件。通常位于句首,也可位于句末。
?Ripe, these apples are sweet.(=When/If these apples are ripe, they are sweet.)
熟了的时候这种苹果很甜。
?Enthusiastic, they are quite cooperative.(=When/If they are enthusiastic, they are cooperative. )
热心的时候他们是很合作的。
4. 形容词或形容词短语可以作让步状语,常由一个形容词或连词or连接的两个或两个以上的并列形容词构
成。一般位于句首,有时也可位于句中。
?Right or wrong, he always comes off worst in an argument because of his inability to speak coherently.(=Whether he is right or wrong, he always comes off worst because of his inability to speak coherently.)
无论有理还是无理,由于他语言条理欠佳总是把事情弄得最糟。
?Wet or fine, he got up at six and took a walk in the park.(=Whether it was wet or fine, he got up at six and took a walk in the park.)
不管天晴还是下雨他总是六点起床在公园里散散步。
?The two accidents, tragic, seemed natural enough. (=Though they were tragic, the two accidents seemed natural enough.)
尽管两场事故损失惨重,然而是必然的。
5. 形容词或形容词短语可以作状语,表示结果和状态等意义。它在句中的位置比较灵活。
?For a moment she just stood there, unable to believe what had just happened.
她在那儿呆呆地站了一会儿,不敢相信刚才发生的事情。
3. Indeed a lot of skillful methods are used in many advertisements to cheat consumers. Not all ads play tricks on us .
A. instead B. though C. still D. anyway
【解析】考查副词。instead“相反”;though“然而,但是”;still“仍然”;anyway“无论如何”。结合句意可知此处表示“但是”,故选B项。
【答案】B
易错点2 连接副词的用法
1. He was upright,loyal and highly respected. ,he was dismissed from office.
【错因分析】易误用But。
【试题解析】前后两句是转折关系,而空格后面有逗号,故要用副词However。
【参考答案】However
2. While migrant workers may bring about new problems to the cities, they contribute greatly to the development of them, ________.
A. though B. yet
C. meanwhile D. otherwise
【错因分析】易误选B。由语境可知前后句表示转折关系,yet作连词时可以表示“但是”,但是不位于句末。
【试题解析】考查副词的用法。A. though虽然,然而;B. yet但是,仍然,尚,已经C. meanwhile同时;D. otherwise否则,在其他各方面。句意:尽管农民工可能给城市带来新的问题,然而,他们对城市的发展贡献很大。根据句意可知C、D项不符合句意,可排除;根据句子结构可知此处应用副词放于句末,though作副词时表示“然而”,常放于句末且用逗号与其他成分隔开,故A项正确;yet表示“但是”时不放于句末,故B项错误。故选A。
【参考答案】A
常见的连接副词:
表转折 表递进 表结果 表让步
though, yet, however(其后常用逗号), otherwise, instead等 besides, moreover, still therefore, thus anyway
?What a terrible experience! However, you’re safe now—that’s the main thing.
多么可怕的经历啊!不过你现在安全了——这是主要的事情!
注意:
instead, besides 等很多词都是起连接作用的副词,不能做连词使用,因此它们所在的句子和前面的句子之间只有语义上的逻辑关系,而句子之间在语法上是独立的,因此两个句子之间要用句号、分号或用and连接。
1. Li Ping works hard at his lessons. He didn’t get the first place in the exam, ________.
A. though B. yet C. however D. although
【解析】考查副词。句意:李平平时学习很努力。但是,他却没有在考试中获得第一名。though作副词时,表示“可是,但是,不过”,通常放在句末,通常前面加逗号。yet(用于引出颇令人惊讶的事实)“可是却,却又”。however为副词,表示“然而,不过,仍然”。although无副词词性。故选A。
【答案】A
【名师点睛】
although 和though 用作连词时可以通用,但though可用作副词放于句尾,而although则不可以。
2. Though the boy came back to life, ______ he was still weak.
A. but B. yet C. however D. so
【解析】本题考查连词词义辨析。句意为:尽管这个男孩已经苏醒,但是他仍然很虚弱。but“但是”,是表示转折意义的连词;yet“然而”,是表示转折意义的副词,通常与not等连用;however“然而”, 是表示转折意义的副词;so“所以”,是表示因果关系的连词。根据句意以及句首的Though可知选B。句首有Though时不能与but或however连用。
【答案】B
易错点3 形容词与副词的比较等级
1. Finally, that hard work paid off and now the water in the river is ___________(clean) than ever.
【错因分析】容易填clean。有的学生没有注意到后面有than,这里要用比较级。
【试题解析】从后面的than可知,此处要用比较级,而且是单音节词,因此填cleaner。句意:最后辛勤的劳动得到了回报,现在河里的水比以往任何时候都清澈。
【参考答案】cleaner
2. --- How did you find your trip to Water Park in the summer of 2016?
--- I thoroughly enjoyed it. It was ________ than I expected.
A. even much interesting B. far more interesting
C. so far interesting D. far from interesting
【错因分析】容易误选A。有的学生知道此题应该用比较级,想到much也可以修饰比较级,故误选A。
【试题解析】考查形容词。根据后面的“than I expected”可知,此处运用比较级more interesting,而far可以修饰比较级。故选B。
【参考答案】B
修饰形容词,副词比较级的常用修饰词有:no, a little, a bit, much, even, still, a lot, a great deal, far, by far, rather, any等。
1) 只用于修饰比较级的: much,still,even
2) 既可以修饰比较级又可以修饰原级的:a little, a bit, rather 等 。
3) even修饰形容词,副词的比较级,以加强比较的语气和程度。
4) 在这些词中,其中no在修饰比较级时,在意义上否定两者,表示前者在某方面不比后者强多少。
?He is no richer than Peter. 他不比彼得富裕多少。=He is as poor as Peter.
他和彼得一样穷。表示前者比后者强一点时,通常采用a little,a bit等。
?The room is a bit larger than that one. 这个房间比那个稍大一点。
5)表示前者比后者强很多时,通常采用much,even,still等。(still修饰形容词,副词的比较级时,可以位于比较级之前或之后。)
?He works still harder than ever. =He works harder still than ever. 他比以往更加努力学习了。
6)表示前者在某方面远远地超过对方时,通常采用far,by far,a lot,a great deal等。
?Matters are a lot better than ever before. 情况远远比以往好。
7)在否定句,疑问句或条件状语从句中,修饰形容词,副词的比较级,只能用any来修饰。
?He can’t jump any higher. 他不能跳得更高了。
?Can he jump any higher? 他能跳得更高一些吗?
?If you can jump any higher, I will give you a prize. 如果你能跳得更高些,我就奖励你。
Work harder, Jim. __________you practice, __________ you can understand.
A. The most; the best B. The more; the better
C. The less; the better D. The least; the worst
【解析】考查固定搭配。“the+比较级,the +比较级”意为“越……,越……”,表示一方的程度随着另一方的变化而变化,其中的两个the都是副词,而不是冠词,前面部分是从句,后面部分是主句。句意:多加努力,吉姆!你练习得越多,你就能理解得越好。故选B。
【答案】B
【名师点睛】
比较级的用法归纳:
1)比较级的单独运用
?Would you please speak more slowly? 请讲慢一点,好吗?
?Can’t you live here a little longer?不能在这里再多住点时间吗?
2)比较级+than
这种句式可以表达一方超过另一方的情况,也可以表达一方不如另一方的情况。
?The car’s running less smoothly than it used to.这辆汽车跑得没有过去平稳了。
?John drove much more carefully than I. 约翰开车比我小心的多。
3)“no + 比较级+ than…”“都不”,是对两者的共同否定,且侧重前者。
“not + 比较级+ than…” “不比……更”,表示相比较的两者情况相当。
?Josie speaks Chinese no more fluently than her brother.
乔西汉语说得和她弟弟一样都不流畅。
?I run not faster than you. 我不比你跑得快。
4)比较级 + and + 比较级
?这种句式用于表示自身情况的逐渐增长,意为“越来越……”。
?The fire spread further and further with the wind blowing more and more strongly.
随着风越刮越大,大火蔓延得越来越远。
?With time going on, we are getting on better and better with one another.
随着时间的流逝,我们之间相处的越来越好。
5)the + 比较级……the + 比较级……
?这种句式用来表示一方的程度随着另一方的程度平行增长,意为 “越……(就)越……”。 ?The harder you work, the better you’ll learn.你越努力,学得越好。
?The more you talk to the children, the less they will listen.
你对孩子们谈得越多,他们听进去的就越少。
易错点4 倍数句型的用法
It’s said that the power plant is now __________(两倍大)as what it was.
【错因分析】容易受汉语思维影响,误填twice larger或误填two times。
【试题解析】 倍数的表达方法有很多种,但由题干中的as可判断,此处为“A+倍数+as+原级+as+B”结构。句意:据说这个发电厂现在是以前的两倍大。
【参考答案】 twice as large
用 times 表示倍数(一般限于包括基数在内三倍或三倍以上的数。表示两倍的数,一般用 twice )。其句式有:
1) “… times +形容词 / 副词的比较级+ than …”例如:
?Line AB is three times longer than line CD. 线段 AB 是(线段) CD 的三倍长。
?This hall is five times bigger than our classroom. 这个大厅比我们的教室大 5 倍。
2)“… times +as + 形容词 / 副词的原级+ as …”例如:
?This table is three times as long as that one. 这张桌子是那张桌子的三倍长。
?This dictionary is five times as thick as the one you borrowed from the library.
这本词典的厚度是你从图书馆借的那本(厚度)的 5 倍。
3)“… times + the + 名词(如: size, height, weight, length, width 等)+ of …”例如:
?The earth is 49 times the size of the moon. 地球的体积是月球的 49 倍。
?This river is three times the depth of that one. 这条河是那条河的三倍深。
4) “… times + more +名词+ than …”例如:
?He earns five times more money than he did ten years ago. 他现在挣的钱比十年前挣的多5 倍。
?There are twice more students in our class than in theirs.
我们班的学生人数比他们班多两倍。
5)“…times +as many (或 much )+名词+ as…”例如:
?We’ve produced twice as much cotton this year as ( we did ) ten years ago.
今年我们生产的棉花比十年前多了一倍。(汉语中的多一倍实际上也指两倍一样多。)
?He has got three times as many books as his sister. 他拥有的书的数量是他妹妹的3倍。
6)“…times + what 从句”例如:
?The length of the road is four times what it was three years ago. 这条路的长度是三年前的 4 倍。
?The price of the meat is twice what it was last year.肉价是去年的两倍。
The house rent is expensive here. I’ve got about half the space I had at home and I’m paying _________(3倍多) as I paid at home.
【解析】句意:这里的房租昂贵。这里的面积只有我在家的一半,并且我付的房租是我在家所付房租的3倍。由as可知本句用了“as…as…”原级比较结构。
【答案】three times as much
◆enough 用法归纳
1. enough 可以做名词、代词,意思是“足够、充分”。
作代词可以代替可数名词或不可数名词,在句中作主语或宾语。
?Enough has been said on this subject.关于这一问题的说明已经足够了。
?At the end of six months he had learned enough (enough Russian) to read articles and reports.
六个月以后,他就学到了足够的俄文,达到了能够阅读用俄文写的文章和报告的程度。
?No, thanks, I’ve had enough. (enough food)不,谢谢,我已经吃饱了。
?At that time the land along the Changjiang River was becoming very crowded; there was not enough (enough land) for the population.
那时候,长江沿岸的土地上人口越来越稠密,再也容纳不下那么多人了。
注意:当enough 后的名词前有冠词、形容词性物主代词、指示代词或其本身就是代词 时,要用介词of。 ?We’ve had enough of your coldness. 我们已经受够了你的冷漠。
?Did you buy enough of them? 这种原料你买够了吗?
2. enough 作形容词,意思是“足够的、充分的”,常与for或不定式连用,可以作定语 或表语。作定语置
于被修饰的名词前后均可,前置时强调enough,后置时强调被修饰词。
?I hope there are enough glasses for each guest to have one.我希望每位客人都能够有一个杯子。
?Enough is enough.够了就是够了。
3. enough 作副词,意思是“十分地、充分地、足够地、充足地”,置于被修饰的形容词 或副词之后,常与
不定式或介词for连用,在句子中作状语,表示程度。
?You were brave enough to raise objections at the meeting. 你十分地勇敢地在会议上提出了反对的意见。
?I’m sorry, none of you watched carefully enough. 很遗憾,你们当中谁都观察得不够仔细。
4. enough 作感叹词,意思是“够了!停止!住手!不要再继续了!”,用以表达不耐烦或 恼怒。
?You’ve been practicing the violin all afternoon. Enough! 你整个下午都在练小提琴。够了!
5. 用在“主语 + cannot… + enough”句型中 该句型形式上是否定句型,实际上表达的是肯定意义,意思
是“再……也不过分;越……越……”enough 用作副词。
?I can’t thank you enough. 我对你感激不尽。(我怎么感谢你都不算过分。)
◆常用形容词辨析
1. common, ordinary, usual
common 表示“普通的,一般的,多见的”与rare“罕见的,珍稀的”相反。
?Don’t tell me about that! It’s a common sense.要对我讲那个,那都是常识。
ordinary 表示“普通的,平常的,不特殊的”与special“特殊的”相反。
?Yesterday he got up earlier than usual, for it was not an ordinary day for him.
昨天他比平时起得早,因为昨天对他来说是个不寻常的日子。
usual 表示“通常的,平常的”。一般指所熟悉的常用的东西或常发生的事件的性质。
?He wasn’t his usual self.他失去了常态。
2. alive, living, live, lively
alive 作表语或后置定语,表示“有生命的,活的”
?Of these two men the former is dead, but the latter is still alive.
这二人中前者已死,但后者仍活着。
living 作表语或定语,表示“活的,健在的,现行的。”
?His grandmother is still living at the age of 97.他奶奶已97岁,仍然健在。
live 作定语,一般指修饰鸟或其他动物,不修饰人,表示“活的,有生命的”; 还可表示“实况的,直播的”。如:
?a live show 现场直播
?That is a live fish. 那是一条活鱼。
lively 作定语或表语,表示“活泼的,有生气的,生动的。”
?She gave us a lively description about his life in Africa.她生动地叙述了他在非洲生活的情况。
3. alone, lonely
alone 表示“单独,独自一个人”,不含感彩。
?The old woman lives alone, but she doesn’t feel lonely.
这位老太太自己一个人住,但她并不感到孤独。
lonely 指人孤独,寂寞;也可指地方偏僻,荒无人烟,有浓重的感彩,可作表语或定语。
?That night I went to bed feeling ashamed, lonely and discouraged.
那天夜里我去睡觉时,感到羞愧,寂寞和气馁。
?Antarctica is the loneliest place on the earth. 南极是地球上最偏远的地区。
4. well, healthy
well 表示短期的或暂时的“身体好”。
?I am not feeling very well.我觉得身体不舒服。
healthy 表示较长时间的身体状态,意义为“健康的,身体好的。”
?They are healthy children.他们是健康的孩子。
5. likely, probable, possible
likely 既可以说“It is likely + that 从句”,又可以说“sb. /sth. is likely to do sth. ”
?It is likely that he will be late. = He is likely to be late.他可能会迟到。
probable 常用“It is probable + that 从句”句型;表示的可能性比possible 大“极有可 能”
?It’s probable, not only possible.这件事多半如此,不只是可能。
possible 常用“it is possible (for sb. ) to do sth. 或 “it is possible + that 从句”;表示的可 能性不大。 ?It’s possible for him to solve the problem.他可能解决那个问题。
注意:probable和possible都不可用人作主语。likely的可能性位于其他两者中间。
◆常用副词辨析
1. just, just now, right now
just 刚刚,刚才(多用于完成时)
?I’ve just had a talk with Tom. 我刚同汤姆谈过话。
just now (= a moment ago) 刚才(用于一般过去时)
?I had a talk with Tom just now. 刚才我同汤姆谈过话了。
right now (= right away) 就在现在(用于现在时或进行时)
?I’m having a talk with Tom right now. 我现在正在同汤姆谈话。
2. ago, before, since
ago 用于表示以现在为起点的“以前”。(常与一般过去时连用)
?I saw him three days ago. 我3天前见过他。
before 用于以过去的某时刻为起点的“以前”。(常用于完成时态)
?I said I had seen him three days before. 我说我是3天前见到他的。
since 从那时起到现在。(只用于完成时)
?I haven’t seen him since then. 从那以后,我再没见到他。
3. sometime(s), some time(s)
sometime 某个时侯(用于过去时、将来时),表示过去或将来一个不确定的时间。
?It happened sometime last month.这件事发生在上个月的某个时候。
?We’ll go shopping together sometime next week.我们下周某个时候将会去购物。
sometimes 有时,时常(用于过去时、现在时或将来时)
?It happens sometimes.这种事有时会发生的。
?He sometimes dropped in on me for a game of chess.他有时来找我下棋。
some time 一段时间,一些时候。
?It took me some time to finish the work.干完这项工作花去了我一些时间。
?They came again after some time.一段时间以后,他们又来了。
some times 几次,若干次。
?It happened some (several) times this month.这种事这个月发生了几次了。
?He failed his driving test some times.他好几次都没通过驾照考试。
4. fairly, rather, quite, pretty
fairly 作“很,非常,相当”讲时,只修饰褒义词;它不可修饰比较级或too引起的短语。
?The book is fairly easy for the children of ten这本书对十岁的孩子来说难易适中。(意即“适合读”)
rather 作“很,非常,相当”讲时修饰褒义或贬义词;还可修饰比较级或too引起的短语。
?The book is rather easy for the book of ten.这本书对十岁的孩子来说太容易了。(意即“不适合”) ?The question is rather too difficult for me.这个问题对我来说太难了。
quite “很,完全”,多修饰褒义词和无等级之分的形容词。
?The bottle is quite empty.这瓶子完全空了。
pretty “很,非常”,多用于口语。
5. too, as well, also, either
too 和as well 主要用于肯定句,多用于口语,一般放在句尾,但有时根据修饰的需要, 也可以灵活变动位置。 ?If you would like to go, I will go, too. 如果你去,那我也去。
?She can dance and she can sing as well.她会跳舞,也会唱歌。
also 多用于书面语中,一般放在实义动词之前,助动词,情态动词或be动词之后,多用于肯定句中。 ?It would also create the conditions needed to reduce international trade restrictions.
这还会创造出减少国际贸易限制所需要的必要条件。
either 多用于否定句,常置于句尾。
?She can’t speak Chinese and her husband can’t either.
她不会说汉语,她丈夫也不会。
6. almost, nearly
1) 两者意思相近,都有“几乎,差不多,将近”的意思。
almost 强调“差一点,缺一点”。
nearly 强调“接近”。
从程度上讲almost 相当于very nearly,实际应用中,两者经常通用。
?Almost/Nearly all of my friends came to the party.
几乎我所有的朋友都来参加聚会了。
?It almost/nearly frightened me to death. 差点儿把我吓死。
2)almost 可以与表示否定意义的词如no, no one, none, nobody, nothing, never, nowhere 等词连用。 ?Almost no one believed him. 几乎没有人相信他。
当修饰any或由any构成的不定代词时,用almost。
?You can find the meaning of almost any word in this dictionary.
从这本字典里你几乎能找到任何一个词的意思。
?Almost anything will do. 几乎什么都行。
当与too连用时,用almost。
?That’s almost too much.那简直太过分了。
注意: ①nearly 可被not 前置修饰,意为“一点也不,相差甚远”,但almost 不能这样使用。
?I’m not nearly ready. 我一点儿都没准备好。
②almost和nearly都可用于表示极端意义的形容词前,但却不能用于修饰不具有极端意 义的形容词。 ?That is an almost/a nearly perfect plan. 那几乎是完美之计。
7. already, yet, still
already 通常用于肯定句中,作“已经”讲,常与完成时连用,放在句中表示某事已经 发生;用于疑问句中表示惊讶之意。
?We’ve already met before.我们以前已经见过面。
?Have you been to London already?你去过伦敦?
yet 用于疑问句,作“已经”讲;用于否定句,作“还”讲。
?Have you been to London yet?你去过伦敦吗?
?The rain hasn’t stopped yet. 雨还没停。
still“仍然,继续”,表示某事仍在进行,主要用于肯定句中; 有时也用于否定句表示“但,不过”。
?It is still raining now. 现在还在下雨。
?After fifty lessons I still can’t drive well. 我上了五十次课,车还是开的不太好。
8. too much, much too
too much 表示“过多(much)”之意。
?The students have too much homework every day. 学生们每天的家庭作业太多了。
much too 表示“太……(too)”之意。
?I am much too pleased to see you. 见到你,我太高兴了。
1.(2019·江苏卷·单项填空)Unlike traditional gyms, app-backed gyms offer people __________ options to exercise.
A. casual B. regular C. flexible D. tight
【答案】C
【解析】考查形容词辨析。句意:不像传统的体育锻炼,有app软件的体育锻炼提供了灵活的锻炼选项。A. casual偶然的,随便的;B. regular定期的,有规律的;C. flexible灵活的;D. tight紧的,密封的。故选C。
2.(2019·新课标I卷·语法填空)It is difficult to figure out a global population of polar bears as much of the range has been ___62___ (poor) studied; however, biologists calculate that there are about 20,000-25,000 polar bears worldwide.
【答案】poorly
【解析】考查副词用法。根据句意和结构分析可知,此处用副词poorly修饰谓语动词has been studied,意为“研究很少”。故填poorly。
3.(2019·新课标I卷·语法填空)Scientists have responded by noting (note) that hungry bears may be congregating(聚集) around human settlements, leading to the illusion(错觉) that populations are ___68___ (high) than they actually are.
【答案】higher
【解析】考查形容词比较级。根据其后than they actually are可知,此处为形容词的比较级,故填higher。
4.(2019·新课标II卷·语法填空)Her years of hard work have ___63___(final) been acknowledged after a customer nominated(提名) her to be Cheshire's Woman Of The Year.
【答案】finally
【解析】考查副词用法。根据空格所处位置可知,此处应用副词形式作状语,修饰谓语动词have been acknowledged,意为“最终得以认可”,故填finally。
5.(2019·新课标II卷·短文改错)First, I wanted to be a fireman, whose uniform looked so coolly.
【答案】First, I wanted to be a fireman, whose uniform looked so .
【解析】考查形容词的用法。句中的“looked(看起来……样)”为系动词,系动词后需用形容词作表语。故将coolly改为cool。
6.(2019·新课标II卷·短文改错)Then, when I was in the five grade, I wanted to be a teacher because I liked my English teacher too much. …
【答案】Then, when I was in the five(fifth) grade, I wanted to be a teacher because I liked my English teacher much.
【解析】考查副词。句意:在五年级的时候,因为我非常喜欢我的英语老师,所以我想变成一名老师。“so much”在句中一般表达肯定意思,可与that连用表示“如此……以至于”。而“too much”表太多,一般与to搭配,表达否定意思“太……以至于不能……”。本句话表达肯定意思,非常so much 或very much,故将too改为very/so。
7.(2019·新课标III卷·语法填空)On our way to the house,it was raining ___61___ hard that we couldn't help wondering how long it would take to get (get) there. It was in the middle of Pearl City.
【答案】so
【解析】考查副词。句意:在我们去那座房子的路上,雨下得如此大以至于我们不能不想还要多久才能到达那里。“so…that…”意为“如此……以至于……”,引导结果状语从句。故填so。
8.(2018·新课标I卷·完形填空)And, even if I weren’t 43 enough about free credits, news about our instructor was appealing enough to me.
A. excited B. worried C. moved D. tired
【答案】 A
【解析】考查形容词辨析。我总是想学象棋,即便是我对免费的学分不激动,单是我们导师的信息就足以吸引我。excited激动的;兴奋的;worried担心的;moved感动的;tired劳累的。故选A。
9.(2018·新课标I卷·完形填空)The bay was 45 in sunshine, and there was a group of kayakers around 150m off the shore. Getting a little 46 , I realized one kayak(皮划艇) was in trouble.
45. A. bathed B. clean C. deep D. formed
46. A. faster B. closer C. heavier D. wiser
【答案】 45.A;46B
【解析】考查形容词词义辨析。根据上下文可知,早晨海湾应该是沐浴在阳光里。A. bathed沐浴;B. clean清扫;C. deep深处;D. formed形成。故选A项切题。;考查形容词词义辨析。根据常识和下文儿子出现意外情况可知,只有是离的比较近一点,才能意识到一只皮划艇出现意外。A. faster迅速的;B. closer靠近,逼近(其他船只等);C. heavier重的,沉重的;D. wiser有智慧的;聪明的。故选B项切题。
10. (2018·新课标I卷·语法填空)A taste for meat is ___63___ (actual) behind the change: An important part of its corn is used to feed chickens, pigs, and cattle.
【答案】 actually
【解析】考查副词。句意:对肉的需求实际上是这种变化的背后原因。句子结构完整,用副词修饰句子。故填actually。
11. (2018·江苏卷·单项填空)Despite the poor service of the hotel, the manager is _______ to invest in sufficient training for his staff.
A. keen B. reluctant
C. anxious D. ready
【答案】B
考查形容词词义辨析及语境理解。句意:尽管旅馆服务不好,经理还不愿投入为员工提供足够的培训。A. keen敏锐的;B. reluctant不情愿的;C. anxious渴望的;D. ready准备好的。故选B。
12. (2018·浙江卷·语法填空)The obvious one is money; eating out once or twice a week may be 62 (afford) but doing this most days adds up. There could be an even 63 (high) cost on your health.
【答案】 affordable ; higher
【解析】考查形容词。此处表示一周一两次外出吃饭是负担得起的,系动词be后用形容词作表语,表示“负担得起的”故填affordable;考查形容词比较级。此处修饰名词cost用形容词,由even表示程度修饰比较级,故填higher。
13. (2017·江苏)Only five years after Steve Jobs’ death ,smart-phones defeated _______ PCs in sales.
A. controversial B. contradictory C. confidential D. conventional
【答案】D
【解析】考查形容词的辨析。A. controversial 有争议的;B. contradictory对立的,相互矛盾的;C.
confidential机密的,秘密的;D. conventional传统的,智能手机在销量上打败了传统的个人电脑,故选D。
句意:就是在乔布斯死后的五年,智能手机在销售上击败了传统的个人电脑。
14. Little Tom sat watching the monkey dancing in front of him.
A. amaze B. amazing C. amazed D. to amaze
【答案】C
【解析】本句考查形容词作状语。句意为:小Tom坐在那儿看着小猴子在他面前跳舞,很吃惊。主要考查B、C之间的区别,选项B意为:令人吃惊的,常修饰物;而选项C意为:感到吃惊的,常修饰人。根据句意,本题选择C。
15. Andy is content with the toy. It is he has ever got.
A. a better B. the better C. a best D. the best
【答案】D
【解析】考查最高级和比较级。根据上一句话可知,Andy对这个玩具很满意,故选择D。句意为:这是他曾得到的最好的玩具。
16. Raymond’s parents wanted him to have_______ possible education.
A. good B. better C. best D. the best
【答案】D
【解析】考查形容词比较级的用法。句意:Raymond的父母想让他接受最好的教育。形容词最高级前加the是解题关键。
17. Henry was away from home for quite a bit and _______ saw his family.
A. frequently B. seldom C. always D. usually
【答案】B
【解析】考查副词词义辨析。句意:Henry离开家很长时间了并且很少回来看家人。根据句意因为离开很长时间了,所以,他应该很少回家。根据句意选B。 frequently频繁地;always 总是;usually通常。
18. —What did you do last weekend?
—Oh,nothing________.
A. much B. else C. ever D. yet
【答案】A
【解析】考查副词的用法。句意:——上个周末做什么了?——噢,没做什么。此处nothing much意为:没什么。根据句意选A。此处much 多;else其他的;ever 曾经;yet还。
19. Thanks for your directions to the house; we wouldn’t have found it ________.
A. nowhere B. however C. otherwise D. instead
【答案】C
【解析】由后句情态动词完成否定式wouldn’t have found可知是对过去发生情况的一种反面虚拟。Otherwise要不然,因此C选项正确。nowhere没什么地方;however然而;instead代替,均不符合题意。句意为“感谢你告诉我们怎么去那栋房子。要不然那时我们可找不到的。”
20. I can’t meet you on Sunday. I’ll be ________ occupied.
A. also B. just C. nevertheless D. otherwise
【答案】D
【解析】考查副词词义辨析及语境理解。A. also也;B. just刚刚;C. nevertheless尽管如此;D. otherwise否则,在不同方面。句意:在星期天我不能与你见面,否则我会很忙。故D正确。
21. It's our hope that we will play a greater role in the market place and, , supply more jobs.
A. however B. anywhere
C. therefore D. otherwise
【答案】C
【解析】句意:我们希望在市场上起着更大的作用,因此提供更多的工作。四个选项的含义分别是:A however然而,B. anywhere任何地方,C therefore因此,D otherwise否则。根据句意所以选C。
22. The aim of education is to teach young people to think for themselves and not follow others ______.
?? A. blindly??????????? B. unwillingly?????????? C. closely???????????? D. carefully
【答案】A
【试题分析】A. blindly盲目的;B. unwillingly不情愿地; C. closely紧密地;D. carefully仔细地。句意:教育的目的是教年轻人要独立思考而不是盲目地听从他人。根据句意故选A。
23. --- What do you think of the boy’s painting?
--- I’ve never seen a person with ________ sense of art.
A. the better B. a better C. a good D. the best
【答案】B
【解析】考查形容词比较级。句意:—你认为这个男孩的画怎么样?—我从没有见过艺术感更强的人。使用否定词+形容词比较级,表示最高级含义,而且是泛指“更好的艺术感”,用不定冠词。故选B。
24. —The scarf is a real bargain.
—Why not take them two? They are beautiful and this one is _______ than that one.
A. no more expensive B. more expensive
C. most expensive D. so expensive
【答案】A
【解析】考查形容词比较级。句意:—这个围巾真便宜。—为什么不买两个呢?它们很漂亮,而且这个和那个都不贵。no+比较级+than表示“两者都不……”。故选A。
25. The factory produced ______ in 2014 as the year before.
A. twice as many cars B. cars twice as many
C. twice more cars D. twice so many cars
【答案】A
【解析】考查倍数的表达法。根据句意“这家工厂在2014年生产汽车的数量是上一年的两倍。”和倍数表达法的结构(即“……倍数+as+many/much+名词+as……”)可知A项既符合句意又符合倍数表达法。故选A。
26. The new road built in this month is _______ of the old one that was built in 2011.
A. more than three times the width
B. three times more than the width
C. three times the width more than
D. more three times than the width
【答案】A
【解析】考查倍数表达方式。“… times + the + 名词(size/ height/ weight/ length/ width…)+ of…”是常用的倍数表达方式;more than修饰数词放在前面。故选A。
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
PAGE
24
专题04 动词的时态和语态
易错点1 一般过去时和现在完成时的混用
1. I had hoped to see her off at the station, but I _____________ too busy.
A. was B. had been C. would be D. would have been
【错因分析】此题容易误选B或D,认为前句用了had hoped,这里是表示"我本来希望去车站为她送行的,但是我太忙了",忙是过去的一个事实,而B是过去完成时,表示过去的过去发生的动作;D项的"would have been"是虚拟语气,表示对过去事情的假设,意思是"本来会做",均与语境不符,所以此处不能选B或D。
【试题解析】前一句谓语用的是had hoped,表示的是过去未曾实现的想法或打算,可以译为"本想",而后一句说"我太忙",这是陈述过去的一个事实,所以要用一般过去时。
【参考答案】A
一般过去时和现在完成时的区别
1. 一般过去时表示过去某时发生的动作或存在的状态,或者单纯叙述过去的事情,强调动作;现在完成时强调过去的事情对现在的影响。
I was an English teacher in No.1 Middle School for twenty years.
(表示在过去一段时间里一直存在的状态,与现在没有联系。表明现在已不是英语老师了。)
I have been an English teacher in No.1 Middle School for twenty years.
(表明截止到现在在第一中学已任教二十年了,与现在有联系。)
2. 一般过去时常与具体的时间状语连用,而现在完成时通常与模糊的时间状语连用或无时间状语。
He wrote many plays when he was at college.
(有明确的表示过去的时间状语,表示写剧本是他过去做的事情。)
He has written many plays.
(没有时间状语,本句表明他是剧作家。)
1.(2019·江苏卷·单项填空)A few months after he had arrived in China, Mr. Smith ___________ in love with the people and culture there.
A. would fall B. had fallen C. has fallen D. fell
【解析】考查动词的时态。句意:他到中国几个月后,就喜欢上了那里的人和文化。发生在had arrived之后的动作或状态应用一般过去时。故选D。
【答案】D
2.(2018·北京卷·单项填空) —Hi, I’m Peter. Are you new here? I haven’t seen you around?
—Hello, Peter. I’m Bob. I just _________ on Monday.
A. start B. have started
C. started D. had started
【解析】考查时态。句意:——嗨,我是彼得。你是新来的吗?我没有在附近见过你。——你好,彼得。我是鲍勃。我周一刚刚开始住在这儿。根据两人谈话内容可知,Bob现在在这儿,他开始(start)住在这儿是发生在周一的事情,周一是一个过去的时间,故该句应用一般过去时态,C选项正确。
【答案】C
3. I made many good friends in the past few years. (单句改错)
【解析】句意:在过去的几年里,我交到了许多好朋友。由时间状语in the past few years可知这里要用现在完成时态。
【答案】made前加上have
【名师点睛】"in/ during the past/ last+years / months / days..."是完成时态的时间标志之一,而in the past则要与过去式连用。
1. 现在完成时的用法
①现在完成时的"完成用法"
现在完成时用来表示过去发生或完成的动作或状态对现在造成的影响或产生的结果,强调的是这个影响或结果,常与already(肯定),yet(否定,疑问),just,before,recently,still,lately等时间状语连用。
②现在完成时的"未完成用法"
指动作开始于过去某一时刻,一直延续到现在,并可能还要继续下去。这里的动词要用延续性动词。常与for(+时间段),since(+时间点)等时间状语连用。
2. 现在完成时的标志词
①当句中有never,ever,just,already,yet,before等时,常用现在完成时。
②当句中有"for +时间段"或"since +时间点"等时,主句常用现在完成时,谓语动词必须是延续性动词,若是非延续性动词,要改为延续性动词或表状态的词(短语)。
3. 现在完成时的常用固定句型
①since句型:It + is/has been + 一段时间 + since...,在此句型中,主句常用现在完成时或一般现在时,从句用一般过去时。
It is/has been ten years since he came here. 他来这儿已经十年了。
②This / That / It is the first (second,third...) time (that) sb have done sth
This is the first time I have been here. 这是我第一次来这儿。
③在"This / That / It is the + 形容词最高级+名词+(that)从句"中,从句要用现在完成时。
This is the most wonderful novel I’ve ever seen. 这是我所看过的最精彩的一本小说。
易错点2 一般过去时和过去进行时的混用
1. She ________ to someone on the phone, so I just nodded to her and went away.
A. talked B. has talked
C. had talked D. was talking
【错因分析】有些考生看到nodded就马上想到要用一般过去时,于是误选A。根据句意可知,这里表示我看到她的时候,打电话这一动作正在进行,因此要用过去进行时。
【试题解析】考查时态。句意:她正在和别人通电话,所以我只是向她点点头就走了。此处表示过去某一时刻正在进行的动作,所以用过去进行时态,故选D。
【参考答案】D
过去进行时与一般过去时的区别
1. 一般过去时表示已经完成的动作,过去进行时表示未完成、正在进行的动作。
I read a novel this morning. 上午我看了一本小说。(已经看完)
I was reading a novel this morning. 上午我在看小说。(可能没看完)
2. 持续发生的动作用过去进行时,中间插入发生的动作用一般过去时。
I broke a glass while I was cooking dinner. 做饭时我打碎了一只玻璃杯。
2. Mr. Smith ______________ a book about China last year but I don’t know whether he has finished it.
A. has written B. wrote C. had written D. was writing
【解析】全句意为"史密斯先生去年在写一本书,但我不知道他现在是否写完了"。由but I don’t know whether he has finished it这一句话的语境可知,只知道在写,但是不知道是否已经写完,因此要用过去进行时态。
【答案】D
【名师点睛】有的同学可能由于受last year的影响而误选 B,但若选B,则句子前半部分的意思则变成了"史密斯先生去年写了一本书",既然是"写了",那么这与下文的"但我不知道他现在是否写完了"相矛盾。
易错点3 一般过去时和过去完成时的混用
1. —Got your driving license?
—No. I ______ too busy to have enough practice, so I didn’t take the driving test last week.
A. was B. am C. have been D. had been
【错因分析】问句中Got your driving license? 为Have you got your driving license? 的省略表达,该句对选项无影响。决定选项动词时态的是答句中的so I didn’t take the driving test last week,分析句意可知,动作发生在后一动作之前,表示过去的过去,故应用过去完成时。
【试题解析】句意:——拿到你的驾照了吗?——没有。我太忙了而不能有足够的练习,因此我上周没有参加驾照考试。结合语境可知,busy这一动作发生在didn’t take the driving test,表示过去的过去要用过去完成时。
【参考答案】D
一般过去时与过去完成时的区别:
一般过去时表示过去某个特定时间发生、并且一下子就完成了的动作(即:非持续性动作),也可以表示过去习惯性的动作。一般过去时不强调动作对现在的影响,只说明过去。
1. 一般过去时的基本用法:
(1)带有确定的过去时间状语时,要用过去时,注意在谈到已死去的人的情况时,多用过去时。
(2)表示过去连续发生的动作时,要用过去时,这种情况下,往往没有表示过去的时间状语,而通过上下文来表示。
(3)表示过去一段时间内经常或反复的动作,常与always,never等连用。
(4)如果强调已经终止的习惯时要用used to do。
(5)有些句子,虽然没有表示过去确定时间的状语,但实际上是指过去发生的动作或存在的状态的话,也要用过去时,这一点很容易出错,要特别注意!
过去完成时表示在过去某一时间或动作之前已经发生或完成了的动作。它表示句子中描述的动作发生在"过去的过去"。
2. 过去完成时的基本用法
(1)表示在过去某一时刻或动作以前完成了的动作,即"过去的过去"。可以用by,before等介词短语或时间状语从句来表示,也可以用表示过去的动作来表示,还可能通过上下文来表示。
(2)表示由过去的某一时刻开始,一直延续到过去另一时间的动作或状态,常和for,since构成的时间状语连用。
(3)叙述过去发生的事情,在已叙述了过去发生的事情后,反过来追述或补述以前发生的动作时,常使用过去完成时。
(4)在含有定语从句的主从复合句中,如果叙述的是过去的事,先发生的动作常用过去完成时。
(5)过去完成时常常用在宾语从句(或间接引语)中,这时从句中的动作发生在主句表示的过去的动作之前。
2. —Did you have difficulty finding Ann’ house?
—Not really. She ______________ us clear directions and we were able to find it easily.
A. was to give B. had given C. was giving D. would give
【答案】B
【解析】句意:——你觉得找到安娜家的位置困难么?——不会。她告诉我们很清晰的方向,并且我们很容易就找到了。根据题干可知,安娜告诉他们方向发生在他们找到她家之前,因此,发生在过去动作之前的动作要采用过去完成时。故选B。
【名师点睛】一些考生可能会在做本题时,看到were able to就想当然地认为这里应该用一般过去时,在分析了语境之后,我们可以知道give发生在过去的过去,因此要用过去完成时。
易错点4 一般现在时表示将来
1. You’d better write down her phone number before you ________________ it.
A. forget B. are forgetting C. forgot D. will forget
【错因分析】此题考生易误选D项,认为forget根据语境可以知道是将来可能会发生的动作,因此要用一般将来时,而忽略了时间状语从句中"主将从现"这一原则。
【试题解析】句意:你最好记下电话号码以免忘记。before引导一个表示"将来"的时间状语从句。英语的时间状语从句中不用will do,排除D项;B项表示"据安排或计划近期要做某事";C项表示"过去"。
【参考答案】A
2. He is very busy. I don’t know if he ________________ or not tomorrow.
A. come B. comes C. will come D. is coming
【错因分析】此题容易误选 B,认为if引导的是条件状语从句,从句谓语要遵循"主将从现"原则,即要用一般现在时表示将来意义。其实,句中 if引导的不是条件状语从句(即 if≠如果),而是宾语从句(即 if=是否)。
【试题解析】句意:他很忙,我不知道明天他是否会来。if在此表示"是否",引导的是宾语从句,结合语境可知,come是将来发生的动作,因此要用一般将来时。
【参考答案】C
◆ 主将从现原则 ◆
1. 在if,unless 等词引导的条件状语从句中;
2. 在when,till/until,as soon as,before,after,as,while,each time,the moment等词引导的时间状语从句中;
3. 在no matter + wh-,however,whatever,whenever,even if/even though,so long as,on condition that等引导的让步状语从句中,若主句为一般将来时(或包含情态动词/祈使句),从句谓语动词常用一般现在时表示将来;若主句为过去将来时,从句谓语动词通常用一般过去时态代替过去将来时态。
I will call you as soon as she arrives. 当她来的时候,我就打电话给你。
If it clears up, we will go to the park. 如果天晴的话,我们就去公园。
I will not let them in, whoever they are. 不管他们是谁,我都不会让他们进来。
3. That’s why I help brighten people’s days. If you ________________, who’s to say that another person will?
A. didn’t B. don’t C. weren’t D. haven’t
【解析】考查动词的时态。根据主句中another person will可知,此处隐含将来的动作,但是条件状语从句中通常用现在时表示将来的动作。故选B。句意:这就是我为什么为别人的生活增添乐趣。如果你不这样做的话,天知道还有谁会做。
【答案】B
1. 当主句为将来时态或表示将来意义时,时间和条件的状语从句必须用一般现在时表将来。
I’ll write to her when I have time. 我有空会给她写信。
Turn off the lights before you leave. 走前关灯。
If we hurry, we may catch the bus. 如果赶紧走我们可能赶得上公共汽车。
Tell me in case you get into difficulty. 遇到困难请告诉我。
【注意】①除表示时间和条件的状语从句外,表示让步、相似、比例的从句也要用一般现在时表示将来。 I’ll follow him wherever he goes. 他去哪儿,我就跟着去哪儿。 Whatever you say, I won’t pay. 无论你说什么,我都不会付钱。 Whether we help him or not, he will fail. 无论我们帮他与否,他都会失败。 I’ll have a good time whether I win or lose. 赢也好,输也好,我都将会玩好。 The more you eat, the fatter you will become. 你吃得越多就会越胖。②另外,当主句为用将来时态时,定语从句也通常用一般现在时表将来。 I’ll give you anything you ask for. 你要什么我都给你。 You can have anything I find. 我找到的任何东西你都可以拿去。 Everyone who comes first will get a present. 每个先来的人都可得到一份礼物。
2. 按照英语习惯,一个句子中若主要动词已经表明了所谈论动作的时间,那么与之相关的其他动词就不必再次指明同一时间,而往往使用一个比较简单的时态,如用一般现在时表示一般将来时等。
This discovery means that we will spend less on food.
这一发现意味着我们将减少在食品上的花费。
This discovery will mean that we spend less on food.
这一发现意味着我们将减少在食品上的花费。
3. 在make sure(弄清楚),make certain(弄清楚),take care(注意,当心),be careful(注意,当心),mind (注意),watch(注意)等后的that从句中通常也用一般现在时表示将来意义。
Take care that it does not occur again. 注意别再发生这样的事。
We must take care that no one sees us. 我们必须注意别让人看见我们。
Make sure you come back soon. 你要保证快点回来。
Be careful that you don’t hurt her feelings. 当心别伤了她的感情。
Watch that the baby doesn’t go near the heater. 注意别让宝宝接近加热器。
Mind you read the examination questions carefully before you begin to answer them.
在答题前要注意仔细阅读考题。
In future, make sure you get here on time. 今后,要保证准时来这里。
Make sure that you get it down and his signature on it.
你一定要把它记下来,并让他在上面签字。
Take care that you don’t presume on my feelings.
注意不要滥用我的感情。
【注意】在it doesn’t matter, I don’t care, I don’t mind 等结构(以及类似结构)后的名词性从句也通常用一般现在表示将来意义。 I don’t mind what you do after you leave school. It doesn’t matter where we go on holiday. 我们去哪儿度假都行。 Does it matter who goes first? 谁先去这有关系吗? I don’t care whether we win or lose. 我不在乎我们是赢还是输。 Don’t you care what happens to them? 难道你不关心他们出什么事了?
4. 在I hope,I bet,see (to it) 等后的宾语从句中通常用一般现在时表示将来意义,但有时也可直接用将来时态。
I hope that you like(will like)it. 你希望你会喜欢它。
I bet it rains(will rain)tomorrow. 我打赌明天会下雨。
See (to it) that children don’t catch cold. 当心别让孩子感冒。
I’ll see that nobody disturbs(will disturb)you. 我将确保没人打扰你。
【注意】see (to it) 后的that从句通常用一般现在时表将来,直接用将来的情形较少见。
5. 在as,than 引出的比较状语从句中可用一般现在时表示将来,也可直接用将来时态。
We’ll get there as soon as you do(will). 你一到,我们就到。
We’ll probably drive faster than you do(will). 我们开车很可能比你快。
6. 表示按规定、时间表、计划或安排要发生的动作。
Are you on duty next weekend? 下周末你上班吗?
The train leaves at 12:00. 火车12点开出。
Where do we go now? 我们现在到哪里去?
【注意】用于此用法时,句中通常有具体的时间状语。
7. 当主句为将来时态时,与之相关的by the time后接的从句要用一般现在时表示将来意义。
By the time he comes, I will have left. 等他到时,我会已经离开。
The film will have started by the time we get to the cinema. 我们到电影院时电影会已经开始了。
易错点5 被动语态和主动语态的误用
1. —Do you like the material?
—Yes, it _____________ very soft.
A. is feeling C. feels B. felt D. is felt
【错因分析】此题容易误选 D,想当然地根据"这布料摸起来很柔软"这一句意,认为"布料"应是"被摸",所以feel选用了被动语态。
【试题解析】因为feel在此为连系动词,而连系动词均为不及物动词,不能用于被动语态,尽管有时其汉语意思有被动意味,但要用主动形式表示被动含义。
【参考答案】C
2. While waiting for the opportunity to get _____________ (promote), Henry did his best to perform his duty. (单句语法填空)
【错因分析】本题易误填promoting。
【试题解析】While waiting for the opportunity to...是"While he was waiting for the opportunity to..."的省略,Henry和promote之间是被动关系,应该使用被动语态,此处为"get+动词的过去分词",故填promoted。
【参考答案】promoted
3. —Excuse me, is the book Gone with the Wind by Margaret Mitchell available now?
—Sorry, but it _________ (sell) so well that we don’t have any in store. (单句语法填空)
【错因分析】本题易误填is sold。
【试题解析】句意:——玛格丽特﹒米切尔写的《飘》现在有货吗?——对不起,它那么畅销,我们没有任何存货了。sell在此处意为"卖得……",sell well表示"畅销",不能用于被动语态。
【参考答案】sells
有些动词,如act,add,brush,burn,clean,cook,count,cut,draw,drive,keep,lock,look,open,read,sell,smell,smoke,strike,wash,wear,write等,其主动形式在一些具体场合表示被动意义。这类句子的特点是:主语往往是"物"而不是"人"。另外,后面往往带有well这一类副词或者修饰主语的形容词。
1. (2019·江苏卷·单项填空)They are trying to make sure that 5G terminals_________ by 2022 for the Beijing Winer Olympics.
A. will install B. will have been installed
C. are installed D. have been installed
【解析】考查时态和语态。句意:他们正努力确保在2022年北京冬奥会之前安装5G终端。表示在将来某一时间以前已经完成或一直持续的动作,用将来完成时。“5G终端”和“安装”之间是被动关系,用被动语态,故选B。
【答案】B
2.(2018·北京卷·单项填空)A rescue worker risked his life saving two tourists who _________ in the mountains for two days.
A. are trapping B. have been trapped
C. were trapping D. had been trapped
【答案】D
【解析】考查语态和时态。句意:一个救援人员冒着生命危险挽救了两个被困在山里两天的旅游者。“who ___ in the mountains for two days”是定语从句,修饰two tourists,two tourists和trap之间是被动关系,该空应用被动语态。由risked可知,营救人员救游客是过去的事情,被困两天发生在营救人员救了他们之前,即“过去的过去”,该空应用过去完成时态。综上,D选项正确。
3. Visitors _______________ not to touch the exhibits.
A. will request B. are requested C. are requesting D. request
【解析】分析visitors 与request之间的关系是此题的解题关键。此题的时态是不难判断的,因为说的是一条规定,所以用一般现在时,而visitor与request之间是动宾关系,即request visitors not to touch the exhibits,究竟是谁要求他们这样做呢?不清楚,也不必知道,因此要用被动语态。
【答案】B
一、被动语态的特殊结构形式
1. 带情态动词的被动结构。其形式为:情态动词+be+过去分词。
The baby should be taken good care of by the baby-sitter.
2. 有些动词可以有两个宾语,在用于被动结构时,可以把主动结构中的一个宾语变为主语,另一宾语仍然保留在谓语后面。通常变为主语的是间接宾语。
His mother gave him a present for his birthday.
可改为 He was given a present by his mother for his birthday.
3. 当"动词+宾语+宾语补足语"结构变为被动语态时,将宾语变为被动结构中的主语,其余不动。
Someone caught the boy smoking a cigarette.
可改为The boy was caught smoking a cigarette.
4. 在使役动词have,make,get以及感官动词see,watch,notice,hear,feel,observe等后面不定式作宾语补语时,在主动结构中不定式to要省略,但变为被动结构时,要加to。
Someone saw a stranger walk into the building.
可改为A stranger was seen to walk into the building.
5. 有些相当于及物动词的动词词组,如"动词+介词","动词+副词"等,也可以用于被动结构,但要把它们看作一个整体,不能分开。其中的介词或副词也不能省略。
The meeting is to be put off till Friday.
二、主动形式表被动意义的用法
1. 谓语动词用主动表被动的五种情形
(1) 某些连系动词(如look,sound,smell,feel,taste,prove等)要用主动表被动,因为连系动词为不及物动词,它们没有被动语态形式。
Your idea sounds a good one. 你的想法听起来很好。
My advice proved to be wrong. 我的意见证实是错的。
(2) 当open,close,shut,lock,move等用作不及物动词且表示主语的某种属性时,通常用主动形式表示被动意义。
The door won’t shut. 这门关不上。
The supermarket doors shut automatically. 超市的门是自动关的。
【注意】该用法的不及物动词通常与can’t, won’t 连用,注意它与用被动语态含义不同: The window won’t shut. 这窗户关不上。(说明主语的属性——窗户有问题了) The window won’t be shut. 这窗户将不用关上。(窗户本身没问题,只是不用关) 有时可能用主动或被动形式皆可,只是强调重点稍有不同: Suddenly the door opened. 突然门开了。(不强调动作执行者) The door was suddenly opened. 门突然被打开了。(强调动作执行者)
(3) 当read,wash,clean,cook,cut,wear,carry等用作不及物动词且表示主语的某种属性时,通常要用主动形式表示被动意义。
The cloth washes well. 这种布料好洗。
The book sells quickly. 这书销售得快。
This shirt will wear very long. 这衬衫可以穿很久。
【注意】该用法通常与well,easily,slowly,quickly等副词连用,并且在用于以上意思时通常不宜直接使用被动语态形式。不过在某些特殊情况下也可用被动语态,只是含义稍有不同(用主动形式表示主语的属性,用被动形式表示动作执行者所执行的动作):The sentences read clearly. 这些句子读起来很清楚。(即这句子没有歧义)The sentences are read clearly. 这些句子被读得很清楚。(指读的人读得好)另外,以上用法有时也可能用于进行时态:The vegetables are cooking. 蔬菜正在煮着。 Is the book selling well? 这书销售情况如何?
(4) 某些表示开始和结束的动词(begin,start,finish,end等),当主语为事物且不强调动作的执行者时,可用主动形式表示被动意义。
When does the concert begin? 音乐会什么时候开始?
The play ended at ten o’clock. 戏10点钟结束。
(5) 有的动词本身含有被动意味,通常用主动形式来表示被动含义。
Where is the new film showing? 这部新电影在哪里放映?
My skirt caught on a nail. 我的裙子被钉子钩住了。
Soon the house filled with people. 很快房子就挤满了人。
2. 非谓语动词用主动表被动的八种情形
(1) 不定式to blame,to let用作表语时,通常要用主动形式表示被动意义。
Who is to blame? 该怪谁呢?
The house is to let. 此屋出租。
(2) 某些"be+形容词+to do"结构中的不定式通常要用主动形式表示被动意义。
The question is difficult to answer. 这问题很难回答。
Your writing is impossible to read. 你的书写没法认。
Do you think the water is safe to drink? 你认为这水喝起来安全吗?
【注意】①这类结构的特点是句子主语就是其后不定式的逻辑宾语,按理说其中的不定式要用被动形式,但习惯上却要用主动表被动。这类形容词常见的有awkward,convenient,dangerous,difficult,easy,hard,impossible,interesting,nice,pleasant,safe,tough,tricky,unpleasant等。② 有时形容词后跟有名词,在名词后用作定语的不定式用主动形式表示被动意义。 It’s a difficult book to read. 那是一本难读的书。 It is a pleasant thing to remember. 这是一件值得记住的愉快的事。③ 有少数用于类似结构的形容词(如fit,ready,free等),其中的不定式用主动式和被动式均可。 The water is not fit to drink (to be drunk). 这水不适合饮用。 The letters are ready to post(to be posted). 这信已准备好可以寄了。
(3) 不定式用于某些动词(如have,have got,get,want,need等)的宾语后作定语时,如果不定式的逻辑主语就是句子的主语,则要用主动形式表示被动意义。
I have some letters to write. 我有一些信要写。
I want something to drink. 我想喝点什么。
I want to get something to read. 我想找点东西阅读。
【注意】如果不定式的逻辑主语不是句子的主语,则应用被动式,比较:I have something to type. 我有些东西要打(字)。(指自己打字)I have something to be typed. 我有些东西要打(字)。(指请人打字)
(4) 不定式用于某些双宾动词(如give,show,buy,lend,get等)的直接宾语后作定语时,如果不定式的逻辑主语就是直接宾语前的间接宾语,通常用主动形式表示被动意义。
Give me some magazines to read. 给我几本杂志看。
He lent me some magazines to read. 他借给我一些杂志看。
【注意】如果不定式的逻辑主语不是直接宾语前的间接宾语,则应用被动式,比较:He will show you the path to take. 他将告诉你走什么道路。 He will show you the room to be used as the meeting-room.但有时两者区别不大:Give me a list of the people to invite (to be invited). 把需要邀请的人员名单给我。
(5) 不定式用于修饰"there be+名词"中的名词时,可用主动式,也可用被动式,有时含义差不多。
There is too much work to do(to be done). 要做的工作太多了。
但有时含义有差别(不定式用主动式可视为其前省略了for sb,用被动式可视为其后省略了by sb)。
There is nothing to do. 无事可做。(含有无聊之意)
There is nothing to be done. 不能做什么了。(指没有办法了)
There is nothing to see. 没什么可看的。(即不值一看)
There is nothing to be seen. 没看见什么。(指没东西看)
(6) 涉及副词enough和too的主动表被动。在 too... to do sth 和... enough to do sth这两个结构中,若句子主语与其后不定式为to do sth被动关系,则该不定式通常用主动形式表示被动意义(但也可直接用被动式)。
The writing is too faint to read(to be read). 这笔迹太模糊,看不清。
These boxes are not strong enough to use(to be used)as a platform. 这些箱子不够牢,不能用作站台。
但在某些特别强调被动意义的语境中,可能用被动式更恰当。
He spoke in a voice too low to be heard. 他说话的声音太低,听不见。
He is too young to be sent to America for advanced study. 他太年轻不能送到美国去深造。
(7) be worth后的动名词要用主动表被动。
In all, the book is worth reading. 总之,这本书值得一读。
This might be worth thinking about. 这可能值得考虑。
【注意】与worth相似的worthy却不一样,其后不接动名词而接不定式(若接动名词则其前应有介词of),且要用被动式表示被动含义:This book is worthy to be read(of being read). 这本书值得一读。
(8) 在need,want,require等少数表示"需要"的动词后的动名词用主动形式表被动意义:
The plants want watering every day. 这些花草得天天浇水。
This wall requires repairing. 这面墙需要修理了。
【注意】① 以上结构中的动名词改用不定式则要用被动式表示被动意义:This sentence needs explaining [to be explained]. 这个句子需要解释。② 它们后接名词时也可表示被动意义:It needs no explanation. 它无需解释。This plan requires careful consideration. 这项计划需要仔细考虑。
3. 介词短语用主动表被动的六种情形
(1) "beyond+名词"
The rumor is beyond belief. 这个谣言难以置信。
The children were beyond control. 这些孩子不听管教。
【注意】这类表达中的名词前通常没有冠词,且该名词一般都具有动作意义,类似的结构还有beyond compare(无可比拟),beyond description(难以形容),beyond (all) doubt(毫无疑问),beyond expression(无法形容),beyond suspicion(无可怀疑)等。
(2) "in+名词"短语
When was paper money in use in China? 中国什么时候开始使用纸币?
Please do not enter the classroom while a lesson is in progress. 上课时请勿进教室。
【注意】这类表达中的名词前通常没有冠词,且该名词一般都具有动作意义,类似的结构还有 in action(在运转),in sight(看得见),in (good) repair(维修良好的),in store(贮藏着)等。
(3) "in course of+名词"短语
The new railway is in course of construction. 新铁路正在兴建当中。
The goods ordered are now in course of shipment. 定的货正在运输途中。
【注意】有些类似的短语有the表被动,无the表主动:in charge of 负责 in the charge of 由……负责in possession of 拥有 in the possession of 被……拥有
(4) "on+名词"短语
The building is on fire. 那幢房子正在燃烧。
Every article on view will be on sale. 每件展品都将出售。
【注意】这类表达中的名词前通常没有冠词,且该名词一般都具有动作意义,类似的结构还有on trial(在试用),on display(在展出),on show(在展出),on exhibition(在展出)等。
(5)"under+名词"短语
The new music hall is under construction. 新的音乐大厅正在修建中。
Your proposal is under consideration. 你的提议正在考虑中。
【注意】这类短语的名词前不用冠词,类似的还有under arrest(被逮捕),under attack(受到袭击),under discussion(在讨论中),under examination(在检查或调查中),under medical treatment(在治疗中),under repair(在修缮中),under review(在检查中),under study(在研究中)。
(6) 其他介词短语。除以上提到的几种情况外,还有一些介词短语也可表示被动意义,如for sale(供出售),for rent(供出租),at one’s service(听凭某人使用),above reproach(无可指责,无可非议),above suspicion(不受怀疑),above criticism(无可指责),within sight(看得见)等。
三、被动语态与系表结构的区别
当"be+过去分词"作被动语态时表示主语承受的动作;作系表结构时表示主语的特点或所处的状态时,be后面的过去分词是表语,相当于形容词。其区分办法如下:
1. 被动语态常由介词by引出动作的执行者,而系表结构中常用其他介词。
2. 被动语态中的过去分词多强调动作;系表结构的过去分词相当于形容词,多强调状态。
3. 被动语态除用于一般时态和完成时态外,还可以用于其他各种时态,而系表结构中的系动词be只有一般时态和完成时态。
I. 用括号内所给单词的适当形式填空
(A) 用一般过去时态或现在完成时态填空
1. —I can’t find my glasses. ________________ you ________________(see) them?
—Yes. You ________________ (leave) them in the car yesterday.
【答案】Have;seen;left
2. —The tape recorder ________________ (be) out of order last week.
—We ________________ (have) it repaired the day before yesterday. It ________________ (be) in good condition ever since.
【答案】was;had;has been
3. —How ________________ you ________________ (be) since I ________________ (see) you last?
—Very well, thank you.
【答案】have;been;saw
(B) 用一般过去时态或过去进行时态填空
4. The fireman ________________ (go) towards the fire, which ________________ still ________________ (smoke).
【答案】went;was;smoking
5. While my father ________________ (look) through the evening paper, he suddenly ________________ (let) out a cry of surprise.
【答案】was looking;let
6. I ________________ (not know) you ________________ (wait) for me here.
【答案】didn’t know;were waiting
(C) 用一般过去时态或过去完成时态填空
7. The boy ________________ (die). A bullet ________________ (pass)through his chest.
【答案】died;had passed
8. The task ________________ (be) much harder than we ________________ (expect).
【答案】was;had expected
9. He ________________ (not feel) so well, as he ________________ (catch) a bad cold.
【答案】didn’t feel;had caught
II. 单项选择
1.(2019·江苏卷·单项填空)The musician along with his band members ___________ ten performances in the last three months.
A. gives B. has given C. have given D. give
【答案】B
【解析】考查现在完成时与主谓一致。句意:在过去的三个月里,这名音乐家与他的乐队成员已经完成了十场演出。由“in the last three months”可知,这句话的时态为现在完成时,故排除A、D选项。本句主语为the musician,为第三人称单数形式,句中的“along with his band members”是附加成分,故谓语动词要用第三人称单数形式。故选B。
2.(2019·天津卷·单项填空)I __________ to send Peter a gift to congratulate him on his marriage,but I couldn't manage it.
A. had hoped B. am hoping
C. have hoped D. would hope
【答案】A
【解析】考查过去完成时。句意:我本来计划在Peter结婚时送他一个礼物的,可是我没有做到。第二个分句中的“couldn’t”用的是一般过去时,它之前的动作用过去完成时。故选A。
3.(2019·天津卷·单项填空)Amy, as well as her brothers, ____________ a warm welcome when returning to the village last week.
A. is given B. are given
C. was given D. were given
【答案】C
【解析】本题考查时态和语态。句意:艾米和他的兄弟们当上周回到村里时,受到了热烈的欢迎。根据last week可知应用过去时,排除选项A和B。as well as连接并列主语,谓语动词就前原则。这句话真正的主语是Amy,她受到热烈欢迎,所以用过去时的被动。故选C。
4.(2019·新课标II卷·语法填空)Picking up her "Lifetime Achievement" award,proud Irene ___64___(declare) she had no plans __to retire__ (retire) from her 36-year-old business.
【答案】B
【解析】考查谓语动词的时态。根据上下文可知,该句主语为Irene,此处为谓语成分,根据后文had 以及said 可知用一般过去时态,故填declared。
5.(2019·新课标II卷·语法填空)I don't see any reason to give up work. I love coming here and seeing my family and all the friends I ___66___(make) over the years.
【答案】are
【解析】考查动词的时态。根据该定语从句中的时间状语“over the years”可知,此处用现在完成时态,句意:我喜欢到这里来看看我的家人和我这些年来交到的朋友们。故填have made。
6.(2019·新课标II卷·短文改错)And the other is that I wanted to help people in need.
【答案】And the other that I wanted to help people in need.
【解析】考查一般过去时。本篇文章使用的全是一般过去时,且与最后一句并列的“one was that…”用的也是一般过去时,所以最后一句话时态应为一般过去时。讲述当时做决定时的原因。故将is改为was。
7.(2019·新课标III卷·语法填空)Our hosts shared many of their experiences and ___65___(recommend) wonderful places to eat, shop, and visit. For breakfast, we were able to eat papaya(木瓜) and other fruits from their trees in the backyard.
【答案】recommended。
【解析】考查一般过去时。句意:我们的主人跟我们分享了很多他们的经历并推荐了一些很好的吃饭、购物和参观的地方。“and”前后两个动作“shared”与“recommended”是并列关系,时态一致。故填recommended。
8.(2019·新课标III卷·语法填空)On the last day of our week-long stay,we ___69___(invite)to attend a private concert on a beautiful farm on the North Shore under the stars.
【答案】were invited。
【解析】考查动词的时态和语态。由“on the last day of our week-long stay”可知,句子时态为一般过去时。根据句意:我们被邀请去参加一场私人音乐会,所以用被动语态。主语为we,故填were invited。
9.(2018·北京卷·单项填空)China’s high-speed railways _________ from 9,000 to 25,000 kilometers in the past few years.
A. are growing B. have grown C. will grow D. had grown
【答案】B
【解析】考查时态。句意:在过去的几年里,中国的高速铁路已经从9,000公里增长到25,000公里。该句时间状语为in the past few years。中国高速铁路的增长是从过去一直到现在几年里的情况,故该句应用现在完成时态。B选项正确。
10.(2018·江苏卷·单项填空) Hopefully?in?2025?we?will?no?longer?be?e-mailing?each?other, for?we _______ more convenient electronic communication?tools?by?then.
A. have developed B. had?developed
C. will?have?developed D. developed
【答案】C
【解析】考查时态。句意:希望在2025年,我们不再互相发电子邮件,因为到那时候我们将开发更方便的电子通信工具。根据时间状语in 2025,可知用将来时;再根据时间状语by then到那时,可知用完成时。结合两者可知用将来完成时。故选C。
11.(2017﹒北京·单项填空)—________________ that company to see how they think of our product yesterday?
—Yes. They are happy with it.
A. Did you call B. Have you called
C. Will you call D. Were you calling
【答案】A
【解析】考查动词的时态。根据yesterday可知用一般过去时。句意:——昨天你给那家公司打电话询问他们对我们的产品的印象了吗?——打过了,他们对产品很满意。
12.(2017﹒江苏·单项填空)He hurried home, never once looking back to see if he ________________.
A. was being followed B. was following
C. had been followed D. followed
【答案】A
【解析】考查动词的时态和语态。根据题意可知,此处应该是他"被跟踪",动词follow与主语he之间构成被动关系,又因为hurried是过去式,故用过去进行时的被动语态,选A项。句意:他匆忙赶回家,从来没有回过头去看看他是否被跟踪。
13.(2017﹒江苏·单项填空)He’s been informed that he ________________ for the scholarship because of his academic background.
A. hasn’t qualified B. hadn’t qualified
C. doesn’t qualify D. wasn’t qualifying
【答案】C
【解析】考查动词的时态。根据has been informed及句意可排除B项和D项;"没有资格"属于客观事实,所以应用一般现在时。故选C项。句意:他被告知,由于他的学术背景,他没有资格获得奖学金。
14.(2017﹒天津·单项填空)I ________________ down to London when I suddenly found that I was on the wrong road.
A. was driving B. have driven C. would drive D. drove
【答案】A
【解析】考查动词时态。be doing...when...是固定句式,表示"正在做……这时突然……"。句意:我正开车去伦敦,这时我突然发现自己走错路了。
15.—I wonder what makes you a good salesperson.
—I ________________ as a waiter for three years, which contributes a lot to my today’s work.
A. serve B. served C. have served D. had served
【答案】B
【解析】考查时态。根据题意,"我"当服务员这件事是发生在过去的,所以要用过去式。句意:——我想知道你怎样成为一名优秀的销售人员的。——我曾经当过三年的服务员,这对我现在的工作很有帮助。故选B。
16.Now the world’s attention ________________ the stocking markets, as they have great influence on the world’s economy.
A. is fixing on B. is being fixed on
C. has fixed on D. had been fixed on
【答案】B
【解析】考查时态语态。句意:现在世界关注的焦点都在股票市场上,因为它们对世界经济已经产生了很大的影响。attention与focus之间为被动关系,由Now可知要用现在进行时。
17. —Where’s my driving license? Maybe I left it at home.
—My Goodness! I ________________ you would always take it along.
A. was to think B. thought C. have thought D. have been thinking
【答案】B
【解析】考查动词的时态。由对话语境可知,此处表示"我原以为你会随时带着",而现在知道你没有带着,所以用一般过去时。
18. Professor Baker, who ________________ the research of wild animals all his life, ________________ to give a speech in our school next week.
A. has devoted to;is supposed B.is devoted to;will be supposed
C. has been devoted to;is supposed D. had devoted to;will be supposed
【答案】C
【解析】考查动词的时态。句意:一生致力于野生动物研究的贝克教授下周有望在我们学校发表演讲。devote为及物动词,故可排除A、D;从句中的时间状语"all his life"表明应用现在完成时;短语be supposed to do...表示"应该/被期望做……",指期望将来发生的动作,与next week照应。
19. —Take this medicine three times a day, Tom.
—Do I have to take it? It ________________ so terrible.
A.is tasting B.is tasted C. tastes D. has tasted
【答案】C
【解析】考查动词的时态和语态。taste在此用作系动词,用一般现在时的主动形式表示被动意义。
20. In a room above the store, where a party ________________, some workers were busily setting the table.
A. was to be held B. has been held
C. will be held D.is being held
【答案】A
【解析】考查动词的时态和语态。根据主句内容"一些工人正忙着摆放桌子"以及时态可看出,晚会在过去即将被举行,所以选A。
III. 单句语法填空
1. As a child, I lived in a poor family, the worst impression is that I _______________ (feel) hungry all the time.
【答案】was feeling
【解析】考查时态。根据时间状语all the time 可知此处要用进行时态,表示"一直",这里是过去的事情,所以用过去进行时。
2.Her mother was excited."Your father has at last decided to stop smoking," Jane _______________ (inform).
【答案】was informed
【解析】考查一般过去时的被动语态。因Jane与动词inform之间为被动关系,再结合前面的was excited,根据时态一致的原则,此处也要用一般过去时。
3. Being too anxious to help an event develop often _______________ (result) in the contrary to our intention.
【答案】results
【解析】考查一般现在时。从句子结构分析,动名词短语Being too anxious to help an event develop作主语,result是谓语动词,应当考虑时态;根据句子意思"急于求成,往往事与愿违",是客观真理,应当用一般现在时,故填results。
4.By April 2008, over 10 million articles _______________ (put) on Wikipedia.
【答案】had been put
【解析】考查过去完成时的被动语态。句意:到2008年4月份,1千多万篇文章已经登在维基百科上。由时间状语by April 2008可知谓语动词要用过去完成时,而且主语articles和动词put之间是被动关系。
5. Tai Chi _______________ (call) "shadow boxing" in English.
【答案】is called
【解析】考查一般现在时的被动语态。句意:太极在英语中被称为shadow boxing。主语Tai Chi与动词call之间为被动关系,且这是一个客观事实,故要用一般现在时的被动语态形式。
6. A comprehensive study _______________ (report) that of the nearly 3,000 cyclist-motorist crashes that occurred between 2000 and 2010, about 20 percent were hit-and-runs.
【答案】reported
【解析】考查时态。句意:一个调查报道说,在2000到2010年至少发生了3, 000起事故,百分之二十的逃逸率。根据后面的occurred可知此处要用一般过去时。
7. For thousands of years, the festival _______________ (mark) by eating Zongzi and racing dragon boats in honour of Qu Yuan.
【答案】has been marked
【解析】考查时态。由时间状语for thousands of years可知,谓语动词要用现在完成时,表示端午节一直以来都以吃粽子和赛龙舟的方式进行庆祝。
8. I’m so sorry, but sometimes the bus can _______________ (delay) by some problems.
【答案】be delayed
【解析】考查语态。the bus和delay之间是被动关系,故用被动语态。
9. I think Chinese people choose chopsticks, rather than knives and forks, because Chinese people, under the influence of Confucianism, _______________ (consider) knives and forks as symbolizing a type of violence traditionally.
【答案】have considered
【解析】考查时态。中国人在儒家思想的影响下,传统地认为刀和叉是暴力的象征。此处表示对现在造成的影响和结果,故要用现在完成时。
10. He goes to a Buddhist monk for advice and expects to _______________(tell) how to live a more simple life.
【答案】be told
【解析】考查被动语态。句意:他去向一个佛教高僧寻求指点,期望被告知如何过更简单的生活。expect sb to do sth 期望某人做某事,因为he和tell之间为被动关系,故要用be told。
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
PAGE
1
专题05 非谓语动词
1. Lily doesn’t feel like __________ (study)abroad. Her parents are old. (单句语法填空)
【错因分析】易误填to study。like to do sth. 喜欢做某事,偶尔一次喜欢做某事;like doing sth.后跟动词不定式,经常性地喜欢做某事。看到like,容易误填to study。此句表示莉莉不想要出国留学,feel like doing sth. 想要做某事。
【试题解析】句意:"莉蒂亚不想出国读书。(因为)她的父母年纪大了。"feel like doing sth.意为"想要做某事",是固定搭配。
【参考答案】studying
动名词与不定式的不同
1) 动名词与不定式的区别
动名词 状态,性质,心境,抽象,经常性,已发生的
不定式 目的,结果,原因,具体,一次性,将发生的
2) 接不定式或动名词,意义相近,如:begin/start to do = begin/start doing; continue to do =continue doing。
3) 动名词与不定式语义不同的有11组:
stop to do stop doing
forget to do forget doing
remember to do remember doing
regret to do regret doing
cease to do cease doing
try to do try doing
go on to do go on doing
afraid to do afraid doing
interested to do interested doing
mean to do mean doing
begin / start to do begin/ start doing
常见考法
1. 不定式作状语;
2. it作形式主语代替后面的不定式;
3. 不定式的否定形式;
4. 被动语态中的不定式;
5. 不定式省to情况;
6. 不定式作定语的情况。
误区提醒
1. 不定式的不同形式误用;
2. 被动语态中仍然省to;
3. 否定形式not位置弄错;
4. 主动语态中该省to不省;
5. 不定式作定语时丢内容。
动名词作宾语
a. 作动词的宾语,某些及物动词后面直接接宾语时只能加动名词,不能加不定式,如advise, allow, permit, avoid, consider, enjoy, finish, imagine, include, keep, mind, miss, delay, practice, resist, suggest, escape, bear等。
?Mark often attempts to escape being fined whenever he breaks traffic regulations. 每当违反交通规则时,Mark总是尝试着逃脱惩罚。
b. 作介词的宾语(单个介词或最后是介词的动词短语),如depend on, think about, set about, succeed in, worry about, burst into, be used to, get used to, devote…to…, look forward to, pay attention to, get down to等。
?We are against killing small animals. 我们反对屠杀小动物。
?Shall we have a rest or get down to doing our work? 我们是休息一下还是继续工作?
c. 作短语动词的宾语give up, keep on, put off, insist on等。
?He is often persuaded to give up smoking. 他总是被劝戒烟。
d. 其他情况be worth, be busy, can’t help, can’t stand等。
?The music is well worth listening to more than once. 这音乐值得反复听。
?We are busy preparing for the coming sports meet. 我们忙着为即将到来的运动会做准备。
不定式作宾语
?I want to speak to Tom. 我想跟Tom谈谈。
?Please show us how to do that. 请给我们演示一下怎么操作。
2. One morning, I was waiting at the bus stop, worried about __________(be)late for school. (单句语法填空)
【错因分析】易误填been或be。worried about...是过去分词短语作状语,
【试题解析】句意:一天早上,我正在等公交车,担心上学会迟到。介词about后面用名词或动名词作宾语,故填being。
【参考答案】being
3. __________ (ignore)the differences between the two research findings will be one of the worst mistakes you make. (单句语法填空)
【错因分析】分析不清句子成分,易误填Ignore。
【试题解析】句意:忽视这两种研究结果的差异将是你所犯的最严重的错误之一。分析句子结构可知,句子的谓语动词是will be;"one of the worst mistakes..."是表语;you make是省略关系代词的定语从句,修饰mistakes。很显然,"__________ the differences between the two research findings"是主语部分,结合语境可知设空处用动名词作主语。
【参考答案】Ignoring
动名词作主语:
a. 直接位于句首作主语。
?Swimming is a good sport in summer. 夏天游泳是一项很不错的运动。
b. it作形式主语,常见的能用于这种结构的形容词还有:better, wonderful, enjoyable, interesting, foolish, difficult, useless, senseless, worthwhile等。
?It is no use telling him not to worry. 告诉他没必要担心。
注意:important, essential, necessary之后常用不定式。
c. 用于"There be"结构中。
?There is no saying when he’ll come. 不知道他什么时候回来。
d. 用于布告形式的省略结构中。
?No smoking (=No smoking is allowed (here).(这里)禁止抽烟。
?No parking. 禁止停车。
e. 动名词的复合结构作主语。
?Their coming to help was a great encouragement to us. 他们的到来及提供的帮助对我们来说是极大地鼓励。
动名词作主语与动词不定式作主语的比较
a. 动名词多用来表示泛指,不定式多用来表示特指。
?Smoking is not good for health. 抽烟对健康有害。
?It is not good for you to smoke so much. 抽这么多烟对你不好。
b. 在It is no use..., It is no good..., It is fun..., It is a waste of time...等句型中,常用动名词作真实主语。
?It is no use talking about that. 说那些没有用。
?It is no good quarreling with him. 跟他吵架没好处。
c. 在疑问句中,通常用动名词的复合结构,不用不定式的复合结构作主语。
?Does your saying that mean anything to him? 你说那个对他意味着什么对吗?
d. 在"There be"句型中,只能用动名词,而不能用不定式作主语。
?There is no telling what will happen. 没有被告知将要发生什么。
e. 句子中的主语和表语都是非谓语动词时,要遵循前后一致的原则,主语和表语在形式上要求统一:
?Seeing is believing. / To see is to believe. 眼见为实。
4. No, he went off to his tennis match before I finished __________ (make)them, so he couldn’t have done it.
【错因分析】易误填having made。有的考生误以为是-ing形式的完成式作宾语,从而误填having made。
【试题解析】finish后只能接名词、代词或-ing形式作宾语,故填making。
【参考答案】making。
常见后跟动名词的动词有:
acknowledge承认,自认 cease 停止 mention说到,讲到
admit 承认 tolerate忍受 dislike不喜欢,讨厌
advocate提倡,主张 complete完成 dread可怕
appreciate感激,欣赏 confess坦白 endure忍受
avoid避免 contemplate细想 enjoy享有,喜爱
bear忍受 defer拖延 envy嫉妒
can’t help不禁 delay延迟 escape逃跑,逃避
can’t stand受不了 deny否认 excuse借口
consider 考虑 detest嫌恶 fancy幻想,爱好
favor 造成,偏爱 mind介意 repent悔悟
figure描绘,计算 miss错过 resent怨恨
finish完成,结束不得 pardon原谅,饶恕 resist抵抗,阻止
forgive原谅 permit 允许 resume恢复
imagine设想 postpone延迟,延期 risk冒险
involve卷入,包含 practise实行,实践 suggest建议
hate讨厌 prevent阻止 save营救,储蓄
keep保持 quit放弃停止 stand坚持,忍受
loathe非常讨厌,厌恶 recall回想
5. When I came in, my naughty son pretended __________(read).
【错因分析】to read。有的考生以为这里是不定式的一般式作宾语,从而误填to read。
【试题解析】根据语境,这里的pretended后要接to be doing 作宾语,表示"我"进来时,儿子假装"正在做什么"。本句意为:我进来时,我那顽皮的儿子假装在看书。
【参考答案】to be reading
常见后跟动词不定式的动词有:
attempt企图 enable能够 neglect忽视
afford负担得起 demand要求 long渴望
arrange安排 destine注定 mean意欲,打算
begin开始 expect期望 omit忽略,漏
appear似乎,显得 determine决定 manage设法
cease停止 hate憎恨,厌恶 pretend假装
ask问 dread害怕 need需要
agree同意 desire愿望 love爱
swear宣誓 volunteer志愿 wish希望
bear承受 endeavor努力 offer提供
beg请求 fail不能 plan计划
bother扰乱;烦恼 forget忘记 prefer喜欢,宁愿
care关心,喜欢 happen碰巧 prepare准备
decide决定 learn学习 regret抱歉,遗憾
choose选择 hesitate犹豫 profess表明
claim要求 hope希望 promise承诺,允许
start开始 undertake承接 want想要
consent同意,赞同 intend想要 refuse拒绝
decide决定 learn学习 vow起
contrive设法,图谋 incline有……倾向 propose提议
seek找,寻觅 try试图
【归纳】
决心学会想希望,拒绝设法愿假装。
主动答应选计划,同意请求帮一帮。
decide/determine, learn, want, expect/hope/wish, refuse, manage, care, pretend, offer, promise, choose, plan, agree, ask/beg, help
1. The chair looks rather hard, but in fact it is very comfortable to _______.
A. sit B. sit on C. be seat D. be sat on
【解析】如果不定式为不及物动词,其后应有必要的介词。当动词与介词连用时,常位于"形容词+动词不定式"结构的末尾。
【答案】B
2. —I usually go there by train.
—Why not _______ by boat for a change?
A. to try going B. trying to go
C. to try and go D. try going
【解析】why not后面接不带to的不定式,故选D。
【答案】D
3. Paul doesn’t have to be made _______. He always works hard.
A. learn B. to learn
C. learned D. learning
【解析】make后接不带to的动词不定式,当其用于被动时,to不可省略,故选B。
【答案】B
4. She pretended _______ me when I passed by.
A. not to see B. not seeing C. to not see D. having not seen
【解析】pretend后应接不定式。其否定形式为pretend not to do sth.。
【答案】A
5. The patient was warned _______ only food after the operation.
A. to eat no B. eating not
C. not to eat D. not eating
【解析】warn一词要求后用不定式,否定形式为be warned not to do。
【答案】C
6. Days of snowstorms have left the city ________ under thick layers of ice and some 50,000 homes without power.
A. to be trapped B. trapped
C. having trapped D. being trapped
【解析】考查非谓语动词。句意:连日的暴雪使这个城市陷入厚厚的冰雪中,大约5万个家庭停电。此处是"leave+宾语+补语"结构,the city与trap之间是被动关系,所以用过去分词作宾语补足语,故选B项。
【答案】B
7. Experts warn that medical waste from hospitals, if ________ properly, may contribute to spreading diseases.
A. not handled B. not being handled
C. not to be handled D. not having been handled
【解析】考查非谓语动词。句意:专家警告说,如果医院的医疗垃圾不能恰当处理,可能会导致疾病的蔓延。if条件句中省略的主语是medical waste from hospitals,与handle之间是被动关系,故选A项。
【答案】A
8. Faced with a bill for $10,000, ________.
A. Smith has taken an extra job
B. the boss has given Smith an extra job
C. an extra job has been taken
D. an extra job has been given to Smith
【解析】考查非谓语动词。句意:面对1万美元的账单,史密斯又找了一份工作。前半句是过去分词作状语,只有主、从句主语一致的时候,才能用非谓语动词作状语,所以主句主语与be faced with的主语一致,故选A项。
【答案】A
1. A study of travelers __________ (conduct)by the website TripAdvisor names Yangshuo as one of the top 10 destinations in the world.
【错因分析】conducting。有的考生以为此处为-ing形式作后置定语而误填conducting。
【试题解析】根据句意和句子结构可知,study和conduct之间为被动关系(同时注意空格后的介词by),所以使用过去分词作后置定语。
【参考答案】conducted。
过去分词只有一种形式:规则动词由动词原形加词尾-ed构成。不规则动词的过去分词没有统一的规则要求,要一一记住。
过去分词作定语
?Our class went on an organized trip last Monday. 上周一我们班开展了一次有组织的旅行。
?Those selected as committee members will attend the meeting. 当选为委员的人将出席这次会。
注意
当过去分词是单词时,一般用于名词前,如果是过去分词短语,就放在名词的后面。过去分词作定语相当于一个被动语态的定语从句。
动名词作定语和动词不定式作定语
动名词作定语往往表示被修饰词的某种用途。如:
?a walking stick =a stick for walking=a stick which is used for walking
?a washing machine=a machine for washing=a machine which is used for washing
?a reading room=a room for reading=a room which is used for reading
不定式作定语通常要放在被修饰的词后。
?I have a lot of work to do. 我有很多工作要做。
2. What makes the adobe dwellings admirable is their ability to "air condition" a house without ________(use)electric equipment.
【错因分析】used。有的考生认为此处为过去分词作定语而误填used。
【试题解析】由空格前的介词without可知,空格处应该使用动名词形式。
【参考答案】using
动名词和现在分词的同与不同
相同之处:它们都是由动词变化而成的,它们都保留了动词的某些特征,它们都能带自己的宾语、状语,而构成动名词短语或是现在分词短语去担当句子成分。
?Speaking in the public, he will surely be very cheerful. 能做演讲,他肯定很开心。(现在分词短语,作状语)
?She hates speaking in the public. 她讨厌做演讲。(动名词短语,作宾语)
区别:
1)动名词和现在分词都可以用于系动词之后作表语,区别方法是:
a. 作表语的动名词与主语指的是同一件事,此时系动词相当于"是",通常把主语和表语的位置互换,语法和意思不变。
?My hobby is swimming.可改为:Swimming is my hobby. 我的爱好是游泳。
b. 现在分词作表语主要用以说明主语的性质,不能与主语互换位置,例如:
?The story is interesting. 不可改为:Interesting is the story. 这个故事很有趣。
2)动名词和现在分词都可以用作定语来修饰名词,区别在于:动名词修饰名词时主要表示该名词的用途,而现在分词修饰名词时表性质、状态或动作等。比较:
a swimming boy 一个正在游泳的男孩,即a boy who is swimming,现在分词swimming表示被修饰名词boy的动作。
a swimming suit 游泳衣,即a suit for swimming,动名词swimming表示suit 的用途。
常见考法
1. 动名词做主语时,谓语动词的数;
2. 在动名词和不定式中,作为介词的宾语是动名词;
3. 动名词的否定直接在其前加否定词,通过代词的宾格或所有格形式给出逻辑主语;
4. 有些词后只能接动名词;
5. 另外还有一些接-ing形式的常用说法。
误区提醒
1. 动名词(短语)作主语,谓语数用错;
2. to作不定式符号和介词分不清;
3. 否定形式not位置不对;
4. 动名词和现在分词的用法弄混;
5. 只接动名词的动词和短语、句型识记不完整。
1.(2019﹒天津卷﹒单项填空)____________ to think critically is an important skill today's children will need for the future.
A. Learn B. Learned C. Learning D. Having learned
【答案】C
【解析】考查动名词。句意:学会批判性思维是当代小孩未来所必需的重要技能。句子缺少主语成分,而过去分词、动词都不可以作主语。此处用动名词作主语,故选C。
2. (2018·北京卷·单项填空) Ordinary soap, _________ correctly, can deal with bacteria effectively.
A. used B. to use C. using D. use
【答案】A
【解析】考查非谓语动词。句意:如果正确使用的话,普通的肥皂可以有效地处理细菌。Ordinary soap can deal with bacterial effectively是主句,_________ correctly是条件状语,修饰ordinary soap,ordinary soap和use之间是被动关系,故要用过去分词,A选项正确。
3. I would appreciate __________ back this afternoon.
A. you to call B. you call C. your calling D. you’re calling
【解析】appreciate后可直接加动名词作宾语,也可加动名词的复合结构。故选C。
【答案】C
4. What worried the child most was __________ to visit his mother in the hospital.
A. his not allowing B. his not being allowed
C. his being not allowed D. having not been allowed
【解析】错选C或D。本题为动名词复合结构作表语。Doing的否定形式not要加在前面,这点一定要注意。此外,此处应表被动,故选B。
【答案】B
5. __________ the meeting himself gave them a great deal of encouragement.
A. The president will attend B. The president to attend
C. The president attended D. The president’s attending
【解析】错选C。此句缺少主语。A、C为句子,但无引导词,故排除;B项逻辑上及形式上都不对。正确答案D,为一动名词复合结构。
【答案】D
6. On the bank of the river, we found him __________ on a bench, with his eyes __________ on a kite in the sky.
A. seated; fixing B. sitting; fixing C. seated; being fixed D. sitting; fixed
【解析】考查非谓语动词。句意:我们发现他坐在河岸边的长椅上,眼睛盯着空中的风筝。第一空用seated或sitting作宾语补足语;第二空是with的复合结构,由fix one's eyes on sth可知这里用过去分词fixed,故选D项。
【答案】D
7. __________ by beautiful green mountains and located at the foot of Lushan Mountain makes it a famous tourist attraction.
A. Surrounded B. Being surrounded C. Having been surrounded D. Surrounding
【解析】考查非谓语动词。句意:被美丽的绿色的山包围着而且位于庐山的山脚下使得它成为一个著名的旅游胜地。分析句子结构可知,句子缺少主语,且surround与it之间是被动关系,所以用动名词的被动式,故选B项。
【答案】B
8. As is known to all, Montreal is the second largest French-speaking city in the world, __________.
A. Paris is the largest B. Paris being the largest
C. Paris to be the largest D. Paris be the largest
【解析】考查独立主格结构。句意:众所周知,蒙特利尔是世界上说法语的第二大城市,巴黎是第一大城市。前半句是简单句,中间没有连词,所以后半句需要用独立主格结构作状语,且Paris和be之间是主谓关系,所以用现在分词作伴随状语,故选B项。
【答案】B
9. Put everything __________ to you in your bag, not others.
A. belongs B. belonged C. belonging D. to belong
【解析】考查非谓语动词。句意:把所有属于你的物品而不是别人的放进你的包里。分析句子结构可知,此处是分词作定语,belong to是不及物动词短语,无被动语态,与everything之间是主动关系,所以用现在分词,故选C项。
【答案】C
10. Everyone in this country should work hard and do what they can __________ against national smog.
A. fight B. fought C. fighting D. to fight
【解析】考查非谓语动词。句意:这个国家的每个人都应该努力并尽自己所能去抵抗全国性的雾霾。分析句子结构可知,what they can是do的宾语,后面应该接不定式表目的,故选D项。
【答案】D
11. —Shall we put off the match because of the bad weather?
—No. Rain or shine, the match will be held as __________.
A. schedule B. scheduling C. scheduled D. to schedule
【解析】考查非谓语动词。句意:"天气不好,我们要不要推迟比赛?""不用,不论晴天还是雨天,比赛都将按期举行。"as后省略了it is/has been,match和schedule之间是被动关系,且动作已完成,所以用过去分词,故选C项。
【答案】C
1. Peter’s Chinese was poor when he came to China, so he couldn’t make himself __________ (understand).(单句语法填空)
【错因分析】易误填understand。有些同学一看到make,就想起了make sb. do sth. 使某人做某事。易误填understand。但是此句中主语是he,make后面是himself,表达的是使他自己被听懂,被弄明白。make oneself done使某人自己被……。
【试题解析】句意:"当彼得来中国时,他的汉语很差,所以他不能清楚地表达自己"。himself与understand为逻辑上的动宾关系,故填understood。
【参考答案】understood
过去分词作宾语补足语
?I heard the song sung several times last week. 上周我听见这首歌被唱了好几次。
有时过去分词作with短语中的宾语补足语。
?With the work done, they went out to play. 工作做完了,他们出去玩去了。
2. He had his watch __________ (steal) on the bus the other day.
【错因分析】to be stone。有的考生误以为是不定式的被动式作补语,从而误填to be stolen。
【试题解析】根据句意,这里是被动,由have sth done(使某物被做)可知,空格处应该填steal的过去分词作补语。本句意为:前几天在公交车上他的手表被人偷了。
【参考答案】stolen
不定式作宾补
?Father will not allow us to play on the street. 爸爸不允许我们在街上玩耍。
1.(2019·江苏卷·单项填空)China's image is improving steadily, with more countries__________ its role in international affairs.
A. recognizing B. being recognized
C. to be recognized D. recognized
【解析】考查with复合结构。句意:中国的形象正在稳步提升,更多的国家认识到中国在国际事务中的作用。“更多的国家”和“认识”之间是主动关系,用with + 名词 + 现在分词结构,故选A。
【答案】A
2.(2018·天津卷·单项填空)I need a new passport so I will have to have my photographs___________.
A. taking B. taken
C. being taken D. take
【解析】考查非谓语动词。句意:我需要一个新护照,所以我将不得不拍照片。本题考查非谓语动词作宾语补足语,宾语my photograph与补足语之间为被动关系,故用过去分词作宾语补足语。C项表示正在进行。故选B。
【答案】B
3. Unless ________, the fridge won’t work properly.
A. repairing B. having repaired
C. being repaired D. repaired
【解析】考查非谓语动词。句意:除非维修,否则冰箱不能正常工作。在作状语的分词前常可加一个时间、条件或让步状语的引导词来表示逻辑关系。本题中the fridge与repair之间是被动关系,所以用过去分词,故选D。
【答案】D
4. —What’s in the parcel?
—Some clothes ________ to our son this afternoon.
A. sent B. being sent
C. to send D. to be sent
【解析】考查非谓语动词。句意:"那个包裹里面装着什么?""一些下午要送给儿子的衣服。"由this afternoon可知,此处表示将来的动作,故用不定式形式;又由于clothes和send之间是被动关系,故选D。
【答案】D
5. The young actor has broken his marriage faith with his wife for another actress, ________ much comment against him in blogs.
A. setting off B. to set apart
C. setting forth D. to set on
【解析】考查动词短语辨析和非谓语动词。句意:这个年轻演员为了另一个女演员打破了他与妻子的婚姻信仰,引发了博客里面很多反对他的评论。set off出发,引发,引爆,使开始;set apart分开,分离;set forth启程,出发,详尽地解释,展示;set on开始,着手。根据语境可知A项正确。现在分词作状语表示自然而然的结果,而不定式作状语表示出乎意料的结果。
【答案】A
6. ________ a new house is impossible for the young couple because they haven’t saved enough money.
A. Buy B. Buying
C. Bought D. Having bought
【解析】考查非谓语动词。句意:买一套新房对这对年轻夫妇来说是不可能的,因为他们没有攒到足够的钱。分析句子结构可知,句子缺少主语,所以用动名词作主语,故选B项。
【答案】B
7. Every book ________ from the library should be returned on time.
A. borrow B. to borrow
C. borrowing D. borrowed
【解析】考查非谓语动词。句意:从图书馆借的每本书都要按时归还。句中用分词作定语,every book和borrow之间是被动关系,所以用过去分词,故选D。
【答案】D
8. ________ from J. K. Rowling’s book series of the same title, the Harry Potter movies are universally acknowledged as classics.
A. Adapting B. Having adapted
C. Adapted D. To be adapted
【解析】考查非谓语动词。句意:改编自J.K.罗琳的同名小说,《哈利?波特》系列电影被普遍认为是经典影片。句中用分词作状语,movies和adapt之间是被动关系,且动作已完成,用过去分词,故选C。
【答案】C
9. ________ to teaching, as we know, contributes to his popularity with his students.
A. To devote B. Devoted
C. Being devoted D. Devoting
【解析】考查非谓语动词。句意:正如我们知道的那样,对教学的热爱使得他受到学生的爱戴。be devoted to献身于,热爱。分析句子结构可知,句子缺少主语,所以用动名词作主语,故选C。
【答案】C
10. Please speak aloud to make yourself _________ (hear).
【解析】根据句意,这里是被动,由make sth done(使某物被做)可知,空格处应该填hear的过去分词作补语。本句意为:请大声点讲以便让别人听见。
【答案】heard
I. 单项选择
1.(2019﹒江苏卷﹒单项填空)__________ the convenience of digital payment, many senior citizens started to use smart phones.
A. To enjoy B. Enjoying C. To have enjoyed D. Enjoy
【答案】A
【解析】考查非谓语动词。此处是不定式作目的状语。句意:为了享受数字支付的方便,很多老年市民开始使用智能手机。故选A。
2.(2019﹒新课标I卷﹒语法填空)Modem methods ___of__ tracking polar bear populations have been employed only since the mid-1980s, and are expensive ___64___ (perform) consistently over a large area.
【答案】to perform
【解析】考查非谓语动词。主系表结构之后,常用不定式作原因或目的状语,句意:跟踪北极熊的现代方法只是在二十世纪八十年代以来开始采用,并且在如此大区域内持续采用是昂贵的,故此处用to perform。
3.(2019﹒新课标I卷﹒语法填空)Scientists have responded by ___67___ (note) that hungry bears may be congregating(聚集) around human settlements,…
【答案】noting
【解析】考查非谓语动词。根据其前介词by可知,此处用动名词主动形式,故填noting。
4.(2019﹒新课标II卷﹒短文改错)All the football players on the playground cheered loudly, say that I had a talent for football.
【答案】All the football players on the playground cheered loudly, that I had a talent for football.
【解析】考查现在分词。句意:操场上所有的足球运动员大声欢呼,说我有足球天赋。句中谓语动词为cheered,say在这里作伴随状语。与主语players是主动关系,故将say改为saying。
5.(2019﹒新课标II卷﹒语法填空)A 90-year-old has been awarded “Woman Of The Year” for ___61___ (be)Britain's oldest full-time employee-still working 40 hours a week.
【答案】 being
【解析】考查非谓语动词。根据其前介词for可知,此处用动名词形式作宾语,故填being。
6.(2019﹒新课标II卷﹒语法填空)Picking up her “Lifetime Achievement” award,proud Irene ___declared__(declare) she had no plans ___65___ (retire) from her 36-year-old business.
【答案】to retire
【解析】考查不定式作定语。此处用to do sth作后置定语,用来修饰前面的名词plan,表示“……的计划”,故填to retire。
7.(2019﹒新课标II卷﹒语法填空)When we got a call ___68___ (say) she was short-listed,we thought it was ___a__ joke.
【答案】saying
【解析】考查非谓语动词。根据其后所接的宾语从句可知,此处用现在分词形式saying作后置定语,解释名词call的内容,call与say是主动关系,故填saying。
8.(2019﹒新课标III卷﹒语法填空)On our way to the house,it was raining ___so__ hard that we couldn't help wondering how long it would take ___62___ (get)there.
【答案】to retire
【解析】考查不定式。句中的would提示我们作者还没有到达那座房子,wondering后的句子不缺谓语,此处应填非谓语动词,故填to get。
9.(2019﹒新课标III卷﹒语法填空)On the last day of our week-long stay,we _were invited__(invite)to attend a private concert on a beautiful farm on the North Shore under the stars,___70___ (listen)to musicians and meeting interesting locals.
【答案】listening
【解析】考查现在分词。本句谓语动词为“were invited”,所以70题空格处动词listen应用非谓语动词形式。听音乐这个动作是由we发出的,所以选用现在分词形式。也可由and前后连接两个并列的结构这一规律解题,and后meeting interesting locals为分词形式,故空格处填listening。
10.(2019﹒浙江卷﹒语法填空)When the children are walking or ___59___ (cycle) to school on dark mornings,…
【答案】cycling
【解析】考查非谓语动词。句意:当孩子们在黑暗的早晨步行或骑车上学时,汽车司机很容易看到它们。or连接两个并列成分,根据or前的walking可知,此处要用cycling。故填cycling。
11.(2019﹒浙江卷﹒语法填空)But some students didn't want ___63___ (wear) the uniform.
【答案】to wear
【解析】考查非谓语动词。句意:但是,有一些学生不想穿校服。want to do sth想要做某事,这里是动词不定式作to的宾语。故填to wear。
12.(2019﹒北京卷﹒语法填空)Nervously ___2___ (face) challenges, I know I will whisper to _myself_(I) the two simple words “Be yourself”.
【答案】facing
【解析】考查非谓语动词。句意:紧张地面对挑战,我知道我将轻声对自己说两个简单的字“做你自己”。分析句式可知,此处是作句子的状语,要用非谓语动词,其逻辑主语是I,与逻辑主语之间是主动关系,用现在分词作状语。故填facing。
13. The man ________ the fake news that 18 firefighters lost their lives in the explosion was arrested.
A. having circulating B. to circulate
C. circulating D. to have circulated
【答案】C
【解析】考查非谓语动词。句意:传播18名火警在爆炸中丧生了的这条假消息的人被逮捕了。传播假消息与the man 是主动关系,所以用现在分词作定语, 故选C。
【点睛】区分非谓语动词时,主要是要区分谓语动词与非谓语动词动作发生的先后顺序。如果同时发生或者非谓语动作从过去持续到谓语动作那个时间,一般使用现在分词形式;如果非谓语动作发生在位于动作之后,使用不定式如果非谓语动作发生在谓语动作之前,使用过去分词。本题考查的就是非谓语动作从过去持续到谓语动作那个时间的情形。
14. With the number of homecoming overseas students __________ up in recent years, the attraction of foreign degree holders has gradually faded.
A. shot B. being shot
C. shooting D. to shoot
【答案】C
【解析】考查固定用法。句意:近年来,由于归国留学生人数的激增,外国学位持有者的吸引力逐渐减弱。本句为with的复合结构,shoot与overseas students构成逻辑上的主谓关系,故用现在分词作原因状语,故选C。
15. The little boy stared at the strange man questioningly, not whether to believe what he had said.
A. to know B. knowing
C. known D. having known
【答案】B
【解析】考查非谓语动词。句意:小男孩疑惑地盯着这个陌生人,不知道自己是否该相信他说的话。little boy与know之间是逻辑上的主谓关系,表示主动,用现在分词作伴随状语,故B项正确。
16. Facial recognition technology is working well at tourist attractions around China, the time people spend standing in lines at entries or security check.
A. to reduce B. reduced
C. having reduced D. reducing
【答案】D
【解析】考查现在分词作结果状语。句意:人脸识别技术在中国各地的旅游景点运行良好,减少了人们在入口处或安检处排队的时间。此处是现在分词作结果状语,故答案为D。
17. Actors should be good observers, watching people's body language and speaking style, and this into their own abilities to progress in acting.
A. transferring B. transforming
C. transporting D. transmitting
【答案】B
【解析】考查现在分词作伴随状语。句意:演员应该是很好的观察者,观察人们的肢体语言和说话风格,并将其转化为自己的能力,从而在表演上取得进步。此处句子主语Actors和transform之间是主动关系,是现在分词作.伴随状语,与watching并列,故答案为D。
18. We had better put off interviewing the athlete, for he Is busy preparing for an international contest __________ in Shanghai next month.
A. held B. to hold
C. being held D. to be held
【答案】D
【解析】考查动词不定式一般式的被动式作后置定语。句意:我们最好推迟采访这位运动员,因为他正忙于准备下个月在上海举行的国际比赛。此处contest和hold之间是一种被动关系,这里是动词不定式一般式的被动式作后置定语,故选D。
II. 单句语法填空
1. He suddenly appeared in class one day, _________ (wear) sun glasses.
【答案】wearing
【解析】考查现在分词。根据句子结构可知,已有谓语动词appeared,动词wear前又没有并列连词,故应为非谓语动词作状语,表示伴随情况;又因主语he与wear之间是主动关系,故要用现在分词。
2. One morning, I was waiting at the bus stop, worried about _________ (be) late for school.
【答案】being
【解析】考查动名词。介词about后应该跟名词或动名词,故用being。
3. I heard a passenger behind me shouting to the driver, but he refused _________ (stop) until we reached the next stop.
【答案】to stop
【解析】考查不定式。动词refuse后要接不定式作宾语,refuse to do sth拒绝做某事。
4. Still, the boy kept _________ (ride). He was carrying something over his shoulder and shouting.
【答案】riding
【解析】考查固定短语。然而这个男孩一直骑个不停。keep doing sth一直做某事。
5. We got a little _________ (sunburn), but the day had been so relaxing that we didn’t mind.
【答案】sunburned/ sunburnt
【解析】考查过去分词。我们有点晒黑了。动词sunburn晒黑,此处get+done结构为被动结构,表示某一事件或事故的发生,着重强调动作。
6. My older brother and I are busy _________ (arrange) a trip to Africa.
【答案】arranging
【解析】考查动名词。be busy (in) doing...忙于做某事。
7. Qu was a minister of the State of Chu _________ (situate) in present day Hunan and Hubei Provinces,during the Warring States Period(战国时期).
【答案】situated
【解析】考查过去分词。表示位于何地时,用be situated in/on。过去分词situated作定语,相当于定语从句which was situated...。
8. Last weekend as I was riding in the bike lane alongside the truck, we reached a crossing and it turned to the right,
_________ (hit) me and my bicycle.
【答案】hitting
【解析】考查现在分词。句意:上周我骑自行车时旁边有辆卡车,当到十字路口时,它向右转,撞到了我和我的自行车。hitting作结果状语。
9. After luckily _________ (succeed) in the national college entrance examination, I realized my dream again: after graduation, I became a citizen working in a city.
【答案】succeeding
【解析】考查动名词。介词after后要用动名词作宾语。
10. Most of the fish there was _________ (freeze), but we had not much trouble finding some fresh fish at the other part of the market.
【答案】frozen
【解析】考查过去分词。此处作表语,表状态,要用frozen(冰冻的)。
11. Well, it always takes time to consider before _________ (make) a decision.
【答案】making
【解析】考查动名词。在做决定之前要认真考虑。before是介词,后跟动名词。
12. Now, the merchant’s 1st wife is a very loyal partner and has made great contributions in maintaining his wealth and business as well as _________ (take) care of the household.
【答案】taking
【解析】考查动名词。as well as连接并列结构,take在形式上要与maintain保持一致。
13. Eventually, I decided _________ (contact) University Student Legal Services for help about this matter.
【答案】to contact
【解析】考查不定式。decide to do...决定做某事。
14. Woo Sing stopped _________ (think) about these strange actions, saying to himself, "This boy is fooling me. He does everything that I do."
【答案】to think
【解析】考查不定式。Woo Sing停下来想这些奇怪的行为…… stop to do sth停下来去做某事。
15. Most probably, it may lead to a small talk which often brings harm or disrespect to others, thus _________ (hurt) others’ feelings.
【答案】hurting
【解析】考查现在分词。句意:很有可能,这种好奇心会导致闲言碎语,而那些闲言碎语会对别人造成伤害或者不尊重,这样就伤害了别人的感情。现在分词作结果状语,主语a small talk和hurt之间为主谓关系,故要用现在分词。
16. Yes, and there is a lot of points of view when you listen to talk shows. I usually enjoy _________ (listen) to them.
【答案】listening
【解析】考查动名词。enjoy doing喜欢做某事。
17. Taking a taxi is five times as expensive as _________ (take) a bus.
【解析】考查动名词。这里taking a bus和taking a taxi进行比较。
【答案】taking
18. I then realized she had no arms or legs, just a head, a neck and upper body, _________ (dress) in a little white skirt.
【答案】dressed
【解析】考查过去分词。此处过去分词短语dressed in...相当于定语从句who was dressed in...。
19. The price of tea _________ (pick) in March is extremely high.
【答案】picked
【解析】考查过去分词。tea与动词pick之间是被动关系,故用过去分词作后置定语。
20. We have also formed a special support group to help young people stop _________ (smoke).
【答案】smoking
【解析】考查动名词。stop to do sth 停下来去做某事;stop doing sth 停止正在做的事情。根据语境可知
"我们还成立了一个特殊的小组去帮助青少年戒烟"。stop smoking戒烟。
21. We offer them three choices: the end of March, the middle of April and the beginning of May, and they chose the earliest one, which is good actually with exams _________ (come) up in May.
【答案】coming
【解析】这里是with的复合结构,exam和come是主动关系,所以要用现在分词coming作宾语补足语。
22. We’ve got to remember this group wants to look at how the Internet is being _________ (use) in the classroom.
【答案】used
【解析】考查过去分词。参观团想看看我们学校的网络是如何被使用的。此处为现在进行时的被动语态,故要用过去分词used。
23. An excellent reputation and high rankings are certainly important, according to a survey _________ (conduct) by Shanghai Municipal Education Commission in 50 Shanghai high schools this summer.
【答案】conducted
【解析】考查过去分词。名词a survey与动词conduct之间为被动关系,故要用过去分词做后置定语,相当于定语从句which is conducted by...。
24. In the beginning, there was only a very small amount of unfairness in the world, but everyone added a little, always _________ (think) that it was only small and not very important, and look where we have ended up today.
【答案】thinking
【解析】考查现在分词。动词think与主语everyone之间为主动关系,前面已经有了谓语动词added,故要用现在分词表伴随。
25. She wished that he was as easy _________ (please) as her mother, who was always delighted with perfume.
【答案】to please
【解析】考查不定式。句意:她希望他像母亲一样容易满足,母亲总是喜欢香水。此处为sb /sth be +adj. + to do结构。
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
PAGE
1
专题06 定语从句
易错点1 关系代词与关系副词的混用
1. A man with a bleeding hand hurried in and asked, "Is there a hospital around ______ I can get some medicine for my wounded hand?"
A. that B. which
C. where D. what
【错因分析】容易误选 B,认为 around是介词,选 which用以代替前面的名词 hospital,在此用作介词 around的宾语。
【试题解析】以上语法分析并不算错,但问题是,照此分析,此句的意思即为:有没有这样一个医院,我在它的附近可以买药治我的手伤?这样的语境显然有点不合情理,因为人们通常是在医院里面治伤,而不是在医院附近治伤。句中的 around不是介词,而是副词,意为"在附近";其后的 where引导定语从句用以修饰其前的地点名词 hospital,where在定语从句中作状语。句意:附近有没有一家医院,我可以去治我的手伤?
【参考答案】 C
2. She says that she’ll never forget the time ________ she’s spent working as a secretary in our company.
A. which B. when
C. how D. where
【错因分析】容易误选 B,机械地认为时间名词后必须用关系副词when,地点名词后用关系副词 where。
【试题解析】在时间名词和地点名词后是否用关系副词要看它在定语从句中充当什么句子成分。一般说来,若用作主语或宾语,用关系代词;若用作状语,则用关系副词。该题中的动词 spent缺宾语,故应用关系代词 which或 that。
【参考答案】A
1.定语从句相当于一个形容词,起定词作用, 修饰名词或代词
2.定语从句的引导词的三种功用:( 1)引导定语从句(2)替代先行词(3)在定语从句中充当一定的成分。
3.解题要领:根据定语从句中所缺成分来确定是用关系代词还是关系副词,决不要因先行词是时间名词就用when,是地点名词就用where。
1.(2019·江苏卷·单项填空)We have entered into an age _______ dreams have the best chance of coming true.
A. which B. what C. when D. that
【解析】考查定语从句。句意:我们已经进入到了一个时代,在这个时代梦想实现的机会最大。句中先行词为an age(一个时代),且先行词在从句中作时间状语,所以关系词用when。故选C。
【答案】C
2.【2018·江苏】Self-driving?is?an?area?_______ China?and?the?rest?of?the?world?are?on?the?same?starting line.
A. that B. where C. which D. when
【解析】考查定语从句。句意:自动驾驶是一个中国和世界其它国家都在同一起跑线的领域。句中先行词为area,在从句中作地点状语,故用关系副词where,相当于in which。故选B。
【答案】B
3. The boss of the company is trying to create an easy atmosphere ______ his employees enjoy their work.
A. where B. which
C. when D. who
【解析】句意:公司老板正尽力创造一种轻松的气氛,在这种气氛中,其员工喜欢他们的工作。句中先行词为atmosphere,在从句中作地点状语,故用关系副词where。根据句意可知选A。
【答案】A
【名师点睛】定语从句是高考重点考查知识之一,分析定语从句需要牢牢抓住两点:第一、找准先行词。第二、看先行词在从句中所作的成分。抓住这两点,再根据句意,从而能够判断出正确的关系词。
易错点2 关系代词who、whom、whose的误用
The book tells stories of the earthquake through the eyes of those ________ lives were affected.
A. whose B. that
C. who D. whom
【错因分析】此题易误选C。关键的问题是没有弄清句子结构,不知道先行词是哪一个,或者是不知道关系词在定语从句中作何成分。
【试题解析】考查定语从句。先行词指人且在句中作定语修饰其后的名词"lives", 所以用whose。句意为:这本书以那些生活受到地震影响的人们的眼光讲述了这次地震的许多故事。
【参考答案】A
对于定语从句关系词的考查,首先要确定从句是什么类型的从句,然后再分析关系词在从句中的成分,最后选择正确的词。要求考生具有一定的句子分析能力,和理解能力。如果缺少主宾表,要用that或which,缺少状语用关系副词when,where,why,缺少定语用whose。
1.(2019·新课标III卷·语法填空)They were well trained by their masters ___64___ had great experience with caring for these animals.
【解析】考查定语从句。句意:它们被他们的主人训练得很好,它们的主人在照顾这些动物方面很有经验。先行词为masters(主人),且从句缺主语。故关系词填who。
【答案】who
2.【2018·天津】Kae, _________sister I shared a room with when we were at college, has gone to work in Australia.
A. whom B. that
C. whose D. her
【答案】C
【解析】考查定语从句关系词。句意:凯特已经去澳大利亚工作了。我们在大学的时候,我和她的姐姐共住一室。分析句子,句中先行词为Kate,在非限定性定语从句中作名词sister的定语,故用关系代词whose。故选C。
3. A company ______profits from home markets are declining may seek opportunities abroad.
A. which B. whose
C. who D. why
【解析】这是一个定语从句,a company 是先行词,profit和 a company是所属关系,所以要用关系代词whose。句意:在国内市场利润减少的公司可能会寻求国外发展的机会。故答案选B。
【答案】 B
易错点3 关系代词that和which的误用
(2017·新课标卷II·短文改错)In their spare time, they are interesting(改为interested) in planting vegetables in their garden, that is on the rooftop of their house.
【错因分析】 此题错误的原因在于不清楚that不能引导非限制性定语从句。
【试题解析】非限制性定语从句需要用which引导,故将that改为which。
【参考答案】 that改为which
只用which,不能用that的情况
(1) 在介词提前到关系代词之前形成"介词+关系代词"结构来修饰表事物的先行词时, 关系代词必须用which.如:
?The house in which we live is very large. 我们住的房子非常大。
这就是老师正在谈及的那本参考书。
注意: 如果介词不放在修饰事物的限定性定语从句的句首, which就可换为that, 如:
?This is the question which/that we’ve had so much discussion about. =This is the question about which we’ve had so much discussion. 这就是我们已经多次讨论过的问题。
(2) 先行词为"those+表事物的复数名词"时, 关系代词通常只用which而不用that。如:
?Students should keep in mind those regulations which restrict their behavior.
学生应牢记那些规范自己的行为准则。
?A bookshop should deal with a variety of those best sellers which are newly published.
书店应该经营新出版的各种畅销书。
(3)当先行词指物,关系词在句中作主语或宾语,引导非限制性定语从句的关系词只能用which,而不用that。
1.【2018·北京】She and her family bicycle to work, _________ helps them keep fit.
A. which B. who C. as D. that
【答案】A
【解析】考查非限制性定语从句。句意:她和家人骑自行车去上班,这有助于她们保持健康。“____ helps them keep fit”是非限制性定语从句,该从句修饰整个主句,引导词在从句中做主语,故该从句应用关系代词which引导。A选项正确。
2.(2017·新课标卷I·语法填空)Like anything, it is possible to have too much of both, 70 is not good for the health.
【解析】句意:很可能摄入过多的脂肪和盐,那对健康没有好处。分析可知which is not good for the health为非限制性定语从句,先行词是前面的整句话。
【答案】 which
易错点4 介词后接关系代词的误用
(2017·江苏卷·单项填空) In 1963 the UN set up the World Food Programme, one of ________ purposes is to relieve worldwide starvation.
A. which B. its
C. whose D. whom
【错因分析】此题易误选A,原因是没有搞清楚,先行词是哪个,关系词在定语从句中作什么成分。
【试题解析】考查定语从句。分析句子结构可知,one of ________ purposes is to relieve worldwide starvation是非限制性定语从句,先行词是the World Food Programme,关系词在非限制性定语从句中作定语,修饰名词purposes,所以用关系代词whose引导,故选C项。句意:1963年,联合国成立了世界粮食计划署,其目的之一就是缓解世界范围内的饥荒。
【参考答案】 C
●使用"介词+关系代词"要注意以下几点:
(一)选用介词的依据:
(1) 根据定语从句中谓语动词的搭配习惯(即固定短语)。
(2) 根据先行词的搭配习惯(约定俗成,不一定是短语)。
(3) 根据句子的意思来选择。
(4) 表示"所有"关系或"整体中的一部分"时,通常用介词of。
(二)在定语从句中,含介词的短语动词不可拆开使用(短语拆开后含义发生变化),如look after, look for等。
(三)"of which / whom"有时可以用"whose+名词"结构来改写。
(四)当先行词为way并且定语从句中缺少状语时,通常用in which或that引导定语从句(in which或that可省略);如果定语从句中不缺少状语,则用关系代词引导(that 或which 可省略)。
(五)in that不可以引导定语从句,但可以引导原因状语从句。
二、"介词+关系代词"与关系副词的转化
(1)当先行词表示地点,定语从句中缺少地点状语时,通常用关系副词where引导,此时也可选用表示地点的介词+which来代替关系副词where。
(2) 当先行词表示时间,定语从句中缺少时间状语时,通常用关系副词when引导,此时也可选用表示时间的介词+which来代替关系副词when。
(3) 当先行词为reason,定语从句中缺少表示原因状语时,通常用关系副词why引导,此时也可以用for which来代替关系副词why。
(2016 ? 江苏卷·单项填空)Many young people, most _________were well-educated, headed for remote regions to chase their dreams.
A. of which B. of them
C. of whom D. of those
【解析】考查定语从句。本题定语从句的先行词是Many young people,关系代词whom指代先行词,在定语从句中作介词of的宾语。句意:很多年轻人都前往偏远地区追求它们的梦想,其中大部分人都受过良好教育。故C项正确。
【答案】 C
易错点5 定语从句与同位语从句的区别
News came from the school office ______ Wang Lin had been admitted to Peking University.
A. which ????????? B. that ??????? C. what? ?????????? D. where
【错因分析】此题易误选D。错误的原因在于把"_____ Wang Lin had been admitted to Peking University"当成了定语从句,空处为关系副词,在定语从句中作地点状语。
【试题解析】本题属于分割式同位语从句,谓语came较短,同位语从句较长,名词和同位语从句被from the school office 分开,that 引导同位语从句Wang Lin had been admitted to Beijing University解释news的内容,在句中起引导作用,没有具体的意思。故选B。
【参考答案】 B
定语从句与同位语从句的区别:
1.?被修饰的词不同:同位语从句的前面一般是数量有限的、表示抽象意义的名词;而定语从句的先行词是无数的指人或物名词。
2.?从句的作用不同:同位语从句表示同位名词的具体内容,而定语从句是对先行词的限制、描绘或说明。
3.?引导词不同:what, how, whether等不能用引导定语从句,但可用于引导同位从句。
4.?引导词的作用不同:引导同位语从句的that是连词,在从句中不充当任何成分;而引导定语从句的that为关系代词,在从句中充当一定的句子成分。
5.?判定定语从句和同位语从句的方法:由于同位语从句是用以说明被修饰名词的具体内容的,所它可以转换同位名词的表语;而定语从句则不能作这种转换。
The only way to succeed at the highest level is to have total belief you are better than anyone else on the sports field.
how ?? B. that C. which D. whether
【答案】B
【解析】 句意:最高水平成功的唯一途径是得有一个总的信念,那就是在运动场上你比任何人都强。分析句子结构可知" you are better than anyone else on the sports field"是同位语从句,对belief进行解释说明,从句不缺句子成分,故用连接词that引导,答案为B。
易错点6 定语从句与强调句型的区别
(2016·天津卷·单项填空)You are waiting at a wrong place. It is at the hotel_____________ the coach picks up tourists.
A. who B. which C. where D. that
【错因分析】此题易误选C。错误的原因在于没有弄清楚这是一个强调句型,而把它当作了定语从句。
【试题解析】考查强调句。句意:你在一个错误的地方等待。大客车是在旅店接送游客的。使用强调句,结构是:It is/was+强调部分+that+其余部分,如果强调部分是人,也可以用who,这句话强调的是地点状语at the hotel。故选D。
【参考答案】 D
定语从句对名词或代词的修饰和限制,关系词可能是that, which, as, who, but, 另一方面,句子中的It有所指;而强调句型是对某部分加强语气,强调语气的连接词只能是that, who,并且句子中的It 没有任何意义;一般比较明显,而有时就难以区别,还需要根据上下文的语境来判断。
它究竟是强调句型还是定语从句,就要从语境上来考查。如果它是用来回答What is this / that? 这样的问题,意思是:它是一本他想要的书。句子显然是定语从句。如果是用来回答What does he want? 这样的问题,那么意思是:他想要的是一本书。显然,句子是强调句型。
1.【2018·天津】It was only when the car pulled up in front of our house ___________we saw Lily in the passenger seat.
A. which B. that
C. when D. where
【答案】B
【解析】考查强调句。句意:只有当汽车在我们房子前停下来我们才看到在乘客位置的莉莉。这里考查强调句,强调句型结构为:It is/ was + 被强调部分(通常是主语、宾语或状语)+ that/ who(当强调主语且主语指人)+ 其他部分。本题强调时间状语only when the car pulled up in front of our house。故选B。
2. —Where did the professor made the speech yesterday?
—It was in the hall _______________ the students often have a meeting _______________ the professor made the speech yesterday.
A. that;which B. where;that
C. that;when D. where;when
【解析】考查定语从句和强调句的用法。在第一空处是定语从句,先行词是the hall,关系词在从句中作地点状语,所以此处应用where;第二空处是强调句,所以此处应用that。
【答案】B
易错点7 关系代词as和which的区别
He has made as much progress __________ is enough for him to be admitted to Fudan University.
A.as B.that C.what D.which
【错因分析】 此题对于B、D两项都可能误选,错误原因在于没有弄清楚先行词被as修饰,引导定语从句的关系词要用as引导。
【试题解析】考查定语从句。根据句意"他已经取得了足够复旦大学录取的骄人的成绩。"可知空处及后面的句子是修饰前面的名词progress的,所以是定语从句。因关系词在定语从句中作主语,可用关系代词as,that和which,又因先行词有as 修饰,所以用as,即构成"as+ many /much+n.(可数或不可数名词)+ as..."的结构;而what不能引导定语从句,只能引导名词性从句。故选A。
【参考答案】 A
关系代词as和which引导定语从句的不同点
1. as可以放在主句前后,也可插入主句之中;而which引导的非限制性定语从句只能位于主句之后。
2. 在非限制性定语从句中,which后的be动词不可省;而as后的be动词可以省略。
3. which在非限制性定语从句中作主语时可用各类动词作谓语;而as作主语时,谓语常用系动词,如be,seem,become等,一般不用其他行为动词。
4. as常用"正如"含义,常用的结构有as we know(众所周知);as often happens(正如常发生的那样);as is often the case(情况常常如此);as we all can see(正如我们看到的);be announced / expected / known / imagined / mentioned / said / shown / reported等。这些结构常放句首,偶尔也可以放句中或句末。
5. 非限制性定语从句中,which可指代主句中的某一个单词,as不可以。
6. "介词+关系代词(介宾代物)"中关系代词只能用which。
7. 从句中的谓语动词是否定形式时,常用which。
The number of smokers,________is reported, has dropped by 17 percent in just one year.
A.it B.which C.what D.as
【答案】D
【解析】分析句子结构可知,空处引导非限制性定语从句,指代的是整个主句的含义,故可排除A、C两项。as引导非限制性定语从句时,表示"如同,正如",符合题干意思,故选D项。
一、关系代词和关系副词基本用法
根据关系词在定语从句中的不同用法,可分为关系代词和关系副词。关系代词主要有who, whom, which, that, whose等,在定语从句中作主语、宾语、定语等;关系副词主要有when, where, why等,在定语从句中作状语。具体用法如下:
1.关系代词的用法
当先行词指人时,若它在从句中作主语,则用who;若它在从句作宾语,则用whom或who;若它在从句中作定语,则用whose。如:
?The man who told me this refused to tell me his name.?告诉我这事的人不肯告诉我他的名字。
?The woman whose umbrella you took is very angry about it.?你拿了那个女人的伞,她非常生气。
当先行词指物时,若在定语从句中作主语或宾语,则用which;若它在定语从句中作定语用,则用of which或whose。如:
?I saw something in the paper which might interest you.?我在报上看到一样可能使你感兴趣的东西。
?He’s written a book the name of which (whose name) I’ve forgotten.?他写了一本书,书名我给忘了。
2.关系副词的用法
关系副词主要有when, where, why等,在定语从句中作状语,分别表示时间、在点和原因。when主要放在time, day, years, season, age, occasion等时间的名词后;where主要放在place, city, town, village, house等地点名词后;why则通常只放在reason后。如(www.yygrammar.com):
?Wednesday is the day when the shops are not open in the afternoon.?星期三下午商店不开门。
?Give me one reason why we should help you.?给我举出一个我们应当帮助你的理由。
要特别注意,activity,?case, point, even, situation, job, organization, position等抽象名词后接where引导定语从句的用法(这是近几年高考的一个新热点)。如:
?I don’t want a job where I’m chained to a desk all day.?我不想找一份整天坐办公桌前的工作。
?Today, we’ll discuss a number of cases where beginners of English fail to use the language properly.?今天,我们将讨论一些英语初学者对英语使用不当的问题。
?The treatment will continue until the patient reaches the point where he can walk correctly and safely.?治疗将会持续到病人可以正常且安全地行走。
?If you risk something important, you cause it to be in a dangerous situation where you might lose it.?你如果拿重要的东西去冒险,那你就是将它置于一种可能会失去它的危险境地。
二、使用非限制性定语从句的情况:
1. 关系代词指代整个主句时,使用非限制性定语从句。
?You did a lot for me, for which I was grateful. 你为我做了许多,对此我很感激。
?The Diaoyu Island belongs to China, as is known to us. 众所周知,钓鱼岛属于中国。
?A middle-aged woman killed her husband, which frightened me very much. 一个中年女子杀害了自己的丈夫,这令我十分恐惧。
2. 当先行词指的是世界上独一无二的事物或人名地名等专有名词时,使用非限制性定语从句。
?China, which is my motherland, is developing fast. 中国是我的祖国,正在快速发展。
?Eason, who was a pop star, got married last year. 伊森去年结婚了,他是明星。
?Last Sunday they reached Nanjing , where a conference was to be held. 他们上周日到达南京,有个会议要在那里举行。
3. 当先行词指的是某人只有一个亲属(son,daughter等)时,使用非限制性定语从句。
?He has a daughter, who is studying in London. 他有个女儿,现在正在伦敦学习。(只有一个女儿)
?This is my teacher, who has something to tell you. 这是我的老师,他有一些事情要告诉你。
三、限制性定语从句与非限制性定语从句的区别
1. 形式不同
限制性定语从句主句和从句之间不用逗号隔开,口语中使用时也不停顿;而非限制性定语从句与主句之间通常有逗号隔开,口语中使用时有停顿。
2. 功能不同
限制性定语从句用于对先行词的意义进行修饰、限制和识别,如果去掉,就会造成句意不完整或概念不清;而非限制性定语从句用于对先行词起补充说明作用,如果省略,句意仍然清楚、完整。
?People who take physical exercise live longer. 进行体育锻炼的人活得长些。(若把从句去掉句子就失去意义)
?His daughter, who is in Boston now, is coming home next week. 他女儿现在在波士顿,下星期回来。(若把从句去掉,句子意义仍然完整)
3. 翻译不同
在翻译定语从句时,一般把限制性定语从句翻译在它所修饰的先行词之前,而把非限制性定语从句与主句分开。
?He is the man whose car was stolen. 他就是汽车被窃的那个人。
?I’ve invited Jim, who lives in the next flat. 我邀请了吉姆,他就住在隔壁。
4. 含义不同
比较下面的两个句子:
?I have a sister who is a doctor. 我有一个医生的姐姐。(姐姐不止一个)
?I have a sister, who is a doctor. 我有一个姐姐,她是当医生的。(只有一个姐姐)
5. 先行词不同
限制性定语从句的先行词只能是名词或代词,而非限制性定语从句的先行词则可以是名词或代词,也可以是短语或句子;另外,当先行词为专有名词或其他具有独一无二性的普通名词时,通常要用非限制性定语从句,而不用限制性定语从句。
?Peter drove too fast, which was dangerous. 彼得开车很快,这是很危险的。(which指drive too fast)
?He changed his mind, which made me very angry. 他改变了主意,这使我很生气。(which指整个主句)
?Mr. Smith, who is our boss, will leave for Japan next week. 我们的老板史密斯先生下周要去日本。(先行词为专有名词,要用非限制性定语从句修饰)
?Her father, who has a lot of money, wishes her to study abroad. 她父亲很有钱,希望她出国学习。(先行词为表独一无二意义的普通名词,要用非限制性定语从句修饰)
6. 关系词不同
关系词that和why可用于限制性定语从句中,通常不用于非限制性定语从句;另外,在限制性定语从句中,关系词有时可以省略,而在非限制性定语从句中关系词一律不能省略。
四、"介词+关系代词"引导的定语从句:
●"介词+关系代词"的用法
当关系代词在定语从句中作介词宾语时,我们通常用"介词+关系代词"引导定语从句。如果指"人",用"介词+whom";如果指"物",用"介词+which"。
●"介词+关系代词"结构中介词的选用
1.一般来说,确定关系代词前的介词,可以从以下三方面入手:①先行词的意义;②从句中的动词或形容词与先行词的固定搭配;③句子的意思。
?I’ll never forget the time during which I spent my childhood in the country.
我永远不会忘记孩童时代我在乡村度过的时光。
2.表示"整体和部分关系",介词常用of。在some,any,few,none,all,both,neither,most,each等代词或数词的前、后可以用of which/whom。
?John invited about 40 people to his wedding,most of whom are family members.
约翰邀请了大约40人参加他的婚礼,他们当中绝大部分是家庭成员。
3.有时"介词+where"可以引导定语从句,此时要和"介词+which"引导的定语从句从意思上加以区别。
?His head soon appeared out of the window,from where he saw nothing but trees.
他的头很快从窗口探了出来,从那里除了树木他什么也看不到。(from where相当于from out of the window,而不是from the window)
●在定语从句中,含介词的短语动词不可拆开使用(短语拆开后含义发生变化),如look after, look for等。
●"of which / whom"有时可以用"whose+名词"结构来改写。
●当先行词为way并且定语从句中缺少状语时,通常用in which或that引导定语从句(in which或that可省略);如果定语从句中不缺少状语,则用关系代词引导(that 或which 可省略)。
五、关系代词只用that而不用 which的情况
1.先行词是all,something,everything,anything,nothing,little,much,few等不定代词或先行词被all,any,every,no,little,much,some等词修饰。
?All the people that come from the country work much harder.
所有来自农村的人工作都更努力得多。
2.先行词被序数词、 形容词最高级、 the only, the very, the last等修饰时, 关系代词通常只用that, 不用which.如:
?The first English novel that I read was Cities.
我读的第一本英文小说是《城市》。
?This is one of the most exciting football games that I have ever seen.
这是我见过的最激动人心的足球比赛之一。
?This is the only thing that we can do now.
这是我们现在惟一能做的事情。
3.先行词既有人又有物时,关系代词只用that,不用which.如:
?The scientist and his achievements that you told me about are admired by us all.
我们所有人都钦佩你告诉我的那位科学家和他所取得的成就。
?The foreign visitors spoke highly of the pioneers and their performances that they saw at the Children’s Palace.
外国游客高度赞扬了他们在少年宫所看到的少先队员以及他们的表演。
4.关系代词在限定性定语从句中作表语并带有类比含义时,通常只用that,不用which.如:
?He is no longer the star that he was.
他不再是过去的那位明星了。
?Our school is no longer the school that it used to be.
我们的学校不再是以前的那所学校了。
5.句中其他位置已出现which,为避免重复,不用which而用that引导限定性定语从句。如:
?Which is the car that has overtaken us? 超过我们的是哪辆车?
1.(2019·天津卷·单项填空)Their child is at the stage__________ she can say individual words but not full sentences.
A. why B. where
C. which D. what
【答案】B
【解析】考查定语从句。句意:他们的孩子正处于能说单个单词而不能说完整句子的阶段。句中she can say individual words but not full sentences是一个定语从句,先行词是the stage,关系词在定语从句中作地点状语,用关系副词where,故选B。
2.(2019·新课标I卷·短文改错)One afternoon where I was in primary school, I was walking by the school playground.
【答案】One afternoon I was in primary school, I was walking by the school playground.
【解析】考查定语从句。先行词one afternoon表示时间在定语从句中作状语,所以关系词使用when。故将where改为when。
3.(2019·新课标II卷·语法填空)Now Irene Astbury works from 9am to 5pm daily at the pet shop in Macclesfield, ___62___ she opened with her late husband Les.
【答案】where
【解析】考查非限制性定语从句。分析句子结构可知,先行词为the pet shop,在非限制性定语从句中作opened一词的宾语,故用which。
4.(2019·新课标III卷·短文改错)In the cafe, customers will enjoy themselves in the historical environment what is created for them.
【答案】
In?the?cafe,?customers?will?enjoy themselves?in?the?historical?environment??is?created?for?them.?
【解析】本句考查定语从句。先行词environment 在从句中作主语,指物,关系代词用that/which。故把what改为that/which。
5.(2019·浙江卷·语法填空)On the edge of the jacket, there is a piece of cloth ___58___gives off light in the dark.
【答案】that/which
【解析】考查定语从句。这是个限制性定语从句,先行词是cloth,指物,从句中缺少主语,因此,可以用that或which引导。故填that/which。
6.(2019·北京卷·语法填空)The students benefitting most from college are those ___9___ are totally engaged(参与)in academic life.
【答案】who/that
【解析】考查定语从句。句意:从大学中获益最多的学生是那些完全投入学术生活的学生。___3___ are totally engaged(参与)in academic life.是定语从句,修饰先行词those,空格处在句中作主语,代指人,故填who或that。
7. (2018·新课标卷I·语法填空)Two of the authors of the review also made a study published in 2014 66 showed a mere five to 10 minutes a day of running reduced the risk of heart disease and early deaths from all causes.
【答案】that/which
【解析】that或which 考查定语从句的关系词。此处a study是先行词,其在定语从句中作主语,故填that或which。
8. (2018·新课标卷II·语法填空)The Chinese Ministry of Agriculture finds that between 2005—when the government started a soil-testing program ___69___ gives specific fertilizer recommendations to farmers - and 2011, fertilizer use dropped by 7.7 million tons.
【答案】that/which
【解析】考查定语从句关系词。根据空后的谓语动词gives可知,该空缺少主语,指代program并且引导后面的句子。指物用that/which,故填that或者which。
9.(2018·新课标II卷·短文改错)They also had a small pond which they raised fish.
【答案】which前加in 或which改为where
【解析】考查定语从句的关系词。他们还有一个小池塘,里面养着鱼。此处a small pond是先行词,其在后面的定语从句中作地点状语,故用in which或where。
10. (2018·浙江卷·语法填空)Many westerners 57 come to China cook much less than in their own countries once they realize how cheap it can be to eat out.
【答案】who/that
【解析】考查关系代词。句中包含定语从句,先行词是westerners指人,在定语从句中做主语,用关系代词who/that引导,故填who/that。
11. (2017·浙江卷·语法填空)Pahlsson and her husband now think the ring probably got swept (sweep) into a pile of kitchen rubbish and was spread over the garden, 64 it remained until the carrot’s leafy top accidentally sprouted (生长) through it.
【答案】where
【解析】分析句子结构可知,所填词引导定语从句,定语从句中缺少地点状语,先行词为the garden,表示地点,故填关系副词where。
12. (2017·新课标卷III·语法填空)But Sarah, 64 has taken part in shows along with top models, wants to prove (prove) that she has brains as well as beauty.
【答案】 who
【解析】考查定语从句。分析句子结构可知, 64 has taken part in shows along with top models是非限制性定语从句,非限制性定语从句中缺少主语,且先行词为Sarah,指人,要用who。
13. (2017·新课标卷III·短文改错)Around me in picture are the things they were very important in my life at that time: car magazines and musical instruments.
【答案】 they→that/which
【解析】考查定语从句。they不能引导定语从句,因为指代things,所以把they改为that或者which。
14.(2017·北京卷·单项填空)The little problems ________ we meet in our daily lives may be inspirations for great inventions.
A. that B. as C. where D. when
【答案】A
【解析】考查定语从句。先行词是 the little problems, 在从句中作 meet的宾语,故选关系代词that。句意:我们在日常生活中遇到的那些小问题有可能会成为伟大发明的灵感。
15.(2017·天津卷·单项填空)]My eldest son, ________ work takes him all over the world, is in New York at the moment.
A. that B. whose C. his D. who
【答案】B
【解析】 考查定语从句。分析句子结构可知,此处缺少非限制性定语从句的引导词,且与其后名词有所属关系,故应用whose引导。句意:我大儿子目前在纽约,他的工作让他全世界到处跑。
16.(2016·全国新课标卷I·语法填空)But my connection with pandas goes back 64(to) my days on a TV show in the mid-1980s, 65 I was the first Western TV reporter 66(permitted) (permit) to film a special unit caring for pandas rescued from starvation in the wild.
【答案】when
【解析】考查定语从句。后面是非限制性定语从句,从句中缺少状语,又因先行词是时间,故填when。
17.(2016·天津卷·单项填空)We will put off the picnic in the park until next week, the weather may be better.
A. that B. where C. which D. when
【答案】D
【解析】句意:我们将把公园的野餐推迟到下个星期,那时天气可能会更好。这是一个定语从句,先行词是next week,定语从句缺少时间状语,所以用关系副词when引导。故选D。
18. Among the many dangers__________ sailors have to face, probably the greatest of all is fog.
A. which B. what C. where D. when
【答案】A
【解析】分析句子结构可知,________sailors have to face 是定语从句,修饰先行词the many dangers,且从句缺少宾语,要用关系代词。 因此A选项正确。句意为" 在水手不得不面对的许多危险中,可能最大的是雾霾。"
19. Experiments with domestic dogs, one animal was given a treat and another denied, have shown that they possess a sense of fairness as they shared their treats.
A. what B. where C. that D. which
【答案】B
【解析】考查非限定性定语从句。句意:用家犬做试验,试验中一只给了食物,而另一只没有,这表明了它们有一种分享食物的公平感。分析句子结构可知,先行词是Experiments,where在非限制性定语从句中作地点状语,表示抽象地点,where相当于in which。故选B。
20. You must learn to read people, ______________ will be necessary if you work in a team.
A. who B. that
C. which D. what
【答案】C
【解析】考查非限制性定语从句的关系词的用法。句意:你必须学会如何看懂别人,如果你在一个团队中工作的话,这一点会很有必要。这里空处指代整个前面句子的意思在从句中作主语,且有逗号与前句隔开,因此要用which,故选C。
21. —Dad, let’s go white-water rafting!
—Ok. But equip yourself first. It is not such an easy job ______________ it looks.
A.as B.which
C.that D.what
【答案】A
【解析】考查定语从句。句意:——爸爸,我们去白浪漂流吧。——好的,但是首先要装备好。这不像看起来的那么容易。使用定语从句,先行词是such an easy job,定语从句缺少表语,用as引导。故选A。
22. ______________ is known to us all, failure usually results from laziness while diligence can result in success.
A.What B.Which
C.As D.When
【答案】C
【解析】考查定语从句。句意:正如我们都知道的,失败是因为懒惰,而成功则由于勤奋。分析句子结构可知,as"正如……",在此引导非限制性定语从句,指代整个主句。what不能引导定语从句;which引导定语从句,指代整个主句,不能置于主句前;when引导定语从句,在从句中作时间状语。故选C。
23. Pointing to the house on ______________ roof grew lots of bushes, the old man told me that was ______________ I would stay.
A. its;what B. whose;what
C. whose;where D. its;where
【答案】C
【解析】考查定语从句和表语从句。句意:老人指着那个屋顶上长着许多灌木的房子对我说,那就是我将要待的地方。house是先行词,与roof是所属关系,故用whose引导;"that was ______________ I would stay"是told的宾语从句,该从句中that是主语,"______________ I would stay"是表语从句,从句中缺少地点状语,所以用where引导。
24. _________he told Tom’s parents was the news _________Tom had been admitted to a key university, _________, of course, made them feel very excited.
A.What; which; which B.That; that; which
C.What; that; which D.That; that; what
【答案】C
【解析】考查混合复合句。句意:他告诉Tom的父母的是Tom已经被一所重点大学录取的消息,当然,这让他们感到很兴奋。第一个空用What作told的宾语构成主语从句;第二个空用that引导同位语从句,说明news的具体内容;第三个空用which引导非限制性定语从句。故选C。
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
PAGE
1
专题07 名词性从句
易错点1 主语从句中连接词的误用
______is reported in People’s Daily is that the Xiongan New Area aims to be an example of green, creative and high-quality development.
A. That B. What C. As D. It
【错因分析】主语从句中,有些学生容易分不清连接词在从句中所作的成分或其意义而误选其他答案。
【试题解析】考查主语从句。句意:在《人民日报》中所报道的是雄安新区旨在成为一个绿色的、创新性的、高质量发展的范例。分析句子结构可知,空处在句中引导主语从句,且从句中缺少主语,故应用What来引导该主语从句。that引导主语从句时,that在从句中一般不作成分,而该主语从句中缺少主语,故A项错误;as可用于引导定语从句和状语从句,而不可用于引导名词性从句,而若用as引导定语从句,该句的正确表达应是As is reported in People's Daily, the Xiongan New Area aims to be an example of green, creative and high-quality development,故C项错误;若用it作形式主语,真正的主语为that引导的从句,该句的正确表达应是It is reported in People's Daily that the Xiongan New Area aims to be an example of green, creative and high-quality development,故D项错误。
【正确答案】B
作句子主语的从句叫主语从句。主语从句通常由下列词引导:
1. 从属连词that,whether,if等;
2. 连接代词what,who,which,whatever,whoever,whom 等;
3. 连接副词how,when,where,why 等。
that在句中无词义,只起连接作用;连接代词和连接副词在句中既保留自己的疑问含义,又起连接作用,在从句中充当句子成分。
?What caused the accident is a complete mystery. 是什么导致该事故完全是个谜。
?Whoever comes to the party will receive a present. 所有参加晚会的人都将收到一份礼物。
【特别注意】
有时候会用it作形式主语,连接词引导的从句才是真正的主语。
1.(2018·天津)The gold medal will be awarded ___________to wins the first place in the bicycle race.
A. whomever B. wherever
C. whoever D. whatever
【解析】句意:无论谁获得自行车比赛第一名,金牌将授予他。分析句子可知,宾语从句中缺少主语,故用whoever,表示“任何人,无论谁”。故选C。
【答案】C
2. matters most in learning English is enough practice.
A. What B. Why C. Where D. Which
【答案】A
【解析】本题考查主语从句,从句中缺少主语,表示"……的东西",所以A项正确。
3. It doesn’t matter ___________ you pay by cash or credit card in this store.
A. how B. whether
C. what D. why
【答案】B
【解析】句意:在这家商店,你是用现金支付还是用信用卡支付都没关系。句中it为形式主语,由题干中的or可知,应用whether连接主语从句。
易错点2 宾语从句中连接词的误用
Just as I was at a loss, the car stopped short only a few inches from _______________ I stood.
A. that B. what C. which D. where
【错因分析】考生易误选B项。what引导宾语从句时,可在从句中作主语、宾语、表语等成分。而本句中,从句中缺少的是地点状语,故只能用where来引导该宾语从句。
【试题解析】考查宾语从句。句意:就在我不知所措的时候,这辆小汽车在离我站的位置只有几英寸的地方突然停住了。根据句意及句子结构可知,空处在句中引导宾语从句,作介词from的宾语,且从句中缺少地点状语,故只能用where来引导该宾语从句。
【正确答案】D
【名师点睛】
本题是对宾语从句中连词的考查。对于宾语从句的连词的选择,首先确定连词的词义,然后根据句意判断出正确的连词,本句的句意很明显,确定为"是否"。
在句子中用作宾语的从句叫宾语从句。引导宾语从句的连接词与引导主语从句、表语从句的连接词大致一样,在句中可以作谓语动词、介词及非谓语动词的宾语。
复习宾语从句应着重注意以下两点:
1. 在宾语从句中,引导词whether和if基本一样,但介词后的宾语从句多用whether。
?It all depends upon whether we can get their cooperation.
这完全取决于我们是否能取得他们的合作。
2. 动词doubt若用于肯定句,其后的宾语从句常用if/whether引导;若用于否定句或疑问句,则宾语从句用that引导。
?I doubt if/whether our football team will win the match.
我怀疑我们这支足球队是否会赢得比赛。
?I don’t doubt that he’ll succeed. 我不怀疑他会成功。
The seaside here draws a lot of tourists every summer. Warm sunshine and soft sands make it is.
A. what B. which C. how D. where
【答案】A
【解析】句意:每年夏天这儿的海边都吸引着大量的游客。温暖的阳光和柔软的沙滩使海边成了现在的样子。what引导宾语从句,且what在从句中作表语,意为"……的(东西)"。
易错点3 表语从句中连接词的误用
(2018·江苏卷·单项填空)By boat is the only way to get here, which is _______ we arrived.
A. where B. when
C. why D. how
【错因分析】本题学生容易误认为所填词引导的是其他从句,或者对从句中所缺成分分析错误而误选B。
【正确答案】D
【试题解析】句意:乘船是到达这里唯一的途径,这就是我们如何到达的。分析which引导的非限定性定语从句可知,后面为表语从句。分析句意可知,这里用连接副词how引导表语从句,充当方式状语,表示“如何”。故选D。
在复合句中,位于系动词之后作表语的从句叫表语从句。引导表语从句的关联词与引导主语从句的关联词大致一样,表语从句位于系动词后,有时用as if,as though引导。其基本结构为:主语+系动词+ that从句。
1. that 引导表语从句,无词义,只起连接作用,不可省。
2. 系动词可以是be, look, seem, sound, appear等。
3. 主语可以是名词fact, truth, cause, question, explanation, trouble, assumption, belief等,或者代词this, that, these, those, it等。
—The two people speak different languages and cannot communicate with each other well.
—Oh, I see. That’s ___________ misunderstanding occurs.
A. when B. what C. which D. why
【解析】句意:——这两个人说不同的语言,不能彼此很好的交流。——哦,我明白,这就是误解产生的原因。这里is后面是表语从句,表语从句中不缺少主、宾、表,而缺少原因状语,用why引导表语从句。That is why…那就是……的原因,选D。
【答案】D
易错点4 同位语从句中连接词的误用
(2019·江苏卷·单项填空)Scientists have obtained more evidence ___________ plastic is finding its way into the human body.
A. what B. that C. which D. where
【错因分析】考生容易因对中心词和引导词在从句中所作成分分析不清而误选其他答案。
【试题分析】考查同位语从句。句意:科学家已经获得更多证据,塑料正在进入人们的体内。从句不缺句子成分,且与evidence指代的是同一事件,用that引导同位语从句。故选B。
【正确答案】 B
同位语从句是名词性从句(主语从句、表语从句、宾语从句、同位语从句、介宾从句)中的主要从句之一,从句作同位语表示与之同位的名词(短语)的实际内容,它的作用相当于名词,对前面的名词(短语)加以补充说明或进一步解释。
一、在复合句中用作同位语的从句叫同位语从句。它一般跟在某些名词后面,用以说明该名词表示的具体内容。
?I heard the news that our team had won. 我听到了我们队获胜的消息。
二、可以跟同位语从句的名词通常有news,idea,fact,promise,question,doubt,thought,hope,message,suggestion,words(消息),possibility等(一般的"抽象"名词均可)。
?I’ve come from Mr wang with a message that he won’t be able to see you this afternoon. 我从王先生那里来,他让我告诉你他今天下午不能来看你了。
三、英语中引导同位语从句的词通常有连词that,whether,连接代词what,who,连接副词how,when,where等。
?He must answer the question whether he agrees to it or not. 他必须回答他是否同意这样一个问题。
四、有时同位语从句可以不紧跟在说明的名词后面,而被别的词隔开,即构成"分隔式同位语从句"。
?The thought came to him that maybe the enemy had fled the cit. 他突然想起可能敌人已经逃出城了。
【特别注意】
1. 引导同位语从句的that不能省略。
?The idea that you can do this work well without thinking is quite wrong. 你认为不动脑筋就能做好这件工作的想法是完全错误的。(that从句作idea的同位语)
2. 在某些名词(如demand,wish,suggestion,resolution等)后面的同位语从句要用虚拟语气。
?There was a suggestion that Brown should be dropped from the team. 有一项建议是布朗应该离队。
3. 引导同位语从句的连词that通常不省略,但在非正式文体中也可以省去。
?He gabbed his suitcase and gave the impression he was boarding the Tokyo plane. 他拿起了手提箱,给人的印象是他要登上飞往东京的飞机了。
4. whether 可引导同位语从句,但if不能引导同位语从句,which也不引导同位语从句。
?The question whether we should call in a specialist was answered by the family doctor. 我们是否请专家由家庭医生来定。
The notice came around two in the afternoon the meeting would be postponed.
A. when B. that C. whether D. how
【解析】考查同位语从句。句意:下午两点左右通知说会议将被推迟。that引导同位语从句,补充说明notice的内容,that在从句中不作成分,选B。
【答案】B
易错点5 连接代词与连接副词的误用
(2015·四川)The exhibition tells us _____________ we should do something to stop air pollution.
A. where B. why C. what D. which
【错因分析】考生容易记不清连接代词和连接副词的用法而错选答案。
【试题解析】考查宾语从句。宾语从句中不缺少主语、宾语、定语,故选项C、D错误。句意:这个展览告诉了我们,我们为什么要停止空气污染。此处表示的是我们为什么要停止空气污染,而不是我们在哪儿停止空气污染,若选连接代词what,则从句中的something应该去掉。故选择B。
【正确答案】B
解答名词性从句的一个关键点是判断选用何种连接词,这要看连接词在从句中所作的成分:
通常连接代词在从句中作主语(what, which, who, whatever, whichever, whoever)、表语(what, which, who, whatever, whichever, whoever)、定语(what, which, whose)和宾语(which, what, whom, whichever, whatever, whomever),而连接副词(when, where, how, why)通常作相应的状语。when作时间状语,where作地点状语,how作方式状语,why作原因状语。
Could I speak to is in charge of International Sales, please?
A. anyone B. someone
C. whoever D. no matter who
【解析】whoever在句中引导的名词性从句作介词to的宾语,whoever在从句中作主语;no matter who只能引导让步状语从句。
【答案】C
【名师点睛】
"疑问词+ever"与"no matter+疑问词"的区别:
"疑问词+ever"可引导名词性从句,还可引导让步状语从句;"no matter+疑问词"只能引导让步状语从句,不能用于引导名词性从句。
易错点6 名词性从句与其他结构判断错误
(2017·天津) It was when I got back to my apartment ___________ I first came across my new neighbors.
A. who B. where C. which D. that
【错因分析】考生容易分不清句子结构,而误认为名词性从句是其他结构或从句,从而错选答案。
【试题解析】句意:当我回到我的公寓的时候,我第一次遇见了我的新邻居。本句中去掉It was 和空格,句意完整,所以本句是强调句型,强调的是时间状语,应用that。故选D。
【正确答案】D
1. that引导的同位语从句与定语从句的区别
(1)从句所修饰词的不同:
同位语从句所修饰的词通常是少数一些表示抽象意义的名词,如belief, doubt, fact, hope, idea, news, possibility, thought, order, suggestion, wish, answer, information, conclusion, decision, discovery, knowledge, law, opinion, problem, promise, proof, question, report, truth, risk 等。
定语从句的先行词可以指人、物等。
(2)连接词的作用不同:
引导同位语从句的that只起连接作用,不在从句中担任任何句子成分。whether 和 how 可以引导同位语从句,但不能引导定语从句。
定语从句中的that既代替先行词,同时在从句中作某个成分(主语或宾语);而同位语从句中的that是连词,只起连接主句与从句的作用,不充当从句中的任何成分。
(3)从句的作用不同:
定语从句具有形容词或副词的特点,对先行词起修饰、限定作用,描述先行词的性质或特征,与先行词之间是所属关系。
同位语从句具有名词的特点,对中心词作进一步补充、解释,是中心词的具体内容。
?The news that our team has won the game was true. 我们队赢了那场比赛的消息是真的。 (同位语从句, 补充说明news到底是一个什么消息;that不可代替,一般不省略)
?The news that had spread all over the world made the man famous.那个已经传遍全世界的消息使得那个人出名了。(定语从句, news在从句中作had spread的主语;引导定语从句时,that很多时候可以用which / who/whom等来代替,作宾语时可省略)
2. that引导的同位语从句与强调句型的区别
that引导的同位语从句用于进一步解释说明中心名词的内容,从句本身是一个非常完整的句子,that起引导作用,在从句中可能不作成分,也可能作一定成分,去掉that后句子不完整;而强调句型是一个句型结构,去掉强调句型的基本框架It is…that…后,句子仍然完整,that是用于强调除人之外的部分(主语、宾语、状语)。
指出下列句子的类型,并写出先行词/中心词、连词及连词在从句中的功能
1. The news that Tom would go abroad is told by him.
句子类型:___________ 先行词/中心词:___________连词:___________连词功能:___________
【答案】
句子类型:同位语从句
先行词/中心词:The news
连词:that
连词功能:仅起连接作用
2. The news that Mr. Brown will be our new English teacher is true.
句子类型:___________ 先行词/中心词:___________连词:___________连词功能:___________
【答案】
句子类型:同位语从句
先行词/中心词:The news
连词:that
连词功能:仅起连接作用
3. The news that he told me yesterday is true.
句子类型:___________ 先行词/中心词:___________连词:___________连词功能:___________
【答案】
句子类型:定语从句
先行词/中心词:The news
连词:that
连词功能:起连接作用,并在从句中作宾语
1 主语从句
一、主语从句的概念与连接词
作主语的从句叫主语从句,它是名词性从句之一。引导主语从句的连接词有:
1. 从属连词that,whether。
?That they were true sisters was clear from the facial resemblance between them. 很明显,她们的确是亲姐妹,她们的脸型很相似。
?Whether he’ll come here isn’t clear. 他是否会来这里还不清楚。
2. 连接代词who, whom, whose, what, which, whoever, whatever, whichever。
?What she did is not yet known. 她干了什么尚不清楚。
?Whoever comes is welcome. 不论谁来都欢迎。
3. 连接副词 where, when, how, why。
?How this happened is not clear to anyone. 这事怎样发生的,谁也不清楚。
?How and why he suddenly disappeared remains a mystery. 他怎么又为什么突然消失仍然是个迷。
【特别注意】
?连词that引导的主语从句,通常用形式主语it代替主语从句。
?连接代词(副词)引导的主语从句,可以用形式主语it代替主语从句,也可直接放在句首使用主语从句。
主语从句通常都是放在句首,但有时为了使句子结构平衡,避免"头重脚轻",常用it作形式主语,而把从句放在后面。这样就构成了下面一些常用句型:
(1)It is + n. / adj. +从句
It is a pity/shame that... 遗憾的是……
It is possible that... 很可能……
It is unlikely that... 不可能……
?It is a pity that she has made such a mistake. 她犯了这样一个错误,真是遗憾。
(2)It +不及物动词+从句
It seems/appears that... 似乎……
It happened that... 碰巧……
?It seems that they have won the game. 似乎他们赢得了比赛。
(3)It + be +过去分词+从句
It is said that... 据说……
It is known to all that... 众所周知……
It is reported that... 据报道……
It is believed that... 据信……;人们相信……
It is suggested that... 有人建议……
It must be pointed out that... 必须指出……
It has been proved that... 已证明……
?It is believed that at least 20 buildings were damaged or destroyed. 据信,至少有二十座楼房遭到破坏或彻底毁掉。
?It is suggested that the meeting should be put off. 有人建议会议延期召开。
?It’s reported that three people were killed in the accident and five were hurt badly. 据报道,事故中三人丧生,五人重伤。
?It is known to all that Taiwan is an inseparable part of China. 众所周知,台湾是中国不可分割的一部分。
二、主语从句三要素
1. 从句用陈述语序
?How he became a great scientist is known to us all. 众所周知他是如何成为一名伟大的科学家的。
2. 谓语动词一般用单数。当主语是从句时,主句谓语一般用单数。
?Whatever he says is of no importance. 无论他说什么都不重要。
?Whoever says that is wrong. 无论谁说这话都不对。
【特别提醒】
但谓语动词用单数还是复数,不可一概而论,而要视句子的意义而定。
?What I need is money. 我需要的是钱。
?What I need are books. 我需要的是书。
3. 通常不能省略关联词
?That he is the best student in the class is obvious. 很明显,他是班里最好的学生。
三、学习主语从句应该注意的几个问题
1. 引导词that与what
what既有引导主语从句的作用,同时又在从句中作句子成分(主语、宾语、表语等)。这时what相当于all that/everything that...,常译成"所……的(东西、事情、话等)";而that只起连接作用,本身无实际意义,在从句中也不担当任何句子成分。但that引导的主语从句放在句首时,不能省略that。
?What is done can’t be undone. 已成定局,无可挽回。
?What we can’t get seems better than what we have. 我们得不到的东西似乎比已得到的要好。
?That we should work out a plan to deal with the present serious situation is important. 我们应该制订一个计划来应付目前严峻的形势,这一点非常重要。
?That a new teacher will come to teach us geography is true. 一位新老师将来教我们地理,这是真的。
2. 引导词if和whether
(1)whether之后可以直接跟or not,而if 则不能。
?I don’t care whether or not your car breaks down. 我不知道你的车是不是坏了。
但是不可以说:
I don’t care if or not your car breaks down.
(2)whether引导的从句一般不可以为否定结构(选择问句的后一部分除外);而if则可以跟否定结构。
?I don’t care if she doesn’t come. 我不在乎她来不来。
但是,在某些动词或形容词之后,则可以用whether引导一个否定结构的句子,这种结构往往表示肯定的含义。
?I wonder whether he doesn’t think too much of himself.=I think he does think too much of himself. 我想他没有为自己考虑太多。
(3)在个别动词之后,如discuss 等,只跟用whether引导的宾语从句。
?They discussed whether they should close the shop. 他们讨论是否应该关掉商店。
(4)whether 可以引导从句作介词的宾语,而if则不能。
?I’m not interested in whether they’ll go or not. 我对他们会不会去不感兴趣。
(5)whether可以直接跟动词不定式连用,而if则不能。
?I didn’t know whether to laugh or to cry. 我不知道是要笑还是哭。
(6)引导主语从句(包括从句在句首的位置)应当用whether,不用if。
?Whether it is true remains a problem. 这是不是真的还是一个问题。
3. 其他引导词
连接代词who, which, whom, whose有各自的意义,起连接作用,并在从句中充当语、宾语、表语、定语等;连接副词when, where, why, how等有各自的意义,起连接作用,并在从句中充当状语。
三、语气
在It is necessary / natural / important / strange...+ that-clause这类句型里,that所引导的主语从句中谓语动词用"should +原形",表虚拟语气。
?It is necessary that the problem should be settled at once. 这个问题必须马上解决。
?It’s strange that he should have gone away without telling us. 他竟然没向我们说一声就走了,真是奇怪。
四、以it作形式主语的主语从句与强调句型的区别
"It be + adj./n. + that-clause"与强调句型均有It be...that...之类的语言标志,但不同的是:(1)前者中的that从句是主语从句。若删掉其中的It be和that,则剩余部分不论结构还是语意都不能成为一个句子;但若将后者中的It be和that去掉,则剩余部分的结构和语意仍能构成一个完整的句子。(2)强调句型译为汉语时可加上"正是……"或"就是……"之类的字眼,而主语从句则不可以。请比较下面两个句子:
?It is surprising that Mary should have won first place. 令人惊奇的是玛莉竟然获得了第一名。
?It is Mary that has won first place. 正是玛莉得了第一名。
第一句话中的It是形式主语,that引导的是主语从句,句中的It is和that无法删除,一旦删除,句子就不成立;第二句是强调句型,其中的It is和that可以去掉,因为没有It is和that句子仍然完整。
2 宾语从句
一、宾语从句
宾语从句在复合句中起宾语的作用,既可作动词的宾语,也可作介词的宾语(作介词的宾语时必须由wh-疑问词引导)。引导宾语从句的连词有that,if,whether;连接代词who,whom,whose,what,which;连接副词when,where,how,why。从句引导词的使用:
1. 连词that(引导从句,但是在从句中不作成分,that常可省略)
?He knows that Jim will work hard. 他知道吉姆会努力工作的。
2. 连词if, whether(表示"是否",引导从句,但是在从句中不作成分)
【特别提醒】
whether和if都有"是否"的意思,一般情况下两者可以换用,但在介词之后、不定式之前、与or not连用、在句首或在引导表语从句同位语从句时,只能用whether。
?I want to know if/whether the news is true. 我想知道这个消息是不是真的。
?He doesn’t know whether to stay or not. 他不知道改不该留下来。
【名师点睛】
动词 doubt 用在疑问句或否定句中时,其后宾语从句常用 that 作连接词;用在肯定句中时,连接词用 whether 或 if 皆可,而不用 that。
?Do you doubt that he will win? 你怀疑他会赢吗?
?I don’t doubt that your proposition is wrong. 我不怀疑你的提议是错的。
?He doubts whether/if I know it. 他怀疑我是否知道这件事。
3. 连接代词who, whom, which等
?Do you know who (whom) they are waiting for? 你知道他们在等谁吗?
?Do you know which dress fits her best? 你知道哪件连衣裙最适合她吗?
4. 连接副词when, where, how, why
?Could you tell me how we can get to the station? 你能告诉我我们怎样才能去车站吗?
学习宾语从句要把握三个要点:连接词、语序和时态。
1. 使用宾语从句,连接词的选择至关重要。有关连接词的选择可遵循以下规则:
(1)如果宾语从句为陈述句,连接词用that。that本身既没有实际意思,也不在从句中作成分,所以口语中常省略。
?I hope (that) you will write to me as soon as possible. 我希望你尽快给我写信。
(2)宾语从句为一般疑问句时,连接词用if或whether,可译为"是否"。
?He asked me if(whether) I would go to Beijing by air. 他问我是否乘飞机去北京。
(3)宾语从句为特殊疑问句时,连接词用原疑问词。
?He didn’t know how he could get across the river. 我不知道他是怎么过了河的。
2. 从句的语序
无论原句是陈述句、一般疑问句,还是特殊疑问句,在宾语从句中一律使用陈述语序。
?The teacher asked if you had finished your homework. 老师问你是否做完作业了。
?Can you tell us when the sports meeting will begin? 你能告诉我们运动会何时举行吗?
3. 时态的选择
(1)如果主句是一般现在时,宾语从句可以是任何所需要的时态。
?I hear a new restaurant will be opened in the city next month. 我听说这个城市下个月将开一个新饭店。
(2)如果主句是一般过去时,宾语从句要用与其相应的过去的某种时态。
?She told us she had borrowed the book from the library. 她告诉我们她从图书馆借的这本书。
?He never told me when he would leave. 他从未告诉我他何时离开。
【特别注意】
当宾语从句表示的是一个真理或一个永久性的事实时,其时态可不受主句时态的限制,仍用一般现在时。
?The teacher said millions of other stars are even bigger and brighter than the sun. 老师说数百万行星都比太阳更大、更亮。
3 表语从句
表语从句在复合句中作句子的表语,通常用在连系动词be,look,seem后。引导表语从句的连词有that,as if,as though,whether;连接代词who,what,which;连接副词when,where,how,why等。需要注意的是表语从句也要用陈述语序。
1. 从属连词that(一般不省略为好),whether(不用if),as if(though)等引导的表语从句。
?The reason (why) she hasn’t come is that (此处不可用because) she has to take her mother to a hospital. 她没来是因为她必须送母亲去医院。
2. 连接代词what, which, who, whom, whose等引导的表语从句。
?This is what I want to say. 这就是我想说的。
3. 连接副词when, where, how, why等引导的表语从句。
?This is how we overcome the difficulties. 这就是我们克服困难的方法。
?The question is where we shall have the sports meeting. 问题是我们在哪里开运动会。
?It looked as if he had lost something. 看起来他好像丢失了什么东西。
?His trouble is how he can get the help he needs.
他的麻烦是如何得到所需要的帮助。
?His car broke down on the way. That’s why he is late.
他的车坏了,那就是他迟到的原因。
4 同位语从句
一、定义
在复合句中作名词的同位语的从句叫同位语从句。同位语从句一般放在某些抽象名词的后面,用以解释或说明名词所表示的具体内容。
二、同位语从句的引导词
功能 例词
从属连词 只起连接作用,不充当从句中的任何成分。 that, whether
连接代词 既起连接作用,又在从句中担任成分(主语、宾语、表语或定语)。 who, what, whose, which, whoever, whatever, whichever
连接副词 既起连接作用,又在从句中担任成分(状语)。 when, where, why, how, whenever, wherever, however
?The idea that computers can recognize human voices surprises many people. 很多人对于电脑能够识别人的声音感到非常吃惊。
?The question who should go abroad required consideration.谁出国这个问题还要考虑。
?I’ve got a pretty good idea why they quarrel every day.我很了解他们为什么天天吵架。
?There is no doubt that the prices of computers will go down. 毫无疑问电脑的价格会下降。
?They usually write exact instructions how the music is to be played.他们通常还要为如何演奏他们的音乐而写出精确的说明。
?I have no idea which one is the best. 我不知道哪一个最好。
?The question where we should have the sports meeting has not been discussed.还没有决定好我们在哪里召开会议。
【特别注意】
1. 如同位语从句意义、结构完整,应用that引导同位语从句。(即that不充当任何成分,只起连接作用)
2. 如同位语从句意义不完整,结构完整,需增加"是否"的含义,应用whether引导同位语从句。(if不能引导同位语从句)。
3. 如同位语从句意义不完整,需增加"什么时候"、"什么地点"、"什么方式"等含义,应用连接副词when, where, how等引导同位语从句。
4. 为了保持句子平衡,同位语从句和名词有时候会被别的词分隔开。
5. 若被同位语说明的名词是表示建议(如advice, suggestion, proposal)、要求(如demand, request, requirement)、命令(如order)时,同位语从句中的谓语用"should+动词原型"。
?He made the suggestion that we (should) start at once. 他建议我们立即开始做。
?Soon we received the order that we (should )stop fighting at once. 不久我们接到命令说立刻停止争斗。
【拓展延伸】
1. whether可以引导同位语从句,if不能。?I have no idea whether they will give us enough help. 我不知道他们能否给我们足够的帮助。 2.what在同位语从句中要作主语或宾语等成分,that不作成分。?I have no idea what he will give me. 我不知道他要给我什么。 3. advice, suggestion, proposal, request, requirement, decision, order等表示命令、建议和要求的词后的同位语从句的谓语用"should+do",should可以省略。?The commander gave an order that the troops (should) advance 10 miles. 司令官下达命令让军队前进10英里。4.名词doubt(怀疑)后的同位语从句用whether 引导;no doubt(不怀疑)后的同位语从句用that 引导。?We have some doubt whether they can complete the task on time. 我们怀疑他们是否能按时完成任务。?We have no doubt that they can complete the task on time. 我们毫不怀疑他们能按时完成任务。
【技巧点拨】
名词性从句中连词的选择往往是测试的热点。考生若不认真分析,没有一定的方法,常常造成判断上的失误,最终错选了连词。如果考生能采取"一分二划三看"三步法对试题加以分析,则会收到良效。
一、 "一分"即分清从句类型
四种从句:
①主语从句——从句位于动词前作主语;
②宾语从句——从句位于动词后作宾语;
③表语从句——从句位于系动词之后作表语;
④同位语从句——从句位于特殊的名词,如idea,fact,news 等后补充说明前面的名词。
二、 "二划"即划分出从句
用括号表示从句(主语从句/宾语从句/表语从句/同位语从句)
三、 "三看"即看从句句意是否完整
1. 句意不完整→缺连接代词
①人——who,whoever主语;whom,whomever宾语;
②物——what,whatever主语、宾语;which,whichever主语、宾语。
2. 句意完整→缺连接副词
①时间——when;
②地点——where,wherever;
③原因——why;
④方式——how。
3. 缺不作成份的连词
①有含义——if, wherther是否;
②无含义——that。
【巧学妙记】
主语从句口诀主语从句来学习,连、代、副词为语序;whether、that 要熟记,连词if要除外; 连接代词也好记,what、who、which要用对,主宾成分要熟记; 连接副词更好背,how、why、when、where 一起记,用作状语需翻译。宾语从句口诀口诀1:宾语从句三注意,时态、语序、连接词;主句一般现在时,从句时态随句意;主句若是过去时,主从时态要一致;宾从表达是真理,一般现在带过去;连接词也不难,陈述要用that连;一般问句表"是否",if/whether来引导;特殊问句作宾从,疑问词引导就能行;还有一点要说明,陈述语序要记清;主句动词"猜想"词,"否定转移"莫忘记;特殊用法记心间,学好宾从不一般。口诀2:宾语从句多方面,多看多记多训练; 陈用that特词连,if一般to祈现;do去助词主后边,一主二宾三不变; 疑to变简否疑前,时态呼应是关键。表语从句口诀表语从句来学习,三个连词特殊记; as if、whether、that 同一类,不作成分不省去; 连词if还除外,三个连代是一类;who 和 what 与 which ,仍作主宾需熟记; 四个连副一次背,how、why、when、where 相同记,用作状语陈述序。同位语从句口诀whether、that很简单,不能省去不能换,连代有无不用管,how, when, where只有三,用作状语需要翻。
高考真题
题组一 主语从句
1. (2017·北京) Every year, ___________ makes the most beautiful kite will win a prize in the Kite Festival.
A. whatever B. whoever C. whomever D. whichever
【答案】B
【解析】A. whatever 任何事;B. whoever 任何人;C. whomever 任何人;D. whichever无论哪个。句意:每年,任何一个做出最漂亮的风筝的人将会在风筝节获奖。空格所在部分是主语从句,缺少主语,用连接代词,根据意思可知是人获奖,故排除A、D;因为需要作主语,只能用主格代词whoever,故选B。
2. (2016·江苏)It is often the case ____________anything is possible for those who hang on to hope.
A. why B. what C. as D. that
【答案】D
【解析】本句中it是形式主语,真正的主语是连接词that引导的从句,连接词that在本句中不充当任何成分,只是一个引导词,不能省略。连接副词why要在从句中作状语,连接代词what通常在从句中作主语、宾语或表语等;as通常不引导名词性从句。句意:对于那些心存希望的人来说一切皆有可能。故D正确。
3. (2016·北京)Your support is important to our work. ____________ you can do helps.
A. However B. Whoever
C. Whatever D. Wherever
【答案】C
【解析】helps是谓语,"____________ you can do"是主语部分,即主语从句,在主语从句中,do后缺少宾语,表示"任何事情",因此用whatever引导,故选C。
4. (2015·北京) ____________we understand things has a lot to do with what we feel.
A. Where B. How C. Why D. When
【答案】B
【解析】句意:我们如何理解事情与我们所感受的有很大关系。根据句意可知,主语从句缺少方式状语,因此选择how。故选B。
5. (2015·大纲全国卷)Exactly____________ the potato was introduced into Europe is uncertain, but it was probably around 1565.
A. whether B. why C. when D. how
【答案】C
【解析】句意:准确地说土豆是什么时候被传到欧洲的还不确定,但是可能在1565年左右。此处when引导主语从句,并在从句中作时间状语。
6. (2015·陕西) ____________ the delayed flight will take off depends much on the weather.
A. Why B. When C. That D. What
【答案】B
【解析】句意:被延误的航班何时起飞大体上依天气而定。题干中主句的谓语动词为depends,因此前面是主语从句。why在主语从句中作原因状语;when在主语从句中作时间状语;that在主语从句中不作任何成分;what在主语从句中作主语或宾语。根据语境判断主语从句中缺少时间状语,故选B。
题组二 宾语从句
I. 单项填空
1.(2019·北京卷·语法填空)What students do at college seems to matter much more than ___8___ they go.
【答案】where
【解析】考查宾语从句。句意:学生在大学里做什么似乎比去哪里(哪所大学)更重要。这里表达去哪所大学,表示地点,作状语。故用where。
2. (2017·天津) She asked me ___________ I had returned the books to the library, and I admitted that I hadn’t.
A. when B. where C. whether D. what
【答案】C
【解析】句意:她问我是否已经把书还给图书馆了,我承认我还没有还。A. 什么时候;B. 在哪里;C. 是否;D. 什么。根据句意,故选C。
3. (2017·北京) Jane moved aimlessly down the tree-lined street, not knowing ____________she was heading.
A. why B. where C. how D. when
【答案】B
【解析】A. why 为什么;B. where 在哪儿;C. how 如何;D. when什么时候。句意:Jane漫无目的地走在两旁树木成行的街道上,不知道她将去往何方。根据语境可知此处是表地点的,很容易就可选出答案B。
4. (2017·江苏) We choose this hotel because the price for a night here is down to $20, half of ____________ it used to charge.
A. that B. which C. what D. how
【答案】C
【解析】考查同位语和宾语从句。"half of _________ it used to charge"是$20的同位语,即原来价格的一半是现在的$20;另外,of后跟名词或名词短语构成介宾短语,所以这里是宾语从句;宾语从句中的charge后面缺少宾语,所以用what来引导宾语从句,并充当宾语从句的宾语,故选C。
5. (2015·湖南)You have to know _____________ you’re going if you are to plan the best way of getting there.
A. what B. that C. where D. who
【答案】C
【解析】根据分析可知,You have to know…后面是一个宾语从句。_____________ you’re going if you are to plan the best way of getting there中缺少地点状语,所以应该用连接副词where来引导从句。句意:如果你已经计划好去那里的最佳方案,你必须知道你将要去哪里。故选C。
6. (2015·北京)I truly believe _____________ beauty comes from within.
A. that B. where C. what D. why
【答案】A
【解析】句意:我真的相信美丽源自于内在。本题考查宾语从句。从句部分不缺少任何成分,因此用that,that起到连接作用,也可以省略。故选A。
7. (2015·浙江)If you swim in a river or lake, be sure to investigate _____________ is below the water surface. Often there are rocks or branches hidden in the water.
A. what B. who C. that D. whoever
【答案】A
【解析】句意:如果你在河里或湖里游泳,请确定查看水面下有什么。通常总有一些石头或树枝藏在水里。分析宾语从句的成分可以发现,空格所作的成分是主语,且表示"什么",根据下一句的表述中的树枝和石头可以得出答案是what。
8. (2015·重庆)We must find out _____________ Karl is coming, so we can book a room for him.
A. when B. how C. where D. why
【答案】A
【解析】句意:我们必须弄明白卡尔什么时候来,这样我们能给他预定房间。find out 后面跟着宾语从句,根据句意选when,when在从句中作时间状语。
9. (2015·陕西)Reading her biography, I was lost in admiration for _____________ Doris Lessing had achieved in literature.
A. what B. that C. why D. how
【答案】A
【解析】句意:读完了她的自传后,我对Doris Lessing在文学上做的贡献非常敬佩。介词for后面是宾语从句,从句中缺少宾语,所以选A。
10. (2015·福建)I wonder _____________ Mary has kept her figure after all these years.
—By working out every day.
A. where B. how C. why D. If
【答案】B
【解析】考查宾语从句。句意:——我好奇玛丽在这些年是怎么保持着身材的。——通过每天锻炼。句中I是主语,wonder是谓语,how引导的从句在整个句子中作宾语。连接副词how在宾语从句中作方式状语。句子是用表示方式的by短语回答的,所以是针对方式提问的,故用how。故选C。
题组三 表语从句
1.(2018·北京) Without his support, we wouldn’t be _________ we are now.
A. how B. when C. where D. why
【答案】C
【解析】考查名词性从句。句意:没有他的支持,我们是不会在现在这个位置的。how表方式,when表时间,where表地点,why表原因。“_________ we are now”是表语从句,结合句子的意思可知,该处指我们所处的位置,故该从句应用where引导。C选项正确。
2. (2016·北京)The most pleasant thing of the rainy season is _____________ one can be entirely free from dust.
A. what B. that C. whether D. why
【答案】B
【解析】句意:雨季最令人愉悦的就是人们可以完全不再受到沙尘的困扰。is后跟从句作表语,即表语从句,表语从句中不缺少主语、谓语、状语和宾语,因此此处用that,that只起引导作用,故选B。
题组四 同位语从句
1.(2019·新课标I卷·语法填空)While they are rare north of 88°, there is evidence ___61___ they range all the way across the Arctic, and as far south as James Bay in Canada.
【答案】that
【解析】考查同位语从句。根据句子结构分析可知,主句为there be句型,且结构完整,空格后为同位语从句,解释说明中心词evidence的内容,故填that。
2. (2016·天津)The manager put forward a suggestion __________ we should have an assistant. There is too much work to do.
A. whether B. that
C. which D. what
【答案】B
【解析】句意:经理提出一个建议,我们应该有个助手。有太多的工作要做。使用同位语从句说明suggestion的内容,而且同位语从句的成分和意思都是完整的。用that引导,that在从句中不作成分,只起连接的作用。故选B。
经典演练
I. 语法填空
1. ?????? all of them didn’t act on her suggestion made her confused for a long time.
【答案】Why
【解析】句意:为什么他们都不按她的建议行动让她困惑了很久。分析句子结构可知,_________??all of them didn’t act on her suggestion为主语从句,且此处表示"为什么",因此用why来引导该主语从句。?
2. The two cars are racing close together — it's unclear ?????? will be the champion. ?
【答案】which
【解析】句意:这两辆车正在彼此很接近地赛跑——哪一个会成为冠军还不清楚。分析句子结构可知,it为形式主语,而真正的主语为which 引导的从句,且which在从句中作主语,意为"哪一个"。注意:此处表示有范围的选择,不能用what。
3. I really want to know ??????you are waiting for at the school gate at present since all the other students have left after school. ?
【答案】who/whom
【解析】分析句子结构可知,空处引导宾语从句,且在从句中作for的宾语,表示"谁",故可用who/whom来引导该宾语从句。
4. The key to becoming happy is ??????you treat your life and work. ?
【答案】how
【解析】句意:变得快乐的关键就是你如何对待你的生活和工作。分析句子结构和句意可知,该题应用how来引导表语从句,在此处表示方式,通常意为"如何,怎样"。
5. Having a positive attitude and making full use of the benefits that the new sort of competition brings to us are ??????really counts. ?
【答案】what
【解析】分析句子结构可知,are后缺少表语,并且counts前缺少主语。故用what来引导表语从句。句意:有一个积极的态度并且充分利用这种新型的竞争带给我们的优势是真正重要的事情。
6. At the end of the adventure, we had to choose to live in a cave. That’s ??????we could shelter from the snowstorm.?
【答案】where
【解析】句意:在这段冒险经历的最后,我们不得不选择在一个山洞住了下来。那儿是我们躲避暴风雪的地方。空处引导的表语从句不缺主干成分,再结合句意可知,应填where, where在从句中作地点状语。
7. Anyone with the least common sense knows our environment should be taken good care of and ??????we should recycle rubbish.?
【答案】that
【解析】句意:任何有一点常识的人都知道我们应该好好地保护环境并且将垃圾回收再利用。分析句子结构可知,and后为宾语从句,且从句成分和意义完整,因此用that来引导该从句。注意:当and连接两个并列的由that引导的宾语从句时,第二个宾语从句的引导词that不可省略。
8. Sometimes, I really doubt ??????there is love between my parents. Every day they try to earn money in order to pay the high tuition for my brother. ?
【答案】whether/if
【解析】动词doubt用于肯定句中时,其后的宾语从句用whether或if来引导。句意:有时候,我真的怀疑我的父母之间是否有爱。为了给我哥哥支付高昂的学费,他们每天都努力赚钱。
9. I hate it ??????somebody is talking to me with his eyes fixed upon somebody else. ?
【答案】when
【解析】句意:我讨厌某人在跟我说话时,他的眼睛却盯着其他人。该题考查固定句式I hate it when...,it在句中作形式宾语,真正的宾语是后面when引导的宾语从句。
10. ??????book she likes will be given to her as long as she helps clean the bookshelf.?
【答案】Whichever
【解析】句意:只要她肯帮忙清理书架,她无论喜欢哪一本书都会给她。由句意可知,应用Whichever"无论哪一个"引导主语从句。
11. ________left the door unlocked must be responsible for the accident. ?
【答案】Whoever
【解析】句意:不管是谁没锁门,都必须为这次事故负责任。此处表示"任何人,无论是谁",故用Whoever引导主语从句。
12. My parents have always made it clear ??????we shouldn’t judge a book by its cover.?
【答案】that
【解析】分析句子结构可知,该句中it为形式宾语,而真正的宾语为that引导的从句。注意:此处的that不能省略。句意:我的父母总是明确表示我们不应该以貌取人。
II. 单项填空
1. We haven’t settled the question of ____________ it is necessary for him to study abroad.
A. if B. where C. whether D. that
【答案】C
【解析】句意:我们尚未解决他是否有必要去国外学习的问题。whether引导的从句作介词of的宾语,whether表示"是否"。
2. A warm thought suddenly came to me ____________ I might use the pocket money to buy some flowers for my mother’s birthday.
A. if B. when C. that D. which
【答案】C
【解析】主句完整,同时从句也不缺成分。根据句意可看出that引导的从句与a warm thought构成同位语。
3. There is much chance ____________ Bill will recover from his injury in time for the race.
A. that B. which C. until D. if
【答案】A
【解析】that引导同位语从句,具体说明chance(可能性)的内容。
4. Please remind me ____________ he said he was going. I may be in time to see him off.
A. where B. when C. how D. what
【答案】B
【解析】句意:请提醒我他说他将什么时候走。也许我能及时去送他。此处表示"何时",故用when引导宾语从句。
5. How much one enjoys himself travelling depends largely on ____________ he goes with, whether his friends or relatives.
A. what B. who C. how D. why
【答案】B
【解析】句意:一个人在旅游中的高兴程度在很大程度上取决于他是和谁一起去的,不管是他的朋友还是亲戚。介词on后跟宾语从句,从句中缺少介词with的宾语,应用连接代词,排除C、D两项;由句意知应选B项。
6. When changing lanes, a driver should use his turning signal to let other drivers know ____________.
A. he is entering which lane B. which lane he is entering
C. is he entering which lane D. which lane is he entering
【答案】B
【解析】空格处作know的宾语,从句要用陈述语序。故选B。
7. ____________ was known to us all that Johnson had broken his promise ____________ he would give each of us a small gift.
A. As; which B. What; that
C. It; that D. It; which
【答案】C
【解析】第一空用it作形式主语,真正的主语是all后的that从句;第二空用that引导同位语从句,该从句解释说明promise,that在从句中不作成分。
8. It suddenly occurred to him ____________ he had left his keys in the office.
A. whether B. where C. which D. that
【答案】D
【解析】句意:他突然想起他把钥匙忘在了办公室。主语从句语意完整,且不少成分,故选择连词that。本句中it为形式主语,真正主语是由that引导的主语从句。
9. The news ____________ Barack Obama won the Nobel Peace Prize is ____________ surprised the world.
A. that; what B. which; that
C. that; which D. /; how
【答案】A
【解析】句意:奥巴马获得诺贝尔和平奖的消息震惊了全世界。第一空that引导的从句作news的同位语,that在从句中不作成分;第二空用what引导表语从句,what在从句中作主语,表示"……的东西"。
10. Valli, who was born in Pula, in ____________ is now Croatia, made her film debut in Italy in the mid?1930s.
A. what B. where C. that D. which
【答案】A
【解析】空格引导的从句作in的宾语,且所填词在从句中作主语,故选择A。where不作主语,只能作地点状语。
11. We are very proud of ____________ you have accomplished so far. You should be proud too.
A. what B. that C. which D. where
【答案】A
【解析】空格引导的从句是of的宾语,且所填词在从句中作have accomplished的宾语,此处表示"什么",故选择A。
12. We think that it’s love, generosity and perseverance ____________ make the world ____________ it is today.
A. what; that B. that; what
C. which; what D. which; that
【答案】B
【解析】第一空的that是强调句型中的that;第二空所填词引导的从句作the world的补语,且在从句中作is的表语。
13. With the number of cars increasing rapidly in cities, a major problem is ____________ the cars can be parked.
A. which B. that C. when D. where
【答案】D
【解析】空格引导表语从句,且在从句中作地点状语,故选择D。
14. Only in the last few years have scientists and teachers begun to understand learning disabilities and ____________.
A. how can they be dealt with B. what they can be dealt with
C. how they can be dealt with D. what can they be dealt with
【答案】C
【解析】空格处与前面并列均作understand的宾语,从句要用陈述语序,且deal with和how连用,do with和what连用,故选C。
15. makes this shop different is that it offers more personal services.
A. What B. Who C. Whatever D. Whoever
【答案】A
【解析】考查主语从句。句意:使这家商店不用的是它提供更加私人的服务。所填词引导主语从句,且作从句的主语,表示"……的东西",故用what,what=the thing that。
高考题型综合演练
Ⅰ. 语法填空
阅读下面短文,在空白处填入 1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
As it's easy to cultivate and it contains most of the vitamins necessary for health, potatoes are popular in cultures worldwide. Originating 1.________ South America, potatoes have been part of South American diet for hundreds of years. With multiple potato 2.________ (variety) in the market, they are fried, baked, freeze?dried to form many beloved dishes. In Ireland, from its introduction in the 16th century, potatoes 3.________ (hold) a central place in the Irish diet and been considered as the primary Irish crop. In the US, potatoes are one of the most 4.________ (wide) consumed crops. French fries are commonly found in typical American fast?food restaurants and cafeterias. French fries were introduced to the US 5.________ Thomas Jefferson served them in the White House during 6.________ presidency from 1801—1809.
For many Chinese people, potatoes are considered a vegetable.7.________ in the future, this will no longer be the case.“A programme to add potatoes to China's list of food, joining rice, wheat and corn, will 8.________ (expand) to diversify the Chinese menu and meet increasing food demands,”agricultural experts and authorities with the Ministry of Agriculture said in 9.________ conference on Jan.6.Specifically, potato powder will be mixed into bread and noodle to suit Chinese consumers' taste and 10.________ (eat) habit.
【文章大意】 本文为说明文,主要介绍了土豆在不同国家饮食文化的普及情况,在不久的将来,它还会成为中国家庭餐桌上的主食之一。
1.in/from
【解析】考查介词。originate in/from是“起源于”的意思。
2.varieties
【解析】考查名词。此处指土豆的多样性,故用复数形式。
3.have held
【解析】考查动词的时态。根据上文说自16世纪被引进以来,土豆至今一直都占据着爱尔兰饮食的核心地位,故用现在完成时。
4.widely
【解析】考查副词。副词修饰consumed,故填widely。
5.when
【解析】考查连词。该从句和前面主句存在时间上的逻辑关系。
6.his
【解析】考查代词。该句子的意思是:当Thomas Jefferson 在他1801—1809执政期间。presidency为名词,意为“总统的任期”。
7.But
【解析】考查连词。该句和上文存在转折关系,故填But。
8.be expanded
【解析】考查动词的时态和语态。句子的主语programme和expand为被动关系,所填词跟在助动词will之后,故用be expanded。
9.a
【解析】考查冠词。a conference 表示“一次会议”。
10.eating
【解析】考查非谓语动词。v.?ing形式作定语,表性质、特征。
ⅠⅠ. 短文改错
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文,请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误,每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加:在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧),并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除:把多余的词用斜线(\)划掉。
修改:在错的词下划一横线,并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意:
1. 每处错误及其修改均仅限一词;
2. 只允许修改10处,多者(从第11处起)不计分。
Last week our school hold a sports meeting. Realize it was our last school sports meeting, we decided to make it unforgettable experience. We first attended the opening ceremony, for whom our class had made a lot of preparations. Much for our excitement, our performance was a success. My classmates took part in various event such as running, the high jump and the long jump.
Due to the hard training the athletes had done before, their performance was very impressive. My classmates applauded and cheered for the athletes, so some raised their cameras to capture the exciting moments. The result was announced. Our class won the second place and our efforts were paid off! Cup in hand, we took a picture together proud. This sports meeting will be a precious memory for all of them as time goes by.
【答案】
Last week our school ?a sports meeting. it was our last school sports meeting, we decided to make it ?unforgettable experience. We first attended the opening ceremony, for ?our class had made a lot of preparations. Much our excitement, our performance was a success. My classmates took part in various ?such as running, the high jump and the long jump.
Due to the hard training the athletes had done before, their performance was very impressive. My classmates applauded and cheered for the athletes, some raised their cameras to capture the exciting moments. The result was announced. Our class won the second place and our efforts paid off! Cup in hand, we took a picture together. This sports meeting will be a precious memory for all of as time goes by.
【文章大意】作者和同学们参加了毕业前的最后一次校运会。在开幕式和各项比赛中,他们都表现很出色,取得了优异的成绩,使本次运动会成为难忘的一次经历。
第一处:hold改为held。考查时态。句中时间状语last week说明hold应是过去的动作,故用一般过去时held。
第二处:realize改为realizing。考查非谓语动词。realize位于主谓结构we decided之前,故应用其非谓语形式作状语,且该动词与主语we是逻辑上的主动关系,与谓语动词decided表示的动作同时发生,故用realizing。
第三处:unforgettable前加an。考查冠词。该句中experience表示"经历",是可数名词,其单数形式前应加不定冠词,且unforgettable第一个音节是元音,故用an。
第四处:whom改为which。考查定语从句。非限制性定语从句中指代先行词the opening ceremony,应用which。
第五处:for改为to。考查介词。to one’s excitement是固定结构,表示"令某人兴奋的是……",故将for改为to。
第六处:event改为events。考查名词。various表示"各种各样的",应修饰可数名词复数,故将event改为events。
第七处:so改为and。考查连词。此处前后两句在意义上是顺承关系,而不是因果关系,故将so改为and。
第八处:去掉paid前的were。考查语态。动词短语pay off表示"得到回报",是不及物动词,无被动语态,故去掉were。
第九处:proud改为proudly。考查副词。修饰动词took,应用副词,故将proud改为proudly。
第十处:them改为us。考查代词。本文叙述故事用的是第一人称,故将them改为us。
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
PAGE
1
专题08 并列连词和状语从句
易错点1 并列连词之间的误用
1. I’m?sorry,?_________?I?won't?be?able?to?come?tonight.?
A.?for? B.?and? C.?but? D.?then?
【错因分析】容易误选 A。学生误认为空格后的句子是用以说明I’m?sorry的原因,便想当然地认为要选for来表示原因。
【试题解析】I'm sorry 后习惯上不接表示原因的连词for,而接表示转折的连词but(也可省略 but),用以委婉地提出一个使对方不快的事实。又如: Oh, sorry, but she's out. 哦,不好意思,她出去了。
【参考答案】 C
2. In much of Asia, especially the so-called “rice bowl” cultures of China, Japan, Korea, __________ Vietnam, food
is usually eaten with chopsticks.
【错因分析】容易误填or。有的学生没有真正理解空格前后两部分之间为并列关系,易误填or。
【试题解析】分析这个句子的结构及语境可知,Vietnam与空格前的China, Japan, Korea之间是并列关系,故填并列连词and。
【参考答案】and
3. They live in too big a house with too many rooms, or their house of life is a hut. (单句改错)
【错因分析】前后句之间为转折关系,误用了表示选择的连词or。
【试题解析】句意为:他们住在拥有太多房间的一所大房子里,然而他们精神生活的房子却是一个小屋。前后句之间应使用表示转折关系的并列连词yet/but。
【参考答案】or改为yet/but
4. Neither you nor I don’t know the truth.(单句改错)
【错因分析】对“neither…nor…”的用法掌握不牢。
【试题解析】句意为:你和我都不知道真相。“neither…nor…”本身就表示全部否定,故不用否定词,即不能加not。
【参考答案】删去don’t
常见的并列连词
1. and和or
◆and的用法如下:
(1) 表示另加:其意为“和”“又”“而且”。如:
?Let me have some toasts and a cup of coffee. 给我来几片烤面包和一杯咖啡。
(2) 表示结果:意为“因此”,与so的用法比较接近。如:
?He fell heavily and broke his arm. 他摔得很重,手臂都摔断了。
(3) 表示条件:相当于if…then,含有“如果……那么……”的意味。如:
?Do that again and I’ll call a policeman. 你再这样做我就要叫警察了。
(4) 表示连续:既可表示一种连续不断的状态,也可以表示一个动作完成之后连续做另一个动作。如: ?The train ran faster and faster. 火车开得越来越快。
?He finished lunch and went shopping. 他吃完午饭而后去买东西。
(5) 表示对比:含有“尽管……还”的意味。如:
?Tom’s 15 and still sucks his thumb. 汤姆15岁了,还嘬大拇指。
◆并列连词or要比and用法简单此,它主要表示选择,其意为“或”“还是”等。如:
?It’s a lovely baby. Is it a boy or a girl? 宝宝真可爱,是男孩还是女孩?
?He speaks French, or perhaps he understands it. 他会讲法语,或者他懂法语。
另外,or还可以表示一种否定的条件,相当于if…not…如:
◆Be careful, or you’ll break that vase! 小心,否则你会把那花瓶打碎。
=If you don’t be careful, you’ll break that vase.
2. 表对比或转折的连词主要有but和yet
(1) but的用法:其意为“但”“但是”“却”。如:
?He looked around but could see nobody. 他向四周望望,却没看见什么人。
?I know of the town but I’ve never been there. 我知道有这座城市,但从未去过。
(2) yet的用法:其意也表示“但是”“却”,与but用法相似,有时可换。如:
?It is strange yet true. 这很奇怪,却是真实的。
?I have failed, yet I shall try again. 我失败了,但我还要尝试。
3. 表因果关系连词主要有for和so
(1) for的用法:表示原因,意为“因为”“由于”。如:
?The days were short, for it was now December. 白天很短,因为现在已经是12月。
注意:
for表示原因时,它引出的句子不能放在句首,如不能说:
For it was now December, the days were short.
(2) so的用法:表示结果,意为“所以”“因此”。如:
?It’s very cold, so wear a heavy coat. 外边很冷,因此穿一件厚大衣吧。
注意:
汉语可以说“因为……所以……”,但英语中表示结果的so不能与
表示原因的because连用,如不能说:
Because it’s very cold, so wear a heavy coat.
4. 其他并列连词
除上面提到的并列连词外,还有both…and, either…or, neither...nor, not only...but also等并列连词。如:
(1) both…and的用法:意思是“不仅……而且”“……和……”。如:
?He speaks both English and French. 他既说英语也说法语。
?Both brother and sister are college students. 兄妹俩都是大学生。
(2) either…or的用法:意思是“要么……要么”“……或是……”。如:
?We can have either fish or beef. 我们可以吃鱼或是牛肉。
?We can either fly there or go by train. 我们可以坐飞机去也可坐火车去。
(3) neither...nor的用法:意思是“既不……也不”。如:
?He neither drinks nor smokes. 他既不喝酒,也不抽烟。
?She felt neither frightened nor sorry. 她既不感到害怕也不感到遗憾。
(4) not only...but also的用法:意思是“不仅……而且”。如:
?Not only men but also women were chosen. 不仅仅是男的,女的也有被选中的。
1.(2019·新课标II卷·语法填空)I don't see any reason to give up work. I love coming here and seeing my family and all the friends I have made_(make) over the years. I work not because I have to, ___67___ because I want to.”
【解析】考查并列连词。根据句意逻辑可知,此处为转折关系,句意:我工作不是因为我不得不做,而是因为我想做。此处用but与前文not 呼应,构成“不是……而是 ……”之意,故填but。
【答案】but
2.(2018·新课标I卷·短文改错)At the end of our trip, I told my father that I planned to return every two years, but he agreed.
【解析】考查并列连词的用法。我计划每两年回来一次,他同意了。此处是并列关系,故将but改成and。
【答案】but改为and
3. Don’t turn off the computer befor closing all programs, __________ you could have problems.(单句语法填空)
【解析】句意:在关闭所有程序之前不要关闭电脑,否则你会遇到麻烦。or表示“否则”。
【答案】 or
【名师点睛】
“祈使句+and/or+陈述句”结构
(1)祈使句+ and(then,and then)+陈述句
在这个句型中,前边祈使句+ and(and then)相当于if引导的条件句。如:
?Come early,and you’ll catch the first bus.
=If you come early,you’ll catch the first bus.来早点,你就能赶上第一班汽车。
?Use your head,then you’ll find a way.开动脑筋,那么你就会找到办法。
?One more word,and I'll get angry with you.如果你再说一句话,我就生你的气了。
?Another week,and the railway station will be completed.再有一周,火车站就完工了。
(2)祈使句+(or,or else,otherwise)+陈述句
在这个句型中,前边祈使句+(or,or else,otherwise)相当于unless引导的条件句。如:
?Work hard,otherwise,you’ll fail. = Unless you work hard,you’ll fail.努力干,要不,你会失败的。 ?Use your head,or else you won’t find a way.= Unless you use your head, you won’t find a way.
开动脑筋,否则,你就找不到办法。
巧选and, or:选择连接词,只看陈述句,and叫人心欢畅,or的后果不好尝
3. It is downtown, but it is easy to go anywhere from the hotel by public transport. (单句改错)
【解析】句意:这里是市中心,所以从酒店乘公交去任何地方都很方便。前后分句为因果关系,故应用表示因果关系的并列连词so。
【答案】but改为so
【名师点睛】
so用作并列连词时主要表示结果,意为“因此”“所以”。如:
?I was tired, so I went to bed earlier.?我累了所以早点睡了。
?He took my shoes, so I couldn’t leave the house.?他把鞋拿走了,我出不了门。
?It was very cold, so we had to wear warm clothes.?天气很冷,所以我们得穿暖和的衣服。
按英语习惯,表示结果的so不能与表示原因的because套用,在使用时只能保留其中的一个。如:
那是一个难题,所以我最后才回答。
误:Because that was a difficult question, so I answered it last.
正:That was a difficult question, so I answered it last.
正:Because that was a difficult question, I answered it last.
易错点2 but与although/though的混用
1. Though not very big, but the restaurant is popular in our area. (单句改错)
【错因分析】受汉语思维的影响认为“虽然……但是”可以连用,故发现不了错误。
【试题解析】从属连词Though(虽然)不可与并列连词but(但是)一起使用,故应去掉but。
【参考答案】去掉but
2. Although he had only entered the contest for fun, _____ he won first prize.
A. but B. and C. even D. 不填
【错因分析】容易误选 A,将汉语的“虽然……但是……”直译为 although … but…
【试题解析】although为从属连词,用以引导让步状语从句,它表明整个句子为复合句;而 but在表示“但是”时,它是并列连词,用以连接两个简单句使之成为并列句。由于在同一句中既用了从属连词 although,又用了并列连词 but,使得该句一半像复合句,一半像并列句,从而导致错误。正确的做法是,任意去掉 although和 but中的一个,使之要么成为复合句,要么成为并列句。
【参考答案】 D
汉语中可说“虽然……但是……”,但按英语习惯,通常不能说although…but或though…but:
虽然很危险,但我要试试。
误:Although it is dangerous, but I will try.
正:Although it is dangerous, I will try. / It is dangerous, but I will try.
不能将汉语的“虽然……但是……”直译为(al)though…but…,这是因为?(al)though?为从属连词,用于引导让步状语从句;而but在表示“但是”时,它是并列连词,用以连接两个句子使之成为并列句。由于在同一句中既用了从属连词(al)though,又用了并列连词?but,使得句子一半像复合句,一半像并列句,从而导致错误。正确的做法是,任意去掉?(al)though?和?but?中的一个,使之要么成为复合句,要么成为并列句。
Though the boy came back to life, ______ he was still weak.
A.but B.yet C.however D.so
【解析】本题考查连词词义辨析。句意为:尽管这个男孩已经苏醒,但是他仍然很虚弱。but“但是”,是表示转折意义的连词;yet“然而”,是表示转折意义的副词,通常与not等连用;however“然而”, 是表示转折意义的副词;so“所以”,是表示因果关系的连词。根据句意以及句首的Though可知选B。句首有Though时不能与but或however连用。
【答案】B
易错点3 时间、条件状语从句中引导词的误用
1. With speech develops, the child starts to tie more words together.(单句改错)
【错因分析】对as引导时间状语从句的用法掌握不。
【试题解析】句意:随着语言能力不断发展,这个孩子开始把更多的词连起来说。前后两句表示两个发展变化中的情况,表示在某事发生的过程中另一事也发生,as“一边……一边……;随着”,故应用As。with只是个介词,只能跟名词、代词在一起。
【参考答案】With 改为As
2. —I’m going to the post office.
—_______ you’re there, can you get me some stamps?
A. As B. While C. Because D. If
【错因分析】容易误选A。
【试题解析】尽管 as和 while均可用作从属连词引导时间状语从句,表示“当……的时候”,但两者有一个重要区别,就是这样用的 as从句的谓语不能是状态动词。
【参考答案】B
3. He was about to tell me the secret ______ someone patted him on the shoulder.
A. as B. until C. when D. while
【错因分析】几个干扰项均有可能误选。
【试题解析】when意为“这时(突然)”,主要用于某一动作突然发生于另一动作正在进行或刚要发生之时。
【参考答案】C
4. John thinks it won't be long ________ he is ready for his new job.
A. when B. since C. after D. before
【错因分析】几个干扰项均有可能误选。
【试题解析】此句是由before 引导的时间状语从句,构成“It won’t be+时间段+状语从句”,如果主句的谓语动词是否定式时,意思是“没过多久就……”。
【参考答案】D
5. Don’t be afraid of asking for help ________ it is needed.
A. unless B. since C. although D. when
【错因分析】几个干扰项均有可能误选。
【试题解析】根据句意,此句是由when引导的条件状语从句, when相当于if。句意是:如果需要,就不要害怕帮助。所以选D。
【参考答案】D
一、时间状语从句的用法归纳
1. 引导时间状语从句的从属连词很多,常见的有before, after, when, while, as, since, till, until, as soon as 等。
2. 表示“当…时候”的 while, when, as 的用法区别是:while从句中的谓语动词必须是延续性动词;表示
带有规律性的“每当”或当主、从句谓语动词的动作发生有先后时,只能用 when;当表示“一边……一
边……”或“随着”时,只能用 as。另外,用于此义的 as 所引导的时间状语从句谓语只能是动作动词,
不能是状态动词。
3. until 在肯定句中通常只连用延续性动词,表示相应动作结束的时间;在否定句中通常连用非延续性动词,
表示相应动作开始的时间,意为“直到……才……”。如:
?If you must go, at least wait till the rain stops. 如果你坚持要走, 至少也要等雨停了再走。
?The letter passed from one to another until everyone had read it.
那封信逐一传阅,直到每个人都看过为止。
4. 表示“一…就”除用 as soon as 外,还可用 the minute, the second, the instant, immediately, directly, instantly,
no sooner…than, hardly…when 等。如:
?I came immediately you called. 你一来电话我就来了。
?Hardly had I opened the door when he told me. 我刚开开门,他就告诉了我。
?The moment I have finished I'll give you a call. 我一干完就给你打电话。
5. every time, each time, (the) next time, (the) last time, by the time, the first time, any time 等以 time 结尾的词
语也可用作连词,引导时间状语从句。如:
?Last time I saw him, he looked ill. 上次我见到他时,他好像有病。
?Every time I call on him, he is out. 我每次去访问他,他都不在。
?You can call me any time you want to. 你随时都可以给我打电话。
?Next time you’re in London come and visit us. 你下次来伦敦过来探望我们。
注:其中的every time, each time, any time前不用冠词,(the) next time, (the) last time中的冠词可以省略,而the first time中的冠词通常不能省略。
6. before和since引导的时间状语从句:
◆before引导时间状语从句的句型有:
it was not…before… 没过多久就……
it will be…before…过了多久才……
◆since意为“自从……”,可构成:
It is/was+一段时间+since…
since与终止性动词连用,表示“自……以来已有多长时间”;
since与延续性动词连用,表示“自从不做某事有多长时间了”。从句中常用过去时,主句用一般现在时或现在完成时。
二、 条件状语的用法归纳
1. if 表示正面的条件, 意为“如果”; unless (=if not) 表示负面的条件, 意为“除非, 如果不”。如:
?If you ask him, he will help you. 如果你请求他, 他会帮助你。
?If you had come a few minutes earlier, you would have met him. 要是你早来几分钟就碰到他了。
?He is sure to come unless he has some urgent business. 他一定会来, 除非他有急事。
2. in case, on condition that, providing, provided (that), supposing, suppose (that)等词汇意思相近, 指“假如, 假使, 在……条件下”(比if更为书面化)。如:
?In case he comes, let me know. 如果他来的话, 告诉我一声。
?I shall give you my dictionary on condition that you return it tomorrow.
我将把我的字典给你, 如果你明天要还的话。
?I will go, providing/provided (that) my expenses are paid. 只要我的费用有人付, 我就去。
?Suppose/Supposing (that) he does not come, what shall we do? 他要是不来, 我们该怎么办?
3. as long as (=so long as) 表示充分必要条件, 引导语气强烈的条件状语从句时, 意为“只要”。如:
?I will cooperate as long as I am notified on time. 只要及时告诉我, 我就会合作。
?You may use the book so long as you will return it on time. 只要你准时还, 你就可以借这本书。
1. The field research will take Joan and Paul about five months; it will be a long time _______ we meet them again.
A. after B. before C. since D. when
【解析】句意:这项调查研究将要花Joan和Paul大约5个月的时间,我们还要一段时间才能再次见到他们。该题考查的是句型:It will/would be+时间段+before从句“还要过多久……才……”。故选B。
【答案】B
2. It is difficult for us to learn a lesson in life________ we’ve actually had that lesson.
A. until B. after C. since D. when
【解析】句意:在亲身经历之前,我们很难去体味生活中的教训。所给选项只有until 符合句意。
【答案】A
【名师点睛】
until的用法归纳:
unitl
词性 释义 例句 备注
介词 (表示动作、状态的继续)……为止,在……之前 I waited until three o’clock. 我一直等到三点钟。 until与表示延续性的动词连用,表示动作及状态继续到某一时刻
(用于否定句)到……为止,直到……才 The noise didn’t stop until midnight.噪音一直到午夜才停止。
连词 (表示动作、状态的继续)直到(另一动作或状态出现)之前 He lived with his parents until he got married. 他与父母住在一起直到结婚为止。
(用于否定句)直到,直到……才 The children won’t come home until it is dark. 孩子们不到天黑不回家。
使用注意事项:
◇注意事项一
until用于肯定句中,表示主句的动作一直持续到从句动作发生或状态出现时为止。一般可译为“……直到……为止”。在这种用法中,主句的谓语动词必须是持续动词(非瞬间动词),如live, wait , last, love, like, stay, work, continue 等。
until用于否定句中,表示主句的动作在从句的动作发生之前尚未发生,或者说主句的动作在从句的动作发生之后才开始。一般可译为“直到……才”。
◇注意事项二
until后面的从句中不能用一般将来时,应该用一般现在时代替。所谓的“主将从现”。
? He will stay here until his mother comes back. They will study at the school until their parents come to take them home.
◇注意事项三
till和until的意思基本相同,用法也基本一样,但until语气较重,多用于较正式的文体里。 till多用于英式英语, until多用于美式英语; till不能用在句首,也不能用在not开头的短语或从句里,而until可以。在这种情况下应用倒装语序。
? Until he came home, we knew the news. 在他到家之前,我们不知道这消息。
? Not until nine o’clock yesterday evening did we finish the work. 直到昨晚九点,我们才完成这项工作。
3. _____the damage is done, it will take many years for the farmland to recover.
A. Until B. Unless C. Once D. Although
【解析】句意:一旦农田被毁坏,将需要许多年的时间才能得以恢复。A. until译为到……为止,直到……才,在……以前;B. unless译为如果不,除非;C. once译为一旦,一经……便;D. although译为虽然,然而,尽管。结合句意,故选C。
【答案】C
易错点4 原因、目的、结果、让步状语从句中引导词的误用
1. Tired ________ he was, he continued his work.
【错因分析】没有掌握as/though引导让步状语从句的用法。
【试题解析】句意:虽然他很累,但他继续工作。as引导的让步状语从句放在主句之前,从句中的表语、状语或谓语部分的实义动词原形需提前置于句首;though也可引导让步状语从句,句子可倒装也可不倒装。
【参考答案】 as/though
2. So that we might see the sunrise, we started for the peak early. (单句改错)
【错因分析】误将so that引导的目的状语从句放于句首。
【试题解析】句意:为了能看到日出,我们很早就向山顶出发。由句意可知,从句为目的状语从句,但so that 引导的从句不能置于句首,一般只能置于主句之后,故应用in order that。
【参考答案】So that改为In order that
一、让步状语从句的用法
引导让步状语从句的连词主要有以下这些:though, although,while, as; even if, even though; whether...or...; no matter+疑问词,疑问词-ever, regardless of+名词/名词短语/名词从句,despite,in spite of。
(1)though, although表示“虽然,纵然”之意。
这两个连词意思大致相同,在一般情况下可以互换使用。在口语中,though较常使用,although比though正式,二者都可与yet, still或never,the less连用,但不能与but连用。
(2)as, though表示“虽然……但是”,“纵使……”之意。
as引导的让步状语从句必须以部分倒装的形式出现,被倒装的部分可以是表语、状语或动词原形,though也可用于这样的结构中,但although不可以这样用。 如:
?Object as you may, I’ll go.(=Though/Although you may object, I’ll go.) 纵使你反对,我也要去。
(3)even if, even though 表示“即使……”,“纵使……”之意,含有一种假设。
这两个复合连词的意思基本相同。它们常互换使用,但意义有细微差别。even if引导的让步从句含有强烈的假定性,可用来表示与事实相反的假设,但不能用来描述已经发生的事实。而even though引导让步状语从句时,是以从句的内容为先决条件的,即说话人肯定了从句的事实,表示已经发生了的事。 如:
?We’ll make a trip even if/though the weather is bad. 即使天气不好,我们也要作一次旅行。
(4)whether...or...表示“不论是否……”,“不管是……还是……”之意。
由这一个复合连词引导的让步状语从句旨在说明正反两方面的可能性都不会影响主句的意向或结果。 如:
?You'll have to attend the ceremony whether you're free or busy.
不管你忙不忙,都要参加这个典礼。
?Whether you believe it or not, it's true.无论你是否相信,这都是真的。
(5)“no matter+疑问词”或“疑问词-ever”的含义为“……都……;不管……都……”
它们引导的让步状语从句可以互换。 如:
?No matter what happened, he would not mind. (=Whatever happened, he would not mind.)
无论发生了什么,他都不会介意的。
?No matter who you are, you must keep the law.(=Whoever you are, you must keep the law.
不管你是谁,你都要遵纪守法。
但“no matter+疑问词”结构只能引导让步状语从句,而“疑问词-ever”还可以引导名词性从句。如: ?Whatever(=No matter what) you say, I won’t believe you. (Whatever 引导让步状语从句)
无论你说什么,我都不会相信你。
?I'll eat whatever (≠no matter what) you give me. (whatever引导宾语从句)你给我吃什么,我就吃什么。 ?Whoever comes will be welcome. (Whoever 引导主语从句) 不管谁来都受到欢迎。
此外,有时while也可以引导让步状语从句,但一般要位于句首。如:
?While I like the colour, I don't like the shape.我虽然喜欢那颜色,但不喜欢那形状。
二、原因状语从句的用法
1. 引导原因状语从句的从属连词主要有because, as, since, now that等;
2. as 与since, now that 一样表示双方都知道的原因,通常位于主句前,且均不可用于强调结构被强调。
3. 当表示直接的因果关系,回答why时,或有only, just, all not ,but等修饰时,或用在强调结构中都只能用
because。
三、目的状语从句的用法
引目的状语从句的从属连词有so(以便), that(以便), so that(以便,为了), in order that (为了,以便);in case(以防,以免), lest(免得,以防), for fear that(以免,惟恐)等。从句中一般含有can, could, may, might, will, would等情态动词。如:
?Bring it closer so (that) I can see it better. 拿近一点以便我看得更清楚。
?Let’s take the front seats that we may see more clearly. 咱们坐前排,以便看得清楚点。
?I left at 6:00 so that/in order that I could catch the train. 为了赶上火车,我六点就出门了。
?I shall write down your telephone number that I may not forget.
我要把你的电话号码写下,以免忘了。
?Take the raincoat in case it rains. 带着雨衣,以防下雨。
?Be careful lest you fall from that tree. 要当心, 以免从树上摔下来。
?He walked fast for fear that he should be late. 他走得很快,以免迟到。
注:当从句主语与主句主语相同时,可用不定式来表达相同的意思。如:
译:为了通过考试,他学习非常努力。
正:He studies very hard so that(=in order that) he can pass the exam.
正:He studies very hard so as to (=in order to) pass the exam.
1. _________the students came from different countries, they got along quite well in the summer camp.
A. While B. Unless C. Since D. Until
【解析】考查连词辨析。这里是一个while引导的让步状语从句。A. while尽管(引导让步状语从句);B. unless除非(通常用于条件状语从句);C. since自从(引导时间状语从句);D. until直到……才……(通常用在时间状语从句中)。结合句意:尽管学生都来自不同的国家,他们在夏令营里面都相处得很好。故选A
【答案】A
2. Cathy had quit her job when her son was born _______ she could stay home and raise her family.
?? A. now that?????????? B. as if???????????????? C. only if???????????? D. so that
【分析】考查连词。A.now that既然;B.as if好像;C.only if只要;D.so that以便。这里是so that引导的目的状语从句。句意:当Cathy的儿子出生的时候,她就放弃了自己的工作,以便呆在家里照顾家人。根据句意故选D。
【答案】D
◆ 区分while引导的并列句与状语从句
while 引导并列句时,表示前后句之间的对比,意为“然而”。
引导时间状语时,表示“当……时”
引导让步状语从句,表示“虽然,尽管”
?He went out for a walk, while I stayed at home.
他出去散步了,而我却呆在家里。
?I like singing while she likes dancing.
我喜欢唱歌,而她喜欢跳舞。
?While I was watching TV, the bell rang.
我看电视时,铃响了。
?While it was late, he went on working.
虽然很晚了,但他还在继续工作。
◆as/when/while引导时间状语的区别
as 着重强调主句与从句的动作或事情同时或几乎同时发生,as从句中的谓语动词既可是持续性动词,也可是短暂性动词。
when既可以表示在某一点的时候,又可以表示在某一段时间内,主语与从句的动作或事情可以同时发生也可以先后发生。
while“当……时;在……期间”,从句中动词一般要用延续性动词,并且while强调主句所表示的动作持续与从句所指的整个时间内。
◆so…that, such…that…引导结果状语从句
so…that…“如此……以至于……”,引导结果状语从句,常用于以下结构:
形容词/副词
so many/few+可数名词复数 +that从句
much/little+不可数名词
形容词+a(n)+可数名词单数
such…that…“如此……以至于……”,引导结果状语从句,常用于以下结构:
形容词+可数名词复数
such 形容词+不可数可数名词复数 +that从句
a(n)+形容词+可数名词单数
注意:
little意为“少”时,构成so little; 意为“小”时,构成such little。
?Such a little boy has so little difficulty in working out this problem that I admire him very much.
这样小的一个男孩解这道题所遇到的困难是如此之少,以至于我很佩服他。
◆where引导定语从句与状语从句的区别
1. where引导定语从句时, where是关系副词,在从句中作地点状语,其前面有表示地点的先行词, where引导的
从句修饰先行词。如:
?The bookshop where I bought this book is not far from here.
我买这本书的那个书店离这里不远。
?This is the house where I lived two years ago.
这就是我两年前住的那个房子。
?We will start at the point where we left off.
我们将从上次停下来的地方开始。
2. where引导状语从句时, where是从属连词, where引导的从句修饰主句的谓语动词, where前面没有表示地
点的先行词。如:
?Wuhan lies where the Changjiang River and the Han Jiang River meet.
武汉位于长江和汉江汇合处。
1.(2019·新课标I卷·短文改错)Suddenly football feel just in front of me but almost hit me.
【答案】 Suddenly (a) football fell just in front of me almost hit me.
【解析】考查冠词。名词football为可数名词,前边需要有限定词。这里football第一次出现,故在football前加a;考查连词。句意:突然一个足球落在我前边并且差点打到我。“足球落下来”与“打到我”两个动作是顺承关系,不是转折关系。故将but改为and。
2.(2018·北京卷·单项填空)_________ we don’t stop climate change, many animals and plants in the world will be gone.
A. Although B. While C. If D. Until
【答案】C
【解析】考查状语从句。句意:如果我们不阻止气候变化,那么世界上的很多动植物将会消失。分析句意及句子结构可知,动植物不灭绝的前提条件是阻止气候变化。although尽管;while当……时候,尽管;if如果;until直到。根据句意可知选C。
3.(2018·江苏卷·单项填空)_______ you?can?sleep?well,?you?will?lose?the?ability?to?focus,?plan?and?stay motivated?after one or?two?nights.
A. Once B. Unless
C. If D. When
【答案】B
【解析】考查连词词义辨析及语境理解。句意:除非你睡得好,否则一两个晚上之后,你会失去专注、计划和保持动力的能力。A. Once一旦;B. Unless除非;C. If如果;D. When当……时候。故选B。
点睛:本题考查连词辨析。解题时要区分清选择项的含义与区别,再联系句意进行判断,从而选出正确答案。
4.(2017·北京卷·单项填空)________ birds use their feathers for flight, some of their feathers are for other purposes.
A. Once B. If
C. Although D. Because
【答案】C
【解析】考查状语从句。 前后两句之间是转折关系,故选C。句意:虽然鸟儿用它们的羽毛来飞行, 但是有些羽毛也可用作其他用途。
5.(2017·北京卷·单项填空)If you don't understand something, you may research, study, and talk to other people ________ you figure it out.
A. because B. though
C. until D. since
【答案】C
【解析】考查状语从句。 根据句意可知用until,表示“直到”。句意:如果你遇到不明白的东西,可以研究、学习、与人交流,直到你弄清楚。
6.(2017·江苏卷·单项填空)Located ________ the Belt meets the Road,Jiangsu will contribute more to the Belt and Road construction.
A. why B. when
C. which D. where
【答案】D
【解析】考查状语从句。由located一词可知此处缺少一个表示方位、地点的引导词,故用where引导地点状语从句。句意:位于“一带一路”交汇处,江苏将为“一带一路”的建设做出更多的贡献。
7. Jogging is good exercise ______ it doesn't pollute the air.
A. though B. and C. but D. so
【答案】B
【解析】考查并列句。句意:慢跑是一种很好的运动,并且它还不污染空气。“Jogging is good exercise”和“it doesn't pollute the air”之间是并列关系,所以用and。though“然而”表示转折关系;but“但是”表示转折关系;so“因此”表示因果关系。故选B。
8. It is sad enough that being a lover of mankind, Albert Nobel himself________ had a wife________ family to love him.
A. both; and B. not only; but also
C. never; or D. neither; nor
【答案】C
【解析】考查并列连词。根据句子结构可排除A、B和D(因为三项都连接同等成分),C项的never是副词,修饰动词,放在主谓语之间,or是并列连词,连接同等的并列成分(即两个作宾语的名词),因前面有否定意义的词never,所以此句可看成否定句,所以用or来连接(肯定句用and 连接),再者句意“当人类的爱人真够悲哀的,Albert Nobel本人从来都没有一个妻子和家庭来爱他。”也符合本句的逻辑。故选C。
9. —What should we do since we can’t make a compromise after lengthy talks.
—___________ you apologize and take back what you’ve said ____________ it is all over between us.
A. Either; or B. Not only; but also
C. Neither; nor D. Whether; or
【答案】A
【解析】句意:——既然谈过来谈过去我们都不能让步妥协,那我们该怎么办?——要么你道歉并收回你的话要么我们就桥归桥路归路。"either...or...表示"要么……要么……",符合语境和句子结构的要求,在此连接两个并列的句子。not only...but also...不仅……而且……;neither...nor...既不……也不……;whether...or...用于引导从句。
10. ________ the fire breaks out,he is the first to arrive at the scene.
A.Every time when B.Moment
C.No matter whenever D.Every time
【答案】D
【解析】句意为:每一次发生火灾,他总是第一个到达现场。every time用作连词,引导时间状语从句。
11. They will not start the work _______ their teacher comes back.
A. while B. until
C. as soon as D. if
【答案】B
【解析】本题考查连词的使用。本题的含义为直到他们的老师回来,他们才开始工作。本题中的not…until表示“直到……才……”的含义,与题意相符,而while当……时候,as soon as一……就……,if如果。
12. —Tony, don’t stay up too late, _______ you’ll feel sleepy in class.
—I won’t, Mom. Good night.
A. but B. or
C. though D. because
【答案】B
【解析】句意:Tony不要熬夜太晚,否则你上课时会困。A. but 但是; B. or否则; C. though 虽然。D. because 因为。 故选B。
13. —What do you think of a good friend?
—Friends are like books—you don’t need a lot of them _________ they’re good.
A. as long as B. as soon as
C. as well as D. as large as
【答案】A
【解析】句意:你认为好朋友是什么样子?——好朋友就像书籍—样,不在多,贵在品质。 as long as只要;as soon as一……就……;as well as与……一样;as large as一样大。只有A答案能引导条件状语从句。故答案为A。
14. ______ it is raining hard, they are still working in the field.
A. Because B. As soon as
C. Though D. Unless
【答案】C
【解析】句意:尽管雨下得很大,但是他们仍然在田地里干活。Because因为; As soon as一……就;Though虽然,though与but 不能在一个句子中同时出现;Unless除非。所以选C。
15. She cared more about her students than her own health. That’s why two years passed _____ she was treated for
breast cancer.
A. since B. before
C. after D. until
【答案】B
【解析】句意:她关心自己的学生要超过关心自己的身体健康,这就是为什么两年后她被诊断为乳腺癌。考查状语从句。此处表达“在她接受乳腺癌治疗之前过去了两年” 。也就是“两年过后她……” 是before引导的时间状语从句。
16. It is well-known that atmosphere gets thinner and thinner _________ the height increases.
A. while B. when
C. as D. with
【答案】C
【解析】句意:众所周知随着高度的增加空气会变得越来越稀薄。考查时间状语从句。排除D项。while意为:在……期间;引导较长一段时间的从句;when意为:当……的时候;引导的从句时间可长可短;as意为:随着、同时;根据语境答案为C项。
17. I don’t want to talk to you _________ you’re so annoyed and impatient.
A. when B. unless
C. though D. till
【答案】A
【解析】句意:既然你这么生气,不耐烦,我不想和你说话了。when引导状语从句有时可以表示理由,意为“既然,鉴于”。
18. _______ this may sound like a simple process,great care is needed.
A. Although B. If C. When D. Because
【答案】A
【解析】句意:尽管这听起来像一个简单得过程,却需要悉心照顾。根据语境可知此处用although引导让步状语从句。
19. Jim is in good shape physically _____ he doesn’t get much exercise.
A. if B. unless
C. as long as D. even though
【答案】D
【解析】句意:即使没有得到多少锻炼,吉姆仍保持着良好的体型。even though引导让步状语从句,意思是“即使” 。其余三项均引导条件状语从句:A 如果;B 除非(=if…not);C 只要。
20. Scientists have discovered that bees learn to fly the shortest possible route between flowers _____ they are in a different order.
A. even if B. so that
C. in case D. as if
【答案】A
【解析】句意:科学家发现,即使改变花的位置,蜜蜂也可以在花朵间找到飞行的最短路径。even if(即使)引导让步状语从句;so that(以便;以至于)引导目的和结果状语从句;in case(以防;如果)引导目的和条件状语从句;as if(好像)引导方式状语从句。
21. I believe you will have a wonderful time here you get to know everyone else.
A. though B. as if
C. once D. so that
【答案】C
【解析】句意:我相信一旦你了解这里的每个人,你将玩得很愉快。though虽然;as if好像;once一旦;so that为了。所以选C。
【名师点睛】这几个词都是连词,要分清每个连词短语的含义和用法,做题时关键看上下文和句意的逻辑关系做题。though 引导让步状语从句;as if引导方式状语从句;once引导的是条件状语从句;so that引导结果状语从句或目的状语从句。
22. James was enjoying the art show, _________ his wife wanted to go home.
A. or B. for C. so D. but
【答案】D
【解析】句意:詹姆斯正在欣赏艺术展,但是他的妻子想要回家去。上下文之间存在转折关系,故选D。
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________
PAGE
1
专题09 情态动词和虚拟语气
易错点1 情态动词的误用
1. Some people who don’t like to talk much are not necessarily shy; they _______________ just be quiet people.
A. must B. may C. should D. would
【错因分析】考生容易误选C项,认为是"一定是",实际上这里表示可能性。
【试题解析】句意:一些不爱说话的人并不是真的害羞,他们可能只是比较安静。must必须;may可能;should应该;would将要。由句意可知这里表示不确定的推测,要用may。
【参考答案】B
may/might接动词原形时表示对现在情况的推测,意思是"可能"。
She thought it might be wise to try her luck here. 她认为在这儿碰碰运气也许不错。
2. —What does the sign over there read?
—No person ______________ smoke or carry a lighted cigarette, cigar or pipe in this area.
A. will B. may C. shall D. must
【错因分析】考生容易误选A项,认为这里要用will表示将来或意愿。shall在本句中用于第三人称,表示警告和禁止;will表示现在的意志、愿望等,意为"要,希望";may表示许可,或用于请求许可,意为"可,可以";must意为"必须,要,应当"。
【试题解析】句意:——那边的那个标志说的什么?——任何人都不准在这个区域吸烟、或携带点着的香烟、雪茄或烟斗。根据语境可知这里表示警告和禁止,因此要用should。
【参考答案】C
shall用作情态动词主要有以下两个用法:
(1)用于第一、三人称的疑问句,表示征求对方意见。
Shall I help you? 要不要我帮你?
Shall I open the window? 要我把窗子打开吗?
Shall she go to the concert with us this evening? 她要和我们一起去音乐会吗?
(2)用于陈述句中表示允诺、告诫、警告、威胁、命令、规定、必然性等(可用于各类人称)。
You shall suffer for this. 你会为此事吃苦头的。(表威胁)
Each competitor shall wear a number. 每个参赛者要戴一个号码。(表规定)
You shall hear everything as soon as you come. 你一来就可以听到所有的情况。(表允诺)
You shall go to the front at once. 你马上到前线去。(表命令)
Don’t worry. You shall get the answer this very afternoon.
不要着急,你今天下午晚些时候可以得到答案。(表允诺)
He shall be sorry one day. I tell you. 我告诉你,他早晚会后悔的。(表警告)
Nothing shall stop us from fighting against pollution.
什么也阻止不了我们与污染作斗争。(表决心)
1.(2018·北京卷)In today’s information age, the loss of data _________ cause serious problems for a company.
A. need B. should C. can D. must
【解析】考查情态动词。句意:在今天的信息时代,数据的丢失有时会对一个公司造成严重的问题。数据丢失造成严重问题是客观上会发生的情况,即“客观可能性”,故该空应用情态动词can。C选项正确。其余情态动词均没有该用法。need需要;should应该,竟然;must必须,肯定。
【答案】C
2. I think the work ____________ be completed ahead of time.
【解析】句意:我认为这项工作可以提前完成。由句意可知这里表示说话人的一种看法,故填can。
【答案】can
【名师点睛】此题有些考生可能会认为这里是要求工作"必须"提前完成而误填must,因此在做此类题时,一定要结合语境,仔细推敲语境暗含的意思,从而提高做题的正确率。
3. —It’s the office! So you ____________ know eating is not allowed here.
—Oh, sorry.
A. must B. will C. may D. need
【解析】句意:——这里是办公室。所以你必须知道在这儿吃东西是不被允许的。——哦,对不起。结合语境可知,这里表示命令,因此要用must。
【答案】A
【名师点睛】must常用来表示禁止、命令,这时主要用于否定句中。
You must not speak ill of others. 你一定不要说别人的坏话。
You must not go there. 你不准去那儿。
情态动词的基本用法
(一)情态动词的特点
情态动词,在英文中主要用来表示说话人的看法、态度等。它很接近中文里的能愿动词。从用法上来说,它有这样几个特点:
1. 各个情态动词自身都有一定的词义。
2. 情态动词不能在句中独立担当谓语。
3. 情态动词在句中不受任何人称、性、数变化的影响。
4. 情态动词后接的不定式(除ought外)都不带to,即接动词原形。
(二)常用情态动词的基本用法
英文中的情态动词主要有:can, could; may, might; must; ought; need; dare, dared,另外,shall, will, should, would在一定的场合也可用作情态动词。
He can speak five languages. 他会说五种语言。
She must have arrived home by now. 现在她准到家了。
We should study hard for our motherland. 我们应该为祖国而努力学习。
They needn’t be in such a hurry for there is enough time for them.
他们还有足够的时间,用不着这么慌张。
1. can, could 能,会
could可以看作是can的过去式,这两个词除了时态不相同外,在表达意思的许多方面是相同的。当然could也有自己独特的用法。
(1)表示脑力或体力上的能力
Nobody can stop the development of science. 谁也无法阻止科学的发展。
She can sing that song in English. 她能用英文唱那歌。
He can submerge to a depth of about twenty meters. 他能潜入约二十米深的水中。
He could hardly support his family before he found the new job.
他在找到那份新工作前几乎无法养家。
I could not understand the lecture on the computer given by Mr. Smith.
我听不懂史密斯先生作的那个关于计算机的讲座。
(2)表示客观上的可能性
You can borrow this useful book from the library.
你可以从图书馆借到这种有用的书。
A more suitable person than him for the job cannot be found.
不可能找到比他更适合这份工作的人了。
Now people can skate on the lake. 现在人们可以在湖上滑冰了。
When the storm stopped, the plane could take off. 当风暴停下来时,飞机可以起飞了。
(3)表示主观上的允许
Can I ask you some questions about it? 我可以问你有关这件事的几个问题吗?
You cannot leave here till I come back. 直到我回来你才能离开。
Such kind of thing can’t happen anymore later. 这类事以后不准再发生了。
Can you tell me how to get to the airport? 你能告诉我怎么去机场吗?
Could you tell me how to get to the airport? 您能告诉我怎么去机场吗?
Could I be forgiven my negligence? 请原谅我的疏忽,行吗?
(4)表示猜测、怀疑或惊诧(用于否定句、疑问句或感叹句中)
How can / could you be here? 你怎么会在这儿?
She couldn’t / can’t be so stupid to do that. 她不可能蠢得去做那种事吧。
He couldn’t / can’t be over seventy. 他不可能有七十多岁了。
Where could / can the boy be now? 那孩子现在能在哪儿呢?
另外,could还常用于表示较客气委婉的看法、提问及用于虚拟语气的结构中。这时候,could就不可以看作是can的过去式了。而是could自己独特的用法。
Could you speak a little slowly? 您能稍微说慢一点儿吗?
I could come earlier if asked. 如果要让我早一点来,我可以来早一点。
I’m afraid that we couldn’t give you any definite answer at this moment.
恐怕我们这时候还无法给予你任何确切的答复。
We would appreciate it if you could offer us any help.
如果您能为我们提供帮助的话,我们将不甚感激。
You could have done better if you had worked harder at it.
如果你再加把劲,你本来可以做得更好一些的。
2. may, might 或许,可能,可以
might可以看作是may的过去式,这两个词除了时态不相同外,在表达意思的许多方面是相近的。当然may 和might又都有一些各自不同的独特用法。
(1)可能性
I may be busy from tomorrow on. 从明天起我可能会忙起来。
I wondered if they might agree with the idea. 我想知道他们是否会同意这种想法。
She thought it might be wise to try her luck here. 她认为在这儿碰碰运气也不错。
You may catch sight of the sunrise from here when you get up before 5 in the morning.
你在早晨五点钟以前起来,或许能从这儿看到日出。
(2)表示允许
May I come in? 我可以进来吗?
I’d like to have a smoke here if I may. 如果可以的话我想在这儿抽一支烟。
The librarian told her that she might return the book to the library in three days.
图书馆理员告诉她说,她可以在三天后还那本书。
At the press conference, a news reporter asked the chairman if she might trouble him with a question about Taiwan issue. 在记者招待会上,一位新闻记者问大会主席她是否能提一个有关台湾问题方面的问题。
(3)may可以用来表示祝愿,也常用于表示目的或让步的状语从句中:
May that day come soon. 但愿那天早日到来。
May you succeed in winning the first prize in the game. 祝愿你比赛夺冠成功。
May you continue in your efforts and achieve greater successes. 祝愿你继续努力并取得更大的成功。
(4)might也常用于表示目的等状语从句中,或用于虚拟语气的结构中:
I could not convince him, try as I might. 我无论用什么样的办法也不能说服他。
He died so that the others might live. 为了其他的人能活下去,他自己牺牲了。
One error in calculation might ruin the whole project. 计算中出一点错就可能毁掉整个工程。
They left off earlier on that day so that they might catch the first train.
那天,他们为了赶上头班车动身早一些。
If you had made better use of your time, you might have learned more.
假若你将自己的时间利用得更好一些,你本可以学到更多东西的。
★ 注意:在回答以may引导的问句时,一般说来避免使用may,以免显得太严厉、或不太客气,而改用其他方式。
—May I come in? 我可以进来吗?
—Yes, please. / Sure. / Certainly. 请进。
—Please don’t. 请不要进来。
—No , you mustn’t. 不行。
3. must 应该,必须,一定
(1)表示出于职责、义务该做某事
We must protect people’s rights. 我们应该保护人民的利益。
Everyone must be loyal to his motherland. 每个人都应该忠于自己的祖国。
You must serve the people when you grow up. 你们长大成人后应该服务于人民。
Students must work hard at their study. 学生应该努力学习。
(2)表示出于主观意识而必须要做某事
We must speed up the pace of our economic reform. 我们必须加速经济改革的步伐。
We must keep steps to the scientific development. 我们一定要与科学的发展保持步调一致。
You must hurry up or you’ll be late. 你必须得快点儿,不然会迟到的。
★ 注意:在这种用法中must表示出于主观意识而必须要做某事;have to却表示由于某种客观原因而不得不做某事。除此以外,have to自身有时态的变化形式。
I have to go now for I’ve got a meeting 15 minutes later.
我现在必须要走了,因为我15分钟后有个会要开。
He has to be back home by five to fetch his son from kindergarten.
他必须在五点钟前回家去幼儿园接他的儿子。
Jenny had to tidy up the room before her mother came back.
珍尼不得不在她妈妈回家以前将房间整理好。
★ 注意:在这种用法中,回答以must引导的问句时,若是否定答复,不可以用mustn’t 而需要用needn’t 或是don’t have to,因为mustn’t意思是"绝不能、一定不要",而没有"不必"的意思。
—Must we hand in our exercises today? 我们今天必须交作业吗?
—Yes, you must. 是的,必须交。
—No, you needn’t(or, you don’t have to ). 不,不必今天交。
(3)表示禁止(用于否定句)
You must not speak ill of others. 你一定不要说别人的坏话。
Cars must not park here. 这里禁止停车。
Smoking must not allow in the office. 严禁在办公室吸烟。
You mustn’t talk to girls like that. 你绝不能那样对女孩子说话。
(4)表示猜测、推测,must常用于肯定句中表示猜测。对现在或未来的事进行猜测时,后接动词原形;对已经发生的事进行猜测时,后接have + 过去分词。
You must be tired after working so long. 你工作这么长时间,肯定累了吧。
It must be that naughty boy crying outside. 肯定是那个调皮的孩子在外面大叫。
It must have rained last night for it is so wet outside. 外面这么湿,昨晚肯定下雨了。
The idea must be accepted by the society sooner or later.
这种想法肯定迟早会被社会所接受的。
I didn’t see you in class yesterday. You must have been absent.
我昨天上课没见着你,你肯定没有来。
4. ought 应该(后接带to的不定式构成谓语动词)
(1)表示出于职责、义务该做某事
You ought not to be so careless in your work. 你不应该在工作上如此粗心大意。
We ought to study hard for the sake of our motherland. 我们应该为了我们的祖国而努力学习。
His doctor said to him that he oughtn’t to smoke so much. 他的医生说他不应该抽这么多烟。
Oughtn’t you to give us a chance to try? 你难道不应该给我们一个尝试的机会吗?
(2)表示极有可能发生某事
As an auto repairman, Dick ought to know what is wrong with the car.
作为一个汽车修理工,狄克应该知道这部车的毛病所在。
If we set off right now, we ought to be able to get there in time.
如果我们马上出发,我们应当能够按时到达那里。
Tomorrow ought to be a nice day for we have such a fine sunset today.
今天有这么好的晚霞,明天准是个晴天。
5. need需要(用于否定句和疑问句)
There are still one and a half hours to go, we needn’t be in such a hurry.
还有一个半小时,我们无需如此慌张。
I hardly need say how much we missed you. 不用说我们是多么地想念你。
Need you go so soon? 你需要这么早就去吗?
You need have no anxiety on my account. 你不必为我而着急。
6. dare, dared敢(用于否定句、疑问句和疑问句)
Dare you stay here alone in the night? 你敢在夜里待在这儿吗?
Nobody dared mention that matter. 没有人敢提那件事。
How dared you say that to her? 你怎么敢对她说那件事?
Even if you dare do it, I won’t allow you to because it’s too dangerous.
即使你敢做,我也会让你做那件事,因为太危险了
7. shall用作情态动词时,适用于第二人称和第三人称。
主要表示下面几层意思:
(1)许诺
You shall hear everything directly you come. 你一来就可以听到一切了。
"Whatever you want you shall have, "said the Fairy. 仙女说:"你想得到什么,你就可以有什么。"
I don’t want to be hard on your daughter; she shan’t be pressed.
我不想对你女儿太严厉,她不会受压制。
I promise that you shall see her again before long.
我保证你不久就能再见到她。
(2)命令
You shall come to my office immediately. 你必须马上来我的办公室。
She shall not stay in my garden. 她不可以待在我的花园里。
He shall not come into my study. 不许他进我的书房。
You shall do as you are told. 按告诉你的那么做。
(3)决心(表示某事一定会发生)
That day shall come. 那一天一定会到来。
It has been decided that he shall be given the job. 已经决定让他做那份工作了。
This law shall come into effect on January 1st 2001. 这个法律于2001年1月1日生效。
(4)规定
Each competitor shall wear a number. 每个参赛者要佩戴一个数字标。
The renter shall keep the house in a neat and orderly state. 租赁者要保持房屋整洁有序。
The supplier shall make shipment before October and the purchaser shall make payment within 15 days after receipt of the goods. 卖方十月以前装运,买方在收到货物后十五天内付款。
8. should用作情态动词时,有时表示具体的意思,有时没有意义。主要用于下面几个方面:
(1)表示出于职责、义务该做某事
You shouldn’t come to such a decision hastily. 你不应该匆忙做出这么一个决定。
You should write to your parents at least once a month. 你应该至少每月给你父母亲写一封信。
We should read English aloud every morning. 我们应该每天早晨朗读英文。
They should do it for their own good. 为了他们自己利益他们应该做这件事。
(2)表示对某种情况的估计
She shouldn’t be out in such an early morning. 她不会这么一大早就出去了吧。
This book should be published in two months at most. 这本书最多两个月后就会出版的。
The effect of the tax should be felt in higher prices.
人们可能会从各种上涨的物价中感觉到这种税的影响的。
The event should lead them to a even worse economic crisis.
这次事件可能会将他们引向更严重的经济危机。
(3)表示惊讶、失望等情绪
I think it is dreadful that anyone should be so miserable. 我认为,竟然每个人都如此伤心就太糟糕了。
Why should I pay him for nothing? 我干吗要白白付给他钱?
It seems so unfair that this should happen to me. 这件事竟然发生在我身上,似乎太不公平了。
It’s strange that it should be so cold today. 奇怪,今天怎么会这么冷。
(4)用于某些从句中表示虚拟语气
The doctor insisted that the girl should be hospitalized. 大夫坚持认为那个女孩要住院治疗。
She stood away so that he should enter the room first. 她让到一边,好让他第一个进入房间。
I’ll write it down lest I should forget it. 我将它记下以免遗忘。
Take an umbrella with you in case it should rain. 带上雨伞,以防下雨。
9. will, would
would可以看作是will的过去式,这两个词除了时态不相同外,在表达意思的许多方面是相近的。当然will 和would又都有一些各自不同的独特用法。
(1)用于第二人称疑问句,表示请求(在这种用法中would使语气更为客气、委婉)
Will you tell her that I’ll be back in twenty minutes? 请告诉她我二十分钟后回来,好吗?
If you want help, just let me know, will you? 你需要帮助就告诉我,好吗?
Would you tell me how to get to the shopping center? 您能告诉我怎么去购物中心吗?
Won’t you come in and have a little whisky?
你要不要进来喝一点儿威士忌?(或是:你进来喝一点儿威士忌,好吗?)
(2)用于表示愿望
Go where you will. 去你想去的地方吧。
I will pay you at the rate you ask. 我会按你要的利率付给你钱的。
He wouldn’t let the doctor take his blood pressure. 他不愿意让大夫给他量血压。
They had to obey whether they would or not. 不管他们愿意与否,他们必须要遵从。
(3)表示习惯、倾向(可译成"总是会、老是,等" )
Sometimes the cat will lie there all afternoon. 有时侯,那只猫会整个下午都躺在那儿。
Oil and water will not mix. 油和水不能混合。
He would sit there for hours, doing nothing at all. 他总是在那儿一坐就是几个小时,什么都不干。
(4)表示猜测(可译成"一定是……、想必……,等" )
This will be the house you’re looking for. 这想必就是你要找的房子吧。
He will have gone back to New Zealand. 他一定是回新西兰去了。
That would be in 1999, I think. 那大概是在1999年吧。
(5)will用于表示决心(可译成"一定要,决心"等 )
We will never talk about that subject again. 我们决不会再谈论这个话题了。
I will make this computer work even if I have to stay up all night.
我即使整晚不睡觉也一定要让这台计算机工作起来。
(6)would常用于虚拟条件句,表示与事实相反或不太可能实现的情况
But for your help we would have been late. 要不是你帮忙我们就迟到了。
Well, I wouldn’t worry about it. It won’t do me any good.
好了,我不会担心那件事的,因为它不会给我带来什么好处。
易错点2 混淆"情态动词+have done"各种句式的不同含义
1. —Where is my dictionary? I remember I put it here yesterday.
—You ____________ it in the wrong place.
A.must put B.should have put
C.might put D.might have put
【错因分析】考生容易误选A项,原因是受汉语表达习惯的影响,认为"你一定是把它放错地方了"。根据前面的语境可判断出,本题考查情态动词表推测的用法。所以要用might have done。should have done表示"(过去)本来应该做某事"。must意为"一定",是肯定的推测,与所提供的情景矛盾。might put表示现在发生的事。
【试题解析】句意:——我的字典在哪儿?我记得昨天把它放这儿了。——你可能放错地方了。结合语境可知,这里表示对过去发生的事情的推测,表示一种可能性,may/might have done表示"过去可能做了(某事)",故用might have put。
【参考答案】D
情态动词+have done 用法
must have done 一定做过某事,其否定形式为can’t/couldn’t have done
can/could have done 本来能够做某事但却未做 可能做过某事
can’t/couldn’t have done 不可能做过某事
may/might have done 或许/可能做过某事
should/ought to have done 本该做但却未做,其否定形式表示本不该做但却做了
needn’t have done 做了本没有必要做的事情
1.(2019·江苏卷·单项填空)What a pity! You missed the sightseeing, or we _________a good time together.
A. had B. will have C. would have had D. had had
【解析】考查虚拟语气。句意:真遗憾!你错过了这次观光,否则,我们本应该在一起度过一段愉快时光的。根据上文,可知是对过去事情的虚拟,与过去事实相反的假设。其句子结构为:从句:If+主语+过去完成时+其他,主句:主语+should(would, could, might)+现在完成时+其他,故选C。
【答案】C
2. That car nearly hit me; I ______________.
A. might be killed C. may be killed
B. might have been killed D. may been killed
【解析】句意:那辆小轿车差点撞到了我,我差点被撞死。被撞死是过去可能发生而实际并没有发生的事情,因此要用might have been killed。
【答案】B
【名师点睛】may/might have + 过去分词表示对过去已经发生的事进行推测判断,一般只用于肯定句或否定句中(疑问句中用can或could),may/might的意思是"可能,也许",may/might的意思是"可能不(没有)"。
Nobody stopped him; he might have been a passenger’s child. 没人制止他,他或许是一个旅客的孩子。
It’s no use going to his house. He may not have gone home; he may have gone somewhere else.
去他家没有用,他可能没有回家,可能去别的地方了。
注意:might have + 过去分词可用来表示过去可能发生而没有发生的事情。
You were so careless that day. You might have made a bad mistake.
那天你太粗心了,你有可能犯错误的。(事实上并没有犯错)
1."must have done"
表示对过去事情的肯定推测,译成"一定做过某事",该结构只用于肯定句。
It must have rained last night, for the ground is wet. 昨晚一定下雨了,因为地面还是湿的。
You must have been mad to speak to the servant. 你和仆人说话,一定是发疯了。
2."can’t have done"
表示对过去事情的否定推测,译成"不可能做过某事"。
Mr Smith can’t have gone to Beijing, for I saw him in the library just now.
史密斯先生不可能去北京了,我刚才还在图书馆见过他。
Mary can’t have stolen your money. She has gone home. 玛丽不可能偷你的钱,她回家去了。
3."can have done"
表示对过去行为的怀疑,用于疑问句,译成"可能做过……吗?"。
There is no light in the room. Can they have gone out? 屋里没有灯,他们可能出去了吗?
There is nowhere to find them. Where can they have gone?
到处找不到他们,他们可能到什么地方去呢?
4."could have done"
是虚拟语气,表示对过去事情的假设,意思是本来能够做某事而没有做。
He could have passed the exam, but he was too careless.
本来他能够通过考试,但是他太粗心。
5."may have done"
表示对发生过的事情的推测,意思是"可能已经"或"也许已经",用于肯定句中。
—What has happened to George? 乔治发生了什么事?
—I don’t know. He may have got lost. 我不知道,他可能迷路了。
6."might have done"
表示对过去事情的推测,might与may意思相同,但可能性更小。多用于虚拟语气结构中。
She might have achieved greater progress, if you had given her more chances.
如果你多给她点机会,她可能已经取得了更大的成绩。
7."would have done"
虚拟语气,表示对过去事情的假设,意思是"本来会……"。
I would have told you all about the boy’s story, but you didn’t ask me.
我本来会告诉你这个小男孩的故事,但是你没有问我。
8."should have done"
意思是"本来应该做某事,而实际没做"。"shouldn’t+have+done"表示本来不应该做某事,而实际做了。含有指责对方或自责的含义。
Tom, you are too lazy. The work should have been finished yesterday.
汤姆,你太懒惰了,这项工作本来应该昨天就做完的。
Look, Tom is crying. I shouldn’t have been so harsh on him.
看,汤姆哭了,我本不应该对他如此严厉的。
9."ought to have done"
表示过去应该做而实际并没有做,译成"理应做……",往往表示遗憾。与"should have done"用法基本一样。
I ought to have gone home last Sunday. 我理应上星期日回家。
You ought not to have given him more help. 你不应该帮助他那么多。
10."need have done"
表示本来需要做某事而实际没有做。"needn’t have done"则表示"本来不需要做某事而实际做了"
I needn’t have bought so much wine — only five people came.
我本来没有必要买这么多酒,只来了五个人。
He need have hurried to the station. In that case, he wouldn’t have missed the train.
他本来需要快点去车站的,那样的话,他就不会误了火车。
易错点3 虚拟语气时态的误用
1. I _________ through that bitter period without your generous help.
【错因分析】此题考生容易误认为空格处表示现在的情况,用"would+动词原形",从而填成了wouldn’t go,实际上这是对过去的假设。
【试题解析】句意:如果没有你的慷慨帮助我不能度过那段艰难的时期。度过那段艰难的时期是过去发生的事情,因此这里是对过去发生的事情的假设,又因这里表示否定意义,因此要用couldn’t have done。
【参考答案】couldn’t have gone
虚拟语气中,主句用"would / might / could + 动词原形"表示现在或将来的情况,用"would / might / could + have + 过去分词"表示过去的情况。
1.(2018·北京卷)They might have found a better hotel if they _________ a few more kilometers.
A. drove B. would drive
C. were to drive D. had driven
【解析】考查虚拟语气。句意:如果他们多开几公里的话,他们也许会找到一个更好的旅馆。由“they might have found a better hotel”可知,该句是表示对过去的虚拟。if ____ a few more kilometers是条件句部分,表示对过去的虚拟,条件句部分要用过去完成时态,故D选项正确。
【答案】D
2. But for their help, we _______ the program in time.
A. cannot finish B. will not finish
C. had not finished D. could not have finished
【解析】句意:要不是他们的帮助,我们不会按时完成这个项目。考生容易误选C项,原因是没有注意到but for their help这一含蓄条件。由语境可知,这里表示与过去的事实相反,所以主句应该用would /could / might / should + have done结构。
【答案】D
【名师点睛】
(1)有些句子中,没有任何表示虚拟语气的词、短语或从句,但仍要用虚拟语气。这时,要么是省略了表示虚拟语气的部分,要么是隐含在上下文之中。
We would have made a lot of money. 我们本来能够挣很多钱的。
(2)用介词代替条件状语从句。常见的介词有:with,without,but for等。
But for the rain (=If it had not been for the rain), we would have finished the work.
要不是下雨,我们就完成这项工作了。
Without electricity (=If there were no electricity), life would be quite different today.
如果没有电,今天的生活就会是另一个样子。
(3)用but,otherwise,or else等由真实语气转化为虚拟语气或反之。
The captain kept calm in the terrible storm, otherwise the accident wouldn’t have been prevented.
船长在可怕的大风暴中显得很镇静,否则一场事故不可避免。
3. It is hard for me to imagine what I would be doing today if I ____________ in love, at the age of seven, with the Melinda Cox Library in my hometown.
A. wouldn’t have fallen B. had not fallen
C. should fall D. were to fall
【解析】本题考查错综时间条件句中虚拟语气的用法。主句由today可以看出是对现在情况的虚拟,而条件句则是对过去情况的虚拟,因此要用had not fallen。本题易误选A项,原因是忽视了前后两句话时间的不一致性。
【答案】B
【名师点睛】错综条件句就是虚拟条件主句和从句的动作发生的时间不一致,因此,主句和从句的谓语动词要根据各自所指的不同时间选择适当的动词形式。
If I were you, I would not have missed the film last night.
如果我是你,我不会错过昨晚的电影。
If they had started in the early morning, they would arrive in half an hour.
如果他们清早就出发,那么再有半个小时就到了。
时态类型 主句谓语形式 条件句的谓语形式 例句
与现在事实相反 would / should / could / might + 动词原形 动词过去式did ?*be 多用were If I were you, I should study English.? I would certainly go if I had time.
与过去事实相反 would / should / could / might + have done 动词过去完成式? had done If you had taken my advice, you would not have failed in the test. If I had left a little earlier, I would have caught the train.
与将来事实相反 would / should / could / might + 动词原形 动词过去式? If you came tomorrow, we would have the meeting. If it were to rain tomorrow, the meeting would be put off.
should + 动词原形?
were + to do
注意:
1. would/should/could/might
主句谓语中的should主要用于第一人称;would表示结果还表示过去经常做某事,might表示可能性,could表示能力、允许或可能性。比较:
If you tried again, you would succeed.
要是你再试一试,你就会成功的。 (would表结果)
If you tried again, you might succeed.
要是你再试一试,你可能会成功的。 (might表可能)
If you tried again, you could succeed.
要是你再试一试,你就能成功了。(could表能力)
2. 错综时间虚拟条件句
即条件从句与主句所指时间不一致,如从句指过去,而主句即指的是现在或将来,此时应根据具体的语境情况,结合上面提到的三种基本类型对时态作相应的调整:
If it had rained last night, the ground would be wet now.
要是昨晚下过雨的话,现在地面就会是湿的。
You would be much better now if you had taken my advice.
假若你当时听我的话,你现在就会好多了。
3. If虚拟条件句的否定(含蓄条件句) 常考两个句型:If it weren’t for...和If it hadn’t been for...,其意为"若不是(有)" "要不是"。
If it weren’t for water, no plant could grow. 要是没有水植物就无法生长。
If it hadn’t been for your assistance, we wouldn’t have succeeded.
=But for your assistance, we wouldn’t have succeeded.
=Without your assistance, we wouldn’t have succeeded.
要是没有你的支持,我们不会成功的。
4. If虚拟条件句的倒装形式,即把were,had,should置于句首。
Were I in school again (= If I were in school again), I would study harder.
如果我再上学,我一定更加努力地学习。
Had you asked me, I would have told you.
=If you had asked me, I would have told you.
要是你问我的话,我就告诉你了。
易错点4 忽视名词性从句中虚拟语气的用法
1. The doctor recommended that you ______________ swim after eating a large meal.
A. wouldn’t B. couldn’t C. needn’t D. shouldn’t
【错因分析】考生容易误选B项,原因是不知道recommend的宾语从句中要用虚拟语气。
【试题解析】句意:医生建议你在大吃一顿后不要游泳。recommended后的宾语从句中要用虚拟语气,即should+动词原形,should可以省略。
【参考答案】D
2. It is important that we ______________.
A. shall close the window before we leave B. will close the window before we 1eave
C. must close the window before we leave D. close the window before we 1eave
【错因分析】考生容易误选C项,原因是没有掌握主语从句中用虚拟语气的用法。
【试题解析】It is important(necessary,strange) that...主语从句中,谓语用should + 动词原形表示虚拟语气,should可以省略。
【参考答案】D
表示意愿、建议、命令、提议、请求等动词(如:advise建议,command命令,demand要求,desire渴望,insist坚持,intend打算,propose提议,order命令,require需要,request要求,recommend劝告)后的宾语从句中,要用虚拟语气,即should+动词原形,should可以省略。
I suggest that we (should) set off at once. 我建议我们应该立刻出发。
1.(2018·江苏卷)There is a good social life in the village, and I wish I _______ a second chance to become more involved.
A. had B. will have
C. would have had D. have had
【解析】考查虚拟语气。句意:在这个村里有很好的社交生活,并且我希望我再有机会去更多的参与。本题考查wish引导的宾语从句,表示与现在事实相反的愿望,所以从句用一般过去时。故选A。
【答案】A
2. I’m ashamed that you ______________(do) such a thing.
【解析】作某些形容词或相当于形容词的过去分词的宾语的that从句,其谓语是"should+动词原形"或"should + have + 过去分词",此处从句是过去时态,因此要填should have done。
【答案】should have done
【名师点睛】在It is+形容词/名词/过去分词+主语从句的句式中,主语从句用should + 动词原形,should可以省略。这类形容词或分词有:determined决定的,commanded命令的,arranged安排的,anxious焦急的,important重要的,desired想要,asked请求,natural自然的,insisted坚持,necessary必要的,suggested建议,ordered命令,proposed提议,requested要求的,required要求的,recommended推荐,possible可能的,a pity可惜的是等。
It is necessary that he (should) be sent there at once. 有必要立刻派他去那里。
It is suggested that the meeting (should) be put off till next week. 有人建议会议推迟到下星期。
名词性从句中的虚拟语气
1. wish与hope接宾语从句的区别在于:hope表示一般可以实现的希望,宾语从句用陈述语气。wish表示很难或不大可能实现的希望,宾语从句用虚拟语气。试比较:
We hope they will come. (We don’t know if they can come. 我不知道他们是否会来。)
We wish they could come. (We know they are not coming. 我知道他们不会来。)
2. if only 与 I wish一样,也用于表示与事实相反的愿望,其后所虚拟语气的时态与 wish后所接时态的情况相同:
If only she had had more courage! 她再勇敢一些就好了。
If only I had listened to my parents! 我要是当时听了父母的话就好了。
If only she would go with me! 她要是愿意和我一道去就好了!
★ if only 通常独立使用,没有主句。
3. would rather后的句子用虚拟语气只分现在和过去
在would rather后的that从句中,句子谓语习惯上要用虚拟语气, 表示宁愿做什么,具体用法为:
(1)一般过去时表示现在或将来的愿望
I’d rather you went tomorrow (now). 我宁愿你明天(现在)去。
(2)用过去完成时表过去的愿望
I’d rather you hadn’t said it. 我真希望你没有这样说过。
4. as if (though)从句用虚拟语气
以as if (as though)引导的方式状语从句或表语从句,有时用虚拟语气,与wish用法相同。
He acts as if he knew me. 他显得认识我似的。
They treat me as though I were a stranger. 他们待我如陌生人。
He talks as if he had been abroad. 他说起话来好像曾经出过国。
★ 注意:(1)从句所表示的内容若为事实或可能为事实,也可用陈述语气:
It looks as if we’ll be late. 我们似乎要迟到了。
(2)It isn’t as if... 的翻译:
It isn’t as if he were poor. 他不像穷的样子(或他又不穷)。
5. 从句中should+动词原形,should可省略
(1)在 lest, for fear that( 以免), in case(以防)引导的目的状语从句中的虚拟语气。
She walked quietly lest she (should) wake up her roommates.
她走得很轻以免吵醒她的室友。
(2)表应当做值得做一类动词后的宾语从句
建议advise, suggest, propose, recommend 命令order, command
请求ask, demand, require, request 指示direct
敦促urge 提议move, vote 希望desire
坚持insist 打算intend 安排arrange
试比较下列句子:
I insisted that he (should) stay. 我坚持要他留下。
He urged that they go to Europe. 他敦促他们到欧洲去。
He suggested that we should leave early. 他建议我们早点动身。
He ordered that it (should) be sent back. 他命令把它送回去。
He requires that I (should) appear. 他要求我出场。
The general directed that the prisoners should be set free.
将军指示释放那些俘虏。
*suggest表"暗示",insist表"坚持认为"不用虚拟语气。
比较:
He insisted that I had read his letter. 他坚持说我看过他的信。
He insisted that I should read his letter. 他坚持要我看他的信。
He suggested that we (should) stay for dinner. 他建议我们留下吃饭。
I suggested that you had a secret understanding with him. 我觉得你与他心照不宣。
(3)order, suggestion, idea, plan, proposal, advice, demand等名词后的表语从句或同位语从句。
Our suggestion is that you(should)be the first to go.
我们的建议是你应该第一个去。
(4)advice, agreement, command, decision, decree, demand, determination, indication, insistence, order, preference, proposal, request, requirement, stipulation, suggestion, idea, plan, order
上述demand/suggest等动词过去分词 或important,natural,strange,necessary,surprised,appropriate等形容词后的主语从句。
It is ordered that the army (should) get there by 4 a.m. 军队必须在上午4点之前到达那里.
6. It’s time后的从句用虚拟语气:从句谓语通常用过去式表示 (早)该干某事了,有时也用过去进行时或"should+动词原形"(较少见,且should不能省略)。
It’s time I was in bed. 我该上床睡了。(不用were)
注意:It’s time = It is (the very/high/right/about) time。
7. wish引导的虚拟语气
(1)表示与现在事实相反的愿望,构成:主语 + wish (that) +从句主语+动词过去式(be一律用were)。
I wish I knew everything in the world. 我希望我知道世界上的一切。
I wish that the experiment were a success. 我希望实验是成功的。
(2)表示与过去事实相反的愿望,构成:主语 + wish (that) + 从句主语 + would/could + have + 过去分词或had + 过去分词。
I wish that you had called yesterday. 我希望你昨天打来电话。
I didn’t go to the party, but I do wish I had been there.
我没有去参加聚会,但我真希望我去过那儿。
(3)表示将来不大可能实现的愿望,构成:主语 + wish (that) + 从句主语 + would/should/could/might + 原形动词。
I wish that he could try again. 我希望他能再试一次。
I wish that someday I should live on the moon.
我希望有一天我能在月球上生活。
I. 单项填空
1.(2019·天津卷)The workers were not better organized, otherwise they ____________ the task in half the time.
A. accomplished B. had accomplished
C. would accomplish D. would have accomplished
【答案】D
【解析】考查虚拟语气。句意:工人们没有被更好地组织起来,否则他们用一半的时间就能完成任务。根据上句the workers were not better organized可知,这是对过去事情的虚拟。与过去事实相反的假设,其句子结构为:从句:If+主语+过去完成时+其他,主句:主语+should(would, could, might)+现在完成时+其他,故选D。
2.(2018·天津卷)I can't find my purse. I___________ it in the supermarket yesterday, but I'm not sure.
A. should leave B. must have left
C. might leave D. could have left
【答案】D
【解析】考查情态动词表推测和虚拟语气。句意:我不能找到我的钱包了,昨天我有可能把它落到超市了,但我不确定。根据句中时间状语yesterday可知,是对过去事情的推测,故用情态动词+ have done,再根据后句but I’m not sure.可知,此推测为不能肯定的推测,故用情态动词could,表示“可能”。故选D。
3.(2018·天津)If we ___________the flight yesterday, we would be enjoying our holiday on the beach
A. had caught B. caught
C. have caught D. would catch
【答案】A
【解析】考查虚拟语气。句意:如果我们昨天赶上飞机的话,现在我们正在海滩享受我们的假日了。根据时间状语yesterday可知,从句表示与过去事实相反,故用had + v-ed。故选A。
4.(2018·江苏)It’s?strange?that?he?_______ have?taken?the?books?without?the?owner’s?permission.
A. would B. should
C. could D. might
【答案】B
【解析】考查虚拟语气。句意:真奇怪,他竟然没有主人的允许就拿走了这些书。在句型”It is important/necessary/strange/impossible/natural that...”中,其中由that引导的主语从句通常用“should+动词原形”这样的虚拟语气,其中的should可以省略。故选B。
5. The law is equally applied to everyone. No one _______ be above it.
A. shall B. must
C. may D. need
【答案】A
【解析】考查情态动词。句意:法律面前人人平等。没有人能凌驾于法律之上。A. shall用于第二、第三人称,则含有命令、警告、允诺或威胁的语气。B. must(必须,一定)用于肯定句。C. may(可以,能够)表允许时一般不与第三人称连用。D. need (表示没有必要或询问是否有必要) 需要,故选A。
6. —I spend two weeks in Beijing last year.
—Then you must have visited the Great Wall during your stay, ________ you?
A. mustn’t B. didn’t
C. haven’t D. hadn’t
【答案】B
【解析】考查情态动词。句意:——去年我在北京待了两周。——那么你在逗留期间一定参观过长城,是吗?题中last summer表示的是一个确定的过去时间,可认定must have visited是对“过去”的推断,用一般过去时反问。此处是反意疑问句,前半句肯定,后半句应该用否定形式,故选B。
7. The bus would not have run into the river ________ for the bad tempered lady.
A. if it were not B. had it not been
C. if it would not be D. should it not be
【答案】B
【解析】考查if从句的虚拟语气。句意:要不是那位坏脾气的女士,公共汽车是不会掉进河里的。此处是if引导的虚拟语气,与过去的事实相反,从句用过去完成时态,从句中有had则if省略,把助动词had提到主语前面,故选B。
8. If she ________ generous as she makes out, she would have donated more money in the catastrophe.
A. had been B. were
C. would be D. was
【答案】B
【解析】考查虚拟语气。从句首的if(如果)与主句的would have done(早就做……)可判断本题考查虚拟语气,并且根据主句时态可以判断是与现在事实相反的假设,所以if从句用一般过去式,be动词要用were。虚拟语气中,be动词的一般过去时只能用were不能用was,故选B。
9. —Where are you going to hang the picture?
—I haven’t decided yet. I ______________ hang it in the dining room.
A. might B. must C. need D. would
【答案】A
【解析】考查情态动词。句意:——你准备把这幅画挂在哪?——我还不确定,可能会把它挂在餐厅。根据前一句可知,此人并不确定要把这幅画挂在哪,may/might可表示"可能性",故选A。
10. If you were to have a few minutes free, I ______________ the opportunity to ask you one more question.
A. would appreciate B. would have appreciated
C. were to appreciate D. had appreciate d
【答案】A
【解析】考查虚拟语气。句意:如果你有几分钟的空闲时间,我将会珍惜这个机会再问您一个问题。将来时的虚拟语气中,从句为:if + 主语+were to do/should do/动词过去式,主句为:主语+should/would +do,故选A。
11. We ______________ be careful with the words we say when we are angry.
A. may B. can C. might D. should
【答案】D
【解析】考查情态动词。句意:当我们生气的时候我们应该注意我们的话。should表"应该",符合语境,故选D。
12. After making the speech, he went through it in his mind to reflect where he ______________ better.
A. could do B. would do
C. could have done D. would have done
【答案】C
【解析】考查情态动词与虚拟语气。句意:演讲完成之后,他在脑子里想了一遍,反省还有哪些地方他本来可以做得更好。could have done表示未曾实现的能力:即表示过去本来有能力可以做某事的,但实际上没有那样去做,通常译为"本来可以""本来能够"等,故选C。
13. One of our rules is that every student ______________ wear school uniform while at school.
A. might B. could C. shall D. will
【答案】C
【解析】考查情态动词。句意:我们的规定就是每个学生在校期间都要穿校服。shall用于第二、第三人称,表示警告、命令、允诺、威胁等,本句是规定。故C正确。
14. Obviously, a good habit ______________ help us to speed up to reach our destinations.
A. need B. must C. can D. shall
【答案】C
【解析】考查情态动词。句意:显而易见,一个好习惯能帮助我们加速到达目的地。need需要;must必须;can能;shall应该,故选C。
15. —Can’t you drive a little faster?
—No. If I ______________ another speeding ticket, my dad would take away my car.
A. would get B. would have got C. had got D. got
【答案】D
【解析】考查虚拟语气。句意:——你就不能开得更快一点吗?——不能。如果我再有一个超速罚单,我爸爸就会带走我的车。根据语境可知,表示与现在事实相反,所以用一般过去时。故选D。
16. —What if I had parked my car here just now?
—What luck! You ______________.
A. would have been fined B. should be fined
C. would be fined D. must have been fined
【答案】A
【解析】考查虚拟语气。表示与过去事实相反的虚拟语气结构:If ...had done ...,...would(might, could) have done...,所以选A。句意:——刚才如果我把车子停到这里会怎么样?——你太幸运了,如果那样,你可能要被罚款了。
17. You ______________ worry about me. I’ve decided to join a local health club.
A. mustn’t B. can’t C. needn’t D. daren’t
【答案】C
【解析】考查情态动词。句意:你不必为我担心。我已经决定加入本地的健身俱乐部了。A. mustn’t不可以;B. can’t 不可能,不能;C. needn’t不必;D. daren’t不敢。结合句意可知选C。
18. The first thing you must remember is that in order to succeed, it is almost compulsory that you ______________ optimistic.
A. be B. are C. must be D. have been
【答案】A
【解析】考查虚拟语气。句意:你必须记住的第一件事就是为了成功你一定要乐观。It is necessary / compulsory / important / strange that...句式中,主语从句用should + 动词原形,should可以省略。
II. 单句语法填空
1. —Can’t you stay a little longer?
—It’s getting late. I really ______________ go now. My daughter is home alone.
【答案】must
【解析】考查情态动词。句意:——你不能再多待一会儿吗?——天要黑了,我真的现在必须走了,我的女儿独自待在家里。must必须,符合语境。
2. You ______________ feel all the training a waste of time, but I’m a hundred percent sure later you’ll be grateful you did it.
【答案】may
【解析】考查情态动词。句意:你也许会认为所有的培训都是浪费时间,但是我百分之百地保证你以后会感激你所做的事情。根据后文的描述可以看出此处培训还没有结束,是一种不肯定的推测语气。
3. You ______________ be careful with the camera. It costs!
【答案】must
【解析】考查情态动词。句意:你一定要非常小心地对待这部照相机,它很昂贵。此处表示命令语气。
4. It ______________ be the postman at the door. It’s only six o’clock.
【答案】can’t
【解析】考查情态动词。句意:不可能是邮递员在门口,才六点钟呢。根据后一句中"现在仅仅六点",可知,前一句为"门外的绝不可能是邮递员"。故用can’t。
5. Ellen is a fantastic dancer. I wish I ______________ (dance) as well as her.
【答案】danced
【解析】考查虚拟语气。句意:艾伦是一位出色的舞者,我希望我能像她跳得那么好。wish后跟宾语从句时,从句中需要用虚拟语气,从句中用did表示对现在事实的虚拟。
6. It is lucky we booked a room, or we ______________ (have) nowhere to stay now.
【答案】would have
【解析】考查虚拟语气。句意:很幸运我们订了一个房间,否则我们现在将无处可住。引导含蓄虚拟条件句,or后面是主句,相当于if we hadn’t booked a room, we would have nowhere to stay now,根据"now"可知,是对现在进行虚拟,因此用would+动词原形。
7. —Did you visit the famous cultural relics last month?
—No, we ______________ (visit) it, but we spent too much time shopping.
【答案】could have visited
【解析】考查情态动词。我们"本能够"去的,但是我们花太多时间购物,所以没能去。could have done本能够做某事(但没做成)。
8. He walked in as if he ______________ (buy) the school, and the word quickly got around that he was from New York City.
【答案】had bought
【解析】考查虚拟语气。在人称代词he后,显然是作谓语;又因他不可能是买下了这所学校,故应用虚拟语气,与过去事实相反,故填had bought。
9. I recommend that you ______________ (try) Baihe.com.
【答案】(should) try
【解析】考查虚拟语气。recommend, suggest, request, command等后面的宾语从句使用虚拟语气,即should +动词原形,should可省略。
10. All the students ______________ put on masks before going to school in case they are infected with flu virus.
【答案】shall
【解析】考查情态动词。所有学生应在去学校之前带上口罩以防感染流感。shall用于第二、第三人称,表示说话人给对方命令、警告、允诺或威胁。
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
PAGE
1
专题10 特殊句式
The little boy came riding full speed down the motorway on his bicycle. _________ dangerous a scene it was! (单句语法填空)
【错因分析】混淆what引导的感叹句和how引导的感叹句。
【试题解析】句意:那个小男孩骑着自行车沿着机动车道全速而来。多危险的一幕啊!本题考查感叹句。感叹句分为:①How + 形容词 + a/an + 可数名词单数 + 主语 + 谓语;②What(+a/an)+形容词+单数可数名词/复数名词+主语+谓语。
【参考答案】How
用来表示说话人强烈的喜、怒、哀、乐等感情的句子,叫感叹句。感叹句由what或how引导,具体用法如下表:
类别 结构 例句
what引导 What + a/an + 形容词 + 单数可数名词(+ 主语 + 谓语)! What a kind girl (she is)! (她是)一个多么善良的女孩啊!
What + 形容词 + 复数可数名词/不可数名词(+ 主语 + 谓语)! What beautiful flowers (they are)! 多么漂亮的花!What bad weather (it is)! 多么糟糕的天气!
how引导 How + 主语 + 谓语! How time flies! 时间飞逝!
How + 形容词/副词(+ 主语 + 谓语)! How brave (the hero is)!(这个英雄)真勇敢!How slowly he walks! 他走得多慢啊!
How + 形容词 + a/an + 单数可数名词(+ 主语 + 谓语)! How clever (a boy he is)! (他是)一个多么聪明的男孩啊!
感叹句记忆口诀感叹句,并不难,what与how应在前。形容词、副词跟着how,what后面名词连。名词若是可数单,前带冠词a或an。主语、谓语放后面,省略它们也常见
1. ____________ exciting news! We’ve never had ____________ long vacation before.
A. What; such a B. What an; such a
C. How; such a D. What; so
【答案】A
【解析】句意:多么令人兴奋的消息!以前我们从来没有这么长的假期。此题考查"What + adj. + 名词! "和"such a + adj. + 名词"结构。故选A。
2. —Look! ____________ clean the classroom looks!
—Yes. I’m sure somebody ____________ it up.
A. What; has cleaned B. How; has cleaned
C. What; cleaned D. How; cleaned
【答案】B
【解析】句意:——看!教室看起来多么干净啊!——是啊。我确定有人已经打扫了。前一句修饰形容词clean,应用how,排除A、C两项;有人打扫才会干净,侧重对现在造成的影响,用现在完成时,故选B。
It could be anything — gardening, cooking, music, sports — but whatever it is, ____________ (make) sure it’s a relief from daily stress rather than another thing to worry about.
【试题解析】考查祈使句。分析句子结构可知,but连接两个并列分句。其中第二个分句中,whatever引导让步状语从句,其后为祈使句充当主句。
【参考答案】make
祈使句的基本用法
祈使句是用来表示命令、请求、建议或劝告等的句子。常省略主语,谓语动词用原形。
1. 肯定的祈使句
①句型:动词原形+其他成分。
Be careful!小心!
②"Do+祈使句"表示一种强烈的感情或请求,do起强调作用。
③please用在祈使句中可以表示一种客气的语气,但please用在句末时,必须用逗号与其余部分隔开。
Close the door, please. 请关门。
2. 否定的祈使句
①常用句型:Don’t+动词原形+其他成分。
Don’t be late for school again! 别再迟到了!
②用Never开头:Never+动词原形+其他成分。
Never leave today’s work for tomorrow! 不要把今天的工作留到明天!
3. Let引导的祈使句
以Let开头的句子也是祈使句,表示陈述和建议。其否定形式有两种:Let...not或Don’t...
Let us not be late. 让我们不要迟到。
Don’t let the boy play football in the street. 不要让这个男孩在街上踢足球。
祈使句与简单句、复合句之间的转换
1. "Let’s + 动词原形 + 其他"可转换为"Shall we + 动词原形 + 其他? "。
Let’s go fishing this afternoon. =Shall we go fishing this afternoon?
2. "祈使句 + and/or + 简单句"可转换为含if引导的条件状语从句的复合句。
Use your head, and you’ll find a way. =If you use your head, you’ll find a way.
Hurry up, or we’ll be late. =If we don’t hurry up, we’ll be late.
祈使句的应答语
1. 以Let’s开头的祈使句,其答语常用Good idea. /OK. /Yes, I’d love to.等。
—Let’s go to the park. 让我们去公园吧。
—Good idea. 好主意。
2. 其他肯定祈使句的应答语为Yes, I will.;否定祈使句的应答语为Sorry/No, I won’t(do it again).。
—It’s going to rain. Remember to take an umbrella with you. 就要下雨了。记着带上雨伞。
—Thanks, I will. 谢谢,我会的。
—Don’t play with my cat. 不要和我的猫玩。
—Sorry, I won’t do it again. 对不起,我将不再那样做了。
1.(2018·北京卷·单项填空)In any unsafe situation, simply _________ the button and a highly-trained agent will get you the help you need.
A. press B. to press C. pressing D. pressed
【答案】A
【解析】考查祈使句。句意:在任何不安全的情况下,仅仅摁一下这个按钮,一个训练有素的特工就会使你得到你需要的帮助。and是连词,连接并列结构,and后面是一个句子,那么,前面也应是句子,选项中只有动词原形可以构成祈使句,其余的都是非谓语动词,无法构成句子。故A选项正确。
2. —Mark, please don’t play basketball on the road. It’s very dangerous.
—____________. I am going home at once.
A. Have a great time B. Sorry, I won’t do that
C. I’d like to D. OK, with pleasure
【答案】B
【解析】对今后不要做某事的命令或请求表示接受时,回答要用否定的将来时。
3. ____________ buy your ticket from a ticket machine. There are lots of people there.
A. Not B. Not too
C. Don’t D. Don’t to
【答案】C
【解析】祈使句的否定形式是在句子前面加don’t,故选C。
4. —Look at the sign; what does it mean?
—It means"____________".
A. Don’t talking B. No talking C. Not talk
【解析】表示"不要说话"可以使用Don’t talk. 或No talking. 两种形式,因此选B项。
【答案】B
5. ____________ a dairy every day and you’ll improve your writing.
A. Keeping B. To keep
C. Keep D. If you keep
【答案】C
【解析】句意:每天记日记,那么你将会提高你的写作水平。祈使句(动词原形居首) + and you will... 意为
"做……,你就会……"。故选C。
6. —Wish you good luck in the entrance exam.
—____________. The same to you.
A. Thank you B. See you C. I’m sorry to hear that
【答案】A
【解析】对别人的美好祝愿应表示感谢。故选A。
1. Only with the greatest luck she managed to escape from the rising flood water. (单句改错)
【错因分析】only修饰的状语位于句首时,句子要用部分倒装。
【试题解析】句意:只有拥有极好的运气,她才能从不断上涨的洪水中逃出来。only位于句首,后接状语时,句子要用部分倒装。
【参考答案】she managed改为did she manage
2. Jane won’t join us for dinner tonight and neither is Tom. (单句改错)
【错因分析】对neither+助动词+主语构成的部分倒装结构的用法掌握不牢。
【试题解析】句意:简今晚不跟我们一起吃饭了,汤姆也不来了。前者的否定情况也适用于后者,用neither/nor+助动词/be 动词/情态动词+主语结构,前后两句的时态及谓语动词必须一致。
【参考答案】is Tom改为will Tom
3. _______(catch)the morning train, he would not have been late for the meeting.(单句语法填空)
【错因分析】从句未使用部分倒装
【试题解析】本题实际上是一个条件句的虚拟语气,表示与过去事实相反,从句中使用"过去完成时",主句使用情态动词+have done;当条件句中的if省略的时候,要把had提到主语前,构成部分倒装。
【参考答案】Had he caught
倒装句的种类
英语最基本的词序是主语在谓语动词的前面。如果将句子的主语和谓语完全颠倒过来,这称之为完全倒装。如果只将助动词或情态动词移至主语之前,谓语的其他部分仍保留在主语的后面,这叫做部分倒装。
(1)完全倒装
完全倒装是将谓语的全部放在主语之前,此结构通常只用于一般现在时和一般过去时两种。
On her left sat her husband. 她左边坐着她丈夫。
Here is the book you want. 你要的书在这儿。
Down went the small boat. 小船沉下去了。
(2)部分倒装
部分倒装是指将谓语的一部分,如助动词或情态动词,移至主语之前。
Only by working hard can one succeed. 只有努力才能成功。
Never have I seen her before. 我以前没见过她。
Well do I remember the day I joined the League. 入团的那一天,我记忆犹新。
Little did I think that he could be back alive 我没有想到他竟能活着回来。
倒装句的重点点击
1. 常见部分倒装结构
含有否定意义的否定词或半否定词包括短语(如never, neither, nor, little, seldom, rarely, hardly, scarcely, few, not, no, by no means, in no way, at no time等)放在句首时
2. 常见完全倒装结构
There be结构。另外,在此结构中可以用来代替be动词的动词有:exist, seem, happen, appear, live, rise, stand, remain等
Neither/nor引导的句子用倒装语序,用于对前面所说的否定内容表示同样的看法。
She won’t go. Neither/Nor will I. 她不走,我也不。
I cannot swim. Neither can he. 我不会游泳,他也不会。
注意:如果前面所说的内容既有肯定又有否定,或前后的谓语动词形式不一致时,用"It is the same with
+主语"结构或用"So it is with +主语"结构。
He worked hard, but didn’t pass the exam. So it was with his sister.
他很努力,但没有通过考试。他妹妹也是这样。(既有肯定又有否定)
She is a teacher and she enjoys teaching. So it is with Mr Li.
她是老师,热爱教书。李先生也是这样。(谓语一个是系动词,一个是行为动词)
⑦其它形式的完全倒装
Present at the meeting are some well-known scientists.
一些知名的科学家出席了会议。(形容词短语在句首)
Such was the story he told me. 他给我讲的故事就是这样的。(代词在句首)
First to unfold was the map of the world.
首先要打开的是世界地图。(不定式短语在句首)
Gone are the days when he was looked down upon.
他被人看不起的日子一去不复返了。(过去分词在句首)
Covering much of the earth’s surface is a blanket of water.
覆盖地球大部分表面的是水。(现在分词短语在句首)
1. I believe that when the power of love overcomes the love of power, ________ then will there be peace in this world.
【解析】考查only+状语+倒装句结构。句意:我相信,当爱的力量战胜了权势之争,只有那时这个世界上才会有和平。
【答案】only
2. Only after Mary read her essay the second time ________ she notice the spelling mistake.
【解析】句意:只有当玛丽第二次读文章时,她才注意到拼写错误。Only的倒装有两个条件:only放在句首,且强调的是状语。本题中only放在了句首,强调的是时间状语从句after Mary read her essay the second time,所以后面使用倒装句的形式;根据上文的read说明本句使用过去时,故答案是did。
【答案】did
3. Never ________ it realistic for Europe to lay too much hope on China since the debt problem will only be solved by European countries themselves.
【解析】句意:对于欧洲而言从来没有把太多的希望放在中国,这是现实的,因为债务问题将只能由欧洲国家自己来解决。否定词never放在句首,后面使用倒装句。
【答案】is
4. Only after one has become a parent ________ he realize how great his parents are.
【解析】句意:只有一个人为人父母后,他才知道他的父母多么的伟大。"Only+状语从句"放在句首的时候,后面的句子用部分倒装,助动词/be动词/情态动词放在主语前面,所以答案为will。
【答案】will
5. He jumped at the opportunity when he saw the advertisement in a newspaper, because barely ________ (can) he make ends meet.
【解析】句意:因为入不敷出,当他在报纸上看到这则广告时抓住了机会。否定副词barely位于从句句首时句子要进行部分倒装,将助动词、情态动词或系动词be等置于主语前,再结合句意可知,答案为could。
【答案】could
6. It’s not what you have in your life but ________ you have in your life that matters.
【解析】考查强调句型的用法。句意:重要的不是你在生活中拥有什么而是你拥有谁。题干中not what you have in your life but ________ you have in your life是强调句中的被强调部分,根据前者的what,判断but后的从句中缺少have的宾语。
【答案】who
7. Who was it ________ played a trick on the new English teacher?
【解析】句意:是谁捉弄了新来的英语教师?考查强调句。Who was it that...?为强调主语的特殊疑问句形式,意为"究竟是谁……?"。
【答案】that
8. It was what he meant rather than what he said ________ annoyed me.
【解析】句意:是他话里的意思而不是他说的话把我惹恼了。考查强调句。强调主语what he meant rather than what he said。
【答案】that
9. —Was it at 11 o’clock ________ your father came back last night?
—Yes, he is always coming back so late.
【解析】句意:——你爸爸昨晚是11点回来的吗?——是的,他总是这么晚回来。此题考查强调句。被强调的部分是at 11 o’clock,故填that。
【答案】that
10. —What do you think it is ________ has brought worldwide attention to China?
—Rapid and steady economic growth, of course.
【解析】句意:——你认为是什么使得全世界关注中国?——当然是快速而稳定的经济增长。本句考查作宾语的强调句且强调句用于特殊疑问句中,被强调部分为what,故本空应填that。
【答案】that
11. So touching _______ the song sound that I couldn’t hold my tears back when I heard it for the first time. (单句语法填空)
【解析】当"so+形容词"置于句首时,句子应用部分倒装;根据从句时态可知,应用一般过去时,故填助动词did。
【答案】did
1. It was when we were returning home _________ I realized what a good feeling it was to have helped someone in trouble.
【错因分析】考生容易忽视强调句型的考查点,从而填入其他连接词。
【试题解析】去掉It was和空格后仍然完整,据此判断此处为强调句型。句意:正是在我们回家的时候我才意识到帮助别人于危难之时的感觉是那么好。
【参考答案】that
强调句的两种基本句型
1. It+is/was+被强调部分+that+原句的剩余部分
被强调的部分可以是单词、短语,也可以是从句,但结构必须完整。被强调的成分可以是主语、宾语和状语,但不能是定语或谓语。表示强调的it在这种结构的句子中作主句的主语,it本身没有词义。一般讲,原句的谓语动词如果是现在或将来等各种时态,用It is…that…;如果原句谓语动词是过去范畴的各种时态,则用It was… that…。如果强调的主语为人也可以用who代替that,强调的宾语为人也可以用who或whom代替that。
2. 谓语动词的强调
It is/ was … that …结构不能强调谓语,如果需要强调谓语时,要用助动词do/does或did。有以下情况:
(1)do用于强调肯定的祈使句以及实义动词为一般现在时的肯定句(主语是第三人称单数改用does)
Do sit down.务必请坐。
Do be careful when you cross the street. 过马路时,务必(千万)要小心啊!
They do work hard at English. 他们对英语的学习确实很努力。
He does send an email to me every day. 他确实每天都给我发电子邮件。
(2)did用于对实义动词为一般过去时肯定句的强调
He did do his homework yesterday. 昨天他确实做了家庭作业。
强调句的重点点击
1. 强调句的变式(一般疑问句形式,特殊疑问句形式和反意疑问句形式)
句式基本特征:Is/Was it +被强调部分+ that…;或情态动词+it+ be+被强调部分+ that…
句式基本特征:特殊疑问词+is/was it that…? 或特殊疑问词+情态动词+it + be++被强调部分+ that…
句式基本特征:It is/was+被强调部分+that…, isn’t / wasn’t it?
2. 强调句型中的对等结构
在强调句型中,有时强调,not …but…/…not…/…rather than …等连接的平行对等结构,此时既要注重对等结构,又要注意主谓一致,属于较复杂的句式。
句式特征为:
It is/was not…but…that…不是……而是……(that后的动词与but后的名词或代词保持一致)
It is/was…that… not …是……而不是……
It is /was… not …that…是……而不是……(that后的动词应与not前的名词或代词保持一致)
It is/was…rather than…that…是……而不是……(that后的动词应与rather than前的名词或代词保持一致)
1.(2018·天津卷·单项填空)It was only when the car pulled up in front of our house ___________we saw Lily in the passenger seat.
A. which B. that
C. when D. where
【答案】B
【解析】考查强调句。句意:只有当汽车在我们房子前停下来我们才看到在乘客位置的莉莉。这里考查强调句,强调句型结构为:It is/ was + 被强调部分(通常是主语、宾语或状语)+ that/ who(当强调主语且主语指人)+ 其他部分。本题强调时间状语only when the car pulled up in front of our house。故选B。
2. It might have been John _________ bought a present for Mary yesterday.
A. that B. when C. what D. which
【答案】A
【解析】此句为强调句型,由于句中动词be采用了might have been这一复杂结构,所以许多同学们可能会看不出它是一个强调句型。
3. It was evening _________ we reached the little town of Winchester.
A. that B. until C. since D. before
【答案】D
【解析】有的考生一看到句首的it was,再联系到选项中的that,就以为这是考查强调句。其实错了。此题是考查连词before的用法。因为去掉It was…that这一结构后,原句不能成为一个完整的句子,所以这不是强调结构。句意是:我们还没有到达Winchester这个小镇,天就夜了。
4. It is not who is right but what is right _________ is of importance.
A. which B. it C. that D. this
【答案】C
【解析】考查强调句型,that是强调句型的结构词,句意是"重要的不是谁正确,而是什么是正确的。"
5. It _________ we had stayed together for a couple of weeks _________ I found we had a lot in common.
A. was until; when B. was until; that
C. wasn’t until; when D. wasn’t until; that
【答案】D
【解析】本题考查not…until结构的强调句式。在not…until结构中,如果对until及其后面的部分进行强调,要将not一词提前,形成"It is/was not until…that…"的结构注意尽管强调的是时间,但不可以用when。
6. It was not until she got home _________ Jennifer realized she had lost her keys.
A. when B. that C. where D. before
【答案】B
【解析】考查强调句中对not until的强调,是否能辨析出引导词that.。
7. _________ the catastrophe happened that the local government realized the importance of substantial development.
A. It was until B. Not until
C. Until D. It was not until
【答案】D
【解析】考查强调句中not until的用法.考查了It was not until the catastrophe happened that…。
8. Was it from the lake _________ he often went fishing _________ he saved the drowning girl?
A. that; that B. where; where
C. where; that D. that; where
【答案】C
【解析】解答此题关键是能够对句型进行正确的分析和判断。本题题干为一个强调句式,it was +被强调部分+that/who,lake后面是个定语从句,由关系副词where引导,第二空才是强调句中的that。
9. I really don’t know _________ I had my money stolen.
A. when was it that B. that it was when
C. where it was that D. it was where that
【答案】C
【解析】强调句作know的宾语,语序应为陈述句语序,被强调部分为where,但是强调句为宾语从句时,这类wh-连接代词或副词常置于it之前,作宾语从句的连接词。
10. If you have a job, _________ yourself to it and finally you’ll succeed.
A. do devote B. don’t devote
C. devoting D. not devoting
【答案】A
【解析】此处应是祈使句,又有谓语动词的强调要借助助动词do,故选A。句意:如果你有了一份工作,付出努力去做它,最后你定能成功。
I. 语法填空
1.(2019﹒天津卷﹒单项填空)The professor warned tie students that on no account _____________ use mobile phones in his class.
A. should they B. they should
C. dare they D. they dare
【答案】A
【解析】考查部分倒装。句意:这位教授警告学生们,在他的课堂上,决不应该使用手机。on no account决不,否定词放在句首,句子使用部分倒装, should do sth应该做某事,dare do sth敢于做某事,根据句意可知这里表示“应该”,故选A。
2. Not until I returned I realize that a quiet town life was the best for me.
【答案】did
【解析】考查倒装句。句意:直到回来,我才发现安静的小镇生活对我才是最好的。not until放在句首,后面的主句要倒装。因为谓语动词为实义动词realize,故要用助动词did并提到主语前面。
3. It took years of work (reduce) industrial pollution and clean the water.
【答案】to reduce
【解析】考查固定表达。句意:减少工业污染和净化污水需要多年的工作。这里是固定句式It takes (sb.)+some time +to do sth做某事花费(某人)多长时间,故要用动词不定式to reduce。
4. It asks you to act like water: to be flexible as well strong.
【答案】as
【解析】考查固定表达。句意:它要求你表现的像水一样灵活又有力。as well as和……一样。
5. The (hard) you try to beat him, the more likely you will get hit.
【答案】harder
【解析】考查固定表达。句意:你越是努力击败他,就越可能被击败。此处为"the+比较级+主谓,the+比较级+主谓"的句型,表示"越……就越……"。
6. Go to the village and buy some salt, but pay a fair price for it: neither too much too little.
【答案】nor
【解析】考查固定表达。既不要太贵也不要太便宜。neither ...nor既不……也不……。
7. They will be as difficult and painful holding a hot potato.
【答案】as
【解析】考查固定表达。他们将和拿着热土豆一样痛苦和困难。此处是"as+形容词+as"表示的同级比较句型。
8. He loved the 4th wife the most. He took great care of her and gave her nothing the best.
【答案】but
【解析】考查固定表达。他悉心照顾她,只给她最好的。nothing but只,仅仅。
9. And I’d like to know why Chinese people use chopsticks. not knives and forks, like Americans?
【答案】Why
【解析】考查固定表达。我想知道为什么中国人用筷子,为什么不像美国人一样用刀叉呢?固定表达why not...为什么不……呢?
10. So long as we have some, that’s enough. And we can learn to spend money.
【答案】how
【解析】考查固定表达。我们能学会如何花钱。learn后面跟的是"疑问词+to do"结构。
11. Sometimes hunger hit me so severely I regarded dried sweet potato slices as delicious snack.
【答案】that
【解析】考查固定表达。有时候饥饿感是如此强烈以至于我都把土豆片当作美味的点心。此处是结果状语从句,so...that...结构。
12. No. And that’s not all. The bus was one hour late. Worse , it picked up passengers on the way to our destination.
【答案】still
【解析】考查固定表达。worse still更糟糕的是。
13. It’s unnecessary and it’s not important at all. We needn’t care about it. It is one’s inner beauty
matters.
【答案】that
【解析】考查强调句型。重要的是内在美。根据结构可知此处是强调句型it is/was +被强调部分+that/who +其他。此处强调的是主语one’s inner beauty。
14. Yes, but it is not as easy you imagine.
【答案】as
【解析】考查固定表达。not as...as 与……不一样。
15. Chopsticks may be made of any of the following materials: bamboo, wood, gold, silver, ivory, or plastic, and they may be round or square.
【答案】either
【解析】考查固定表达。……它们可能是圆形的也可能是方形的。either...or...或者……或者……。
II. 单项填空
1. ________up, or you 'll be late for school again.
A. To hurry B. Hurry
C. Hurrying D. Hurried
【答案】B
【解析】考查特殊句式。句意:快点,不然你又要迟到了。根据连词or表示否则,要不然,连接两个并列的句子可以判断,本题考查特殊句式:祈使句+and/or+陈述句. 祈使句通常省略主语,以动词原形开头,只有B项符合,故选:B。
2. the suggestions offered above, and you will look and feel much better in no time at all!
A. Following B. Followed
C. To follow D. Follow
【答案】D
【解析】句意:听以上提供的建议吧,然后你就会马上看起来好得多,也感觉好得多。"祈使句+and +陈述句"为固定句式,意为"做……吧,然后你就会……",故选D。
3. —Happy Teachers' Day! Here are some flowers for you.
—_______ beautiful the flowers are! Thank you.
A. How B. How a C. What D. What a
【答案】A
【解析】句意:——教师节快乐!这些花送给你。——多漂亮的花儿呀!谢谢!本题考查感叹句。flowers是复数,排除B、D两项;beautiful是形容词,应该用副词来修饰,what是代词,故选:A。
4. _____ useful information you gave me! Thank you very much.
A. What B. What a
C. What an D. How
【答案】A
【解析】本题考查感叹句。句意:你给了我多么有用的信息啊!非常感谢。information是不可数名词,故排除B和C项;用how感叹应该这样表达: How useful the information is! 故排除D。本题使用的感叹句结构为:what+adj. + n. + 主语+谓语!故选:A。
5. There, ______Mrs. Smith, showing her pupils how to put a logo onto the new torch.
A. was on a platform standing B. was standing on a platform
C. on a platform was standing D. standing on the platform was
【答案】D
【解析】考查倒装句。句意:史密斯夫人站在讲台上,教她的学生如何在新火炬上贴上标志。本句主要表达:Mrs. Smith was standing on the platform, showing her pupils how to put a logo onto the new torch. 为了强调,可将谓语部分的现在分词置于句首,从而构成倒装。D项符合语境,故选D。
6. Little that we were watching his every move, so he seemed to be still going his own way.
A. did he realize B. he realized
C. had he realized D. he had realized
【答案】A
【解析】本题考查倒装。句意:他几乎没有意识到我们正在观察他的每一个动作,所以他似乎仍然是我行我素;little几乎没有,属于否定词;否定词放在句首,要部分倒装,排除B和D;过去完成时强调过去的过去,而realize和seem是同时存在,排除C。故选A。
7. In terms of the effects of the Internet on our lives, the ways we take advantage of it count, _______ our attitudes.
A. as are B. so do
C. which are D. as do
【答案】D
【解析】本题考查倒装。句意:就互联网对我们生活的影响而言,我们利用互联网的方式和我们的态度一样重要。as(正如……一样),为从属连词,往往需要用倒装语序,即"as+助动词+主语",助动词与上文中一致,英语中也常常把so放在句首表示"(另外一人)也……",需要用倒装语序,助动词与上文中一致;但是so不是从句的引导词,所以两句之间要加并列连词;即as常常可以换用"and so";故选:D.
8. Not until I went up further ________ that under the tree ________, obviously sound asleep.
A. that I saw;did a boy lie B. I saw;lay a boy
C. did I see;did a boy lie D. did I see;lay a boy
【答案】D
【解析】本题考查倒装。句意:直到我走得更远,我才看到树下躺着一个男孩,显然睡得很熟。题干中是"Not until+状语(从句)"置于句首,(主句)句中用部分倒装语序,排除A和B;表示地点的介词短语放在句首时要完全倒装, 排除C,故选D。
9. It was President Xi Jinping ______ visited the navy troops on April 19 and advocated that naval force ______.
A. who;be strengthened B. that;would be strengthened
C. who;to be strengthened D. that;must be strengthened
【答案】A
【解析】考查强调句和虚拟语气。句意:习近平总统于4月19日访问了海军部队,并主张加强海军力量。第一个空格处是强调句,强调的是人,可以用who;第二处是虚拟语气,advocated后接that从句,从句中的谓语动词要用虚拟语气:should+do,句意表被动,因此是should+be+done,should可以省略。故选A。
10. Is it he or you _____ in charge of the job and supposed to complete it punctually?
A. who is B. that is
C. who are D. whom are
【答案】C
【解析】考查强调句。句意:是他还是你负责这项工作,应该准时完成它?这是强调句的一般问句,因为是强调的是人,用that和who都可以,由or连接两个以上主语时,动词和最接近的主语保持一致,由此可以排除A和B;whom引导定语从句时在从句中作宾语,所以排除D,故选C。
【名师点睛】构成强调句的it本身没有词义,强调句中的连接词一般只用that、who,即使在强调时间状语和地点状语时也如此,that和who不可省略;强调句中的时态只用两种,一般现在时和一般过去时,原句谓语动词是一般过去时、过去完成时和过去进行时,用It was ...,其余的时态用It is ...。
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
倒装句速记口诀
副词开头要例装,人称代词则如常。
only修饰副介状,位于句首半倒装。
否定意义副连词,"既不…也不"须倒装。
表语前置主语长,衔接自然常倒装。
such代词做表语,引起主谓要倒装。
Not only开头句,前一分句须倒装。
had,were,should虚拟句,省略if半倒装。
PAGE
1